<PAGE> 1
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 24, 1997
File No. 333-
------
File No. 811-
------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM N-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 [ X ]
Pre-Effective Amendment No. [___]
---
Post-Effective Amendment No. [___]
---
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 [ X ]
Amendment No. [___]
--------
THE SAGE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A
(Exact Name of Registrant)
SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC.
(Name of Depositor)
300 Atlantic Street
Stamford, CT 06901
(Address of Depositor's Principal Executive Offices)
Depositor' s Telephone Number: (203) 324-6338
James F. Bronsdon
Sage Life Assurance of America, Inc.
300 Atlantic Street
Stamford, CT 06901
(Name and Address of Agent for Service of Process)
Copy to:
Stephen E. Roth
Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan LLP
1275 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20004-2404
<PAGE> 2
APPROXIMATE DATE OF PROPOSED PUBLIC OFFERING:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of the Registration Statement.
Title of Securities: Interests in a separate account under flexible payment
deferred combination fixed and variable annuity contracts.
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant files a
further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement
shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the
Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become
effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.
<PAGE> 3
CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
PURSUANT TO RULE 481(a) AND 495(a)
Showing location in Part A (Prospectus) and Part B (Statement of Additional
Information) of Registration Statement of Information required by Form N-4
PART A
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM OF FORM N-4 PROSPECTUS CAPTION
- ---------------- ------------------
<S<C> <C>
1. Cover Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover Page
2. Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index of Terms
3. Synopsis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fee Table; Profile
4. Condensed Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . . . How is Contract Performance Presented?
5. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(a) Depositor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . What other information should I know?
(b) Registrant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . What other information should I know?
(c) Portfolio Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . What are my investment options?
(d) Fund Prospectus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover Page
(e) Voting Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . What other information should I know?
(f) Administrators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . What other information should I know?
6. Deductions and Expenses
(a) General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . What are the expenses under the Contract?
(b) Sales Load % . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fee Table; Example
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 4
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
(c) Special Purchase Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . What are the expenses under the Contract?
(d) Commissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . What other information should I know?
(e) Fund Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fee Table; Example
(f) Expenses - Registrant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fee Table; What are the expenses
under the Contract?
(g) Organizational Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A
7. Contracts
(a) Persons with Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . What are the Contracts?; What are my income payment options?; How
do I purchase a Contract?; How do I access my money?; What other
information should I know?
(b) (i) Allocation of Purchase Payments . . . . . What are my investment options?
(ii) Transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . What are my investment options?
(iii) Exchanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A
(c) Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . What other information should I know?
(d) Inquiries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . What are my investment options?; What other information should I
know?
8. Annuity Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . What are my income payment options?
9. Death Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Does the Contract have a death benefit?
10. Purchase and Contract Value
(a) Purchases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How do I purchase a Contract?
(b) Valuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . What are my investment options?
(c) Daily Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . What are my investment options?
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 5
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
(d) Underwriter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . What other information should I know?
11. Redemptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(a) By Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How do I access my money?
By Annuitant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . What are my income payment options?
(b) Texas ORP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A
(c) Check Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How do I access my money?
(d) Lapse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A
(e) Free Look . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . What other information should I know?
12. Taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How will my investment in the Contract be taxed?
13. Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . What other information should I know?
14. Table of Contents for the Statement of
Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 6
PART B
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM OF FORM N-4 PART B CAPTION
- ---------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
15. Cover Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover Page
16. Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table of Contents
17. General Information and History . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A
18. Services
(a) Fees and Expenses of Registrant . . . . . . . . . N/A
(b) Management Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A
(c) Custodian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A
Independent Accountant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Experts
(d) Assets of Registrant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A
(e) Affiliated Person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A
(f) Principal Underwriter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Distribution of the Contracts
19. Purchase of Securities Being Offered . . . . . . . . . Distribution of the Contracts
Offering Sales Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A
20. Underwriters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Distribution of the Contracts
21. Calculation of Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . Calculation of Historical Performance Data
22. Annuity Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Income Payment Provisions
23. Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Financial Statements
</TABLE>
PART C OTHER INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM OF FORM N-4 PART C CAPTION
- ---------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
24. Financial Statements and Exhibits . . . . . . . . . . . Financial Statements and Exhibits
(a) Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (a) Financial Statements
(b) Exhibits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (b) Exhibits
25. Directors and Officers of the Depositor . . . . . . . . Directors and Officers of the Depositor
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 7
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
26. Persons Controlled By or Under Common . . . . . . . . Persons Controlled By or Under
Control with the Depositor or Registrant . . . . . . . Common Control with the Depositor or Registrant
27. Number of Contract Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Number of Contract Owners
28. Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indemnification
29. Principal Underwriters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principal Underwriter
30. Location of Accounts and Records . . . . . . . . . . . Location of Books and Records
31. Management Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Management Services
32. Undertakings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Undertakings and Representations
Signature Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signatures
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 8
PROFILE DATED _________________________, 1997
FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED COMBINATION FIXED AND VARIABLE ANNUITY
CONTRACTS
Issued By
THE SAGE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A AND
SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC.
THIS PROFILE IS A SUMMARY OF SOME IMPORTANT POINTS THAT YOU
SHOULD KNOW AND CONSIDER BEFORE PURCHASING A CONTRACT. THE
CONTRACT IS MORE FULLY DESCRIBED IN THE FULL PROSPECTUS THAT
ACCOMPANIES THIS PROFILE. PLEASE READ THAT PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY.
"We," "us," "our", "Sage Life" or the "Company" refer to Sage Life Assurance of
America, Inc.
"You" and "your" refer to the Owner of a Contract.
1. WHAT ARE THE CONTRACTS?
The fixed and variable annuity Contract offered by Sage Life Assurance of
America, Inc., is a contract between you, the Owner, and us, Sage Life, an
insurance company.
The Contract is designed for use in your long-term financial and
retirement planning. It provides a means for allocating amounts on a tax
deferred basis to our Variable Account and Fixed Account.
Through our Variable Account you can invest in up to __ different
investment portfolios (each a "Fund"). These Funds, listed in Section 4, are
professionally managed and allow for a broad range of investment strategies
(growth and income, aggressive growth, etc.), styles (growth, value, etc.) and
asset classes (stocks, bonds, international, etc.). You can select a mix of
Funds to meet your financial and retirement needs and objectives, tolerance for
risk and view of the market. Amounts you invest in these Funds will fluctuate
daily based on underlying investment performance. So, the value of your
investment may increase or decrease.
Through our Fixed Account, we guarantee rates of interest for periods of
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 and 10 years. We also guarantee your principal while it
remains in our Fixed Account. However, if you decide to surrender your
Contract or access amounts in the Fixed Account before the end of a guarantee
period you have chosen, we may apply a Market Value Adjustment. This Adjustment
reflects the differences between the guaranteed interest rates in effect at the
time of your allocation to the Fixed Account and the time you make a premature
surrender or withdrawal. The Market Value Adjustment may result in an increase
or decrease in the amounts surrendered or accessed.
As your needs or financial or retirement goals change, your investment
mix can change with them. After the Free-Look Period, you may transfer funds
among any of the investment choices in our Fixed or Variable Accounts while
continuing to defer current income taxes.
<PAGE> 9
Very importantly, both the Fixed and Variable Accounts are considered
separate investment accounts of Sage Life. As a result, assets supporting your
allocations to these Accounts have an important safety feature. They cannot be
charged with liabilities arising out of any other business we may conduct.
The Contract also provides your beneficiary with a death benefit.
In addition, the Contract provides you with various options to access your
Account Value through income payments that are guaranteed, or income payments
that vary with underlying investment performance, or a combination of both.
Like all deferred annuity contracts, this Contract has two phases: the
savings, or accumulation phase; and the payout, or income phase.
During the accumulation phase, earnings grow tax-free until withdrawn.
Once withdrawn they are taxed as income. If you withdraw money before you are
59 1/2 years old, you may have to pay an additional 10% IRS tax penalty.
The income phase begins when you inform us you want to start receiving
regular income payments under the various income plans we offer.
2. WHAT ARE MY INCOME PAYMENT OPTIONS?
Once the income phase of your Contract begins, we apply your Account Value
to provide you regular income payments.
You can choose from five different income plans:
Income Plan 1 - Life Annuity: You will receive payments for your life.
Income Plan 2 - Life Annuity with 10 or 20 Years Certain: You will receive
payments for your life. However, if you die before the end of the
guaranteed certain period you select (10 or 20 years), your
beneficiary will receive the payments for the remainder of that
period.
Income Plan 3 - Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity: Payments will be
made as long as either you or a second person you select (such as your
spouse) is alive.
Income Plan 4 - Payments for a Specified Period Certain: You will receive
payments for the number of years you select. However, if you die
before the end of that period, your beneficiary will receive the
payments for the remainder of the guaranteed certain period.
2
<PAGE> 10
Income Plan 5 - Annuity Plan: You can use your Account Value to purchase
any other income plan we offer at the time you want to begin receiving
income payments for which you and the Annuitant are eligible.
In explaining the income plans we are assuming that you designate yourself
as the Annuitant. Of course, you can designate someone other than yourself as
Annuitant.
You tell us how much of your Account Value to apply to fixed income
payments and to variable income payments. During the income phase you still
have all of the investment choices you had prior to beginning income payments.
However, transfers among your investment choices will be limited.
The amount of Account Value you apply to provide fixed income payments
will be allocated to the Fixed Account. The amount of each income payment is
guaranteed and remains level throughout the payment period.
The amount of Account Value you apply to provide variable income payments
will be allocated to the Variable Account and invested in the investment
portfolios you select. The amount of each income payment will vary according
to the investment performance of those portfolios.
3. HOW DO I PURCHASE A CONTRACT?
In most cases you may purchase a Contract with $5,000 or more through one
of our authorized agents.
For tax-qualified Contracts (like IRAs) we require only $2,000, but, of
course, for rollovers you always have the flexibility to invest more.
In addition, you can add $250 or more to your Contract at any time during
the accumulation phase.
4. WHAT ARE MY INVESTMENT OPTIONS?
There are __ investment options under the Contracts. These choices are
professionally managed and allow for a broad range of investment strategies,
styles and asset classes. Additional investment options may be available in the
future.
Through our Variable Account you can choose to have your money invested in
one or more of the following ___ investment portfolios that are described in
the prospectuses for the funds:
- The Alger American Fund
[ ] Income & Growth
[ ] Growth
[ ] Small Capitalization
3
<PAGE> 11
These investment portfolios do not provide any performance guarantees and
therefore their value can increase or decrease depending upon investment
performance.
Through our Fixed Account, you can choose to have your money invested in
one or more of 7 periods for which we will guarantee your principal and a rate
of interest when your investment is left in the Fixed Account for the entire
period of the guarantee. You can choose periods of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 and 10
years. However, if you decide to surrender your Contract or access amounts
before the end of a period you have chosen, we may apply a Market Value
Adjustment.
5. WHAT ARE THE EXPENSES UNDER THE CONTRACT?
The Contract has insurance and investment features. Each has related
costs. Below is a brief summary of the Contract's charges:
Administration Charge - During the first seven Contract Years, if, at the
time of deduction, your Account Value is less than $50,000, we will deduct a
$40 administration charge.
Asset-Based Charges - Asset-Based Charges for mortality and expense risks
and for certain administrative costs are deducted monthly from the amount
allocated to the Variable Account. These charges are equal on an annual basis
to 1.40%, decreasing to 1.25% after the seventh Contract Year.
Surrender Charge - During the first seven Contract Years, we may deduct a
surrender charge when you surrender or withdraw money from your Contract. The
applicable percentage is 7% in the first Contract Year, and declines until it
reaches 0% in the eighth Contract Year. The surrender charge is calculated as
a percentage(s) of the purchase payment(s) you withdraw.
Purchase Payment Tax Charge - During the first seven Contract Years we
will deduct any state premium tax that we incur if you surrender your Contract
or begin receiving regular income payments. This tax charge ranges from 0% -
___% depending upon the state. We currently do not deduct this charge on or
after the eighth Contract Year.
Fund Charges - There are also Fund charges that are based on the average
daily value of your money invested in the investment portfolios. These charges
range on an annual basis from 0.____% to 0.____%, depending upon the Fund.
Sage Life's business strategy is to reward our long-term customers. So,
as you can see, after the seventh Contract Year we
eliminate the administration charge
eliminate surrender charges
4
<PAGE> 12
eliminate the purchase payment tax charge
reduce Asset-Based Charges
This means more of your investment is working for you!
The following chart is designed to help you understand expenses under the
Contract.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Total Annual Total Annual Fund Total Annual Examples of Total Expenses
Fund Insurance Charges Charges Charges Paid at the End of:
------------------
Alger American Fund One Year Ten Years
------------------- -------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Income and Growth 1.40% .81% 2.21% $ $
---- ----
Small Capitalization 1.40% .88% 2.28% $ $
---- ----
Growth 1.40% .79% 2.19% $ $
---- ----
% % % $ $
------------------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
% % % $ $
------------------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
% % % $ $
------------------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
</TABLE>
Below is an explanation of what is included in each column of the chart:
The column "Total Annual Insurance Charges" shows the total of the annual
administration charge (for purposes of the chart it is assumed to be
0.___% of the value of an average Contract) and the Asset-Based
Charges.
The column "Total Annual Fund Charges" shows the charges for each Fund.
The charges shown for [each] Fund reflect the fact that the investment
adviser to [each] Fund has agreed to bear the expenses incurred by the
______________, other than the investment advisory fee, that exceed
0.___% of that Fund's average daily net assets. These expense
limitations are voluntary and may be terminated by an adviser at any
time.
The column "Total Annual Charges" shows the total of "Total Annual
Insurance Charges" and "Total Annual Fund Charges."
The next two columns show you examples of the charges, in dollars, you
could pay under a Contract for each $1,000 you invest when you
purchased the Contract. The examples assume the average Account Value
is $30,000 and that your Contract earns 5% annually before charges.
For more information about expenses under the Contract, please refer to
the "Fee Table" in the full prospectus that accompanies this Profile.
5
<PAGE> 13
6. HOW WILL MY INVESTMENT IN THE CONTRACT BE TAXED?
During the accumulation phase, your earnings are not taxed until you take
them out. If you take money out, earnings come out first and are taxed as
income. If you are younger than 59 1/2 when you take money out, you may be
charged a 10% federal tax penalty on the withdrawn earnings.
Income payments during the income phase are considered partly a return of
your original investment. That part of each payment is not taxable as income.
Special tax rules apply to withdrawals from a new type of IRA called the
Roth IRA.
7. HOW DO I ACCESS MY MONEY?
During the accumulation phase, if you want to take money out of your
Contract, you can choose among several different options.
You can withdraw some of your money.
You can surrender the Contract and take the proceeds as a single lump sum
payment or apply the proceeds to an income plan.
You can take withdrawals using our systematic partial withdrawal option.
Keep in mind that amounts you surrender or withdraw may be subject to a
surrender charge if taken during the first seven Contract Years. In addition,
a Market Value Adjustment may apply if the amount is taken from the Fixed
Account. If you are younger than 59 1/2 when you take money out, you may be
charged a 10% tax penalty.
However, the Contract does provide a free withdrawal amount each year.
Each year you can take out your cumulative earnings, or if greater, 10% of
total purchase payments you have invested, without a surrender charge.
Once you start receiving regular income payments and if you selected the
"payments for a specified period certain" income plan, you may request a full
withdrawal.
6
<PAGE> 14
'8. HOW IS CONTRACT PERFORMANCE PRESENTED?
As of the date of this Profile, the Variable Account had not commenced
operations. However, certain of the Funds had commenced operations prior to
the date of this Profile. For those Funds, non-standard performance data is
shown.
Non-standard performance data is data that reflects the past performance
of the Funds as adjusted for the Contract expenses and deductions discussed
above, except for the surrender charge and the purchase payment tax charge. If
applied, these charges would reduce the performance figures shown.
Please remember that past performance is not a guarantee of future
results.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fund 1997 1996 1995 1994 1993 1992 1991 1990 1989 1988 1987
---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
</TABLE>
9. DOES THE CONTRACT HAVE A DEATH BENEFIT?
If you die during the accumulation phase, we will pay a death benefit to your
designated beneficiary. The amount of the death benefit will be the greatest
of the following:
the current Account Value on the date we receive due proof of death;
100% of the sum of all purchase payments you have invested in your
Contract, less any withdrawals you have made (including any
associated surrender charge and Market Value Adjustment incurred);
or
7
<PAGE> 15
the highest anniversary value on or before you reach age 80.
The anniversary value is equal to the Account Value of your Contract on a
Contract Anniversary, increased by the dollar amount of any additional purchase
payments you have invested since that Contract Anniversary and reduced
proportionately by any withdrawals (including any associated surrender charges
and Market Value Adjustments incurred) you have taken since that anniversary.
During the accumulation phase, the Contract also provides an
accidental death benefit. If you die as a direct result of an accident before
reaching age 81, we will pay this additional death benefit to your designated
beneficiary. This additional benefit is equal to 100% of the sum of all
purchase payments you have invested in your Contract, less any withdrawals you
have made (including any associated surrender charge and Market Value
Adjustment incurred) up to a maximum of $__________. Different rules may apply
for IRAs.
10. WHAT OTHER INFORMATION SHOULD I KNOW?
The Contract has several additional features:
FREE-LOOK RIGHT: You have the right to return the Contract to us at
our Customer Service Center or to the agent who sold it to you, and have us
cancel the Contract within a certain number of days (usually 10 days from the
date you receive the Contract, but some states require different periods).
If you exercise this right, we will cancel the Contract as of the day
we receive it and send you a refund equal to your Account Value plus any
charges we have deducted on or before the date we received the returned
Contract, or if greater and required by the law of your state, your initial
purchase payment (less any withdraws previously taken). In some states, if you
allocated amounts to the Variable Account, those amounts will be allocated to
the Money Market Fund until the Period expires.
DOLLAR-COST AVERAGING PROGRAM: An optional Dollar-Cost Averaging
Program permits you to transfer a set dollar amount systematically from the
Money Market Fund and/or the Fixed Account to any other investment portfolio,
subject to certain limitations. By investing the same dollar amount on a
regular basis, you don't have to worry about timing the market. Since you
invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when
market values fall and fewer units when they rise. The potential benefit is to
lower your average cost per unit. This proven investment technique does not
guarantee that any investment portfolio will gain in value. It also will not
protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. However, if you can
continue to invest regularly throughout changing market conditions, this
program can be an effective strategy to help meet your long-term or retirement
goals.
ASSET ALLOCATION PROGRAM: An optional Asset Allocation Program helps
if you do not wish to make your own particular investment decisions. This
investment planning tool is
8
<PAGE> 16
designed to find an optimal asset mix that attempts to achieve the highest
expected return based upon your tolerance for risk, and consistent with your
needs and objectives. This program was designed in conjunction with Ibbotson
and Associates, one of the nation's premier providers of asset allocation
consulting services.
AUTOMATIC PORTFOLIO REBALANCING PROGRAM: An optional Automatic
Portfolio Rebalancing Program can help prevent a sensible well-conceived
investment strategy from becoming diluted over time. Investment performance
will likely cause your investment percentages to shift. With this program, you
can instruct us to automatically rebalance your Contract to your original
percentages on a quarterly basis. Money invested in the Fixed Account is not
part of this program.
WAIVER OF SURRENDER CHARGE RIDERS: This rider, which is automatically
included in your Contract at no additional cost, permits you to withdraw money
from your Contract without a surrender charge if you need it while you are
confined to a nursing care facility or if you have a terminal illness. Certain
restrictions apply, and this feature may not be available in all states.
11. HOW CAN I MAKE INQUIRIES?
If you need further information about the Contracts, please write or
call us at our Customer Service Center (888) 502-7243, or contact an authorized
agent. The address of our Customer Service Center office is P.O. Box ____,
Wethersfield, CT____.
9
<PAGE> 17
PROSPECTUS DATED ___________, 1997
SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC.
FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED COMBINATION FIXED AND VARIABLE ANNUITY
CONTRACTS
Issued by
THE SAGE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A and
SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC.
Executive Office: Customer Service Center:
300 Atlantic Street P.O. Box
Stamford, CT 06901 -------------
Wethersfield, CT
-----
Telephone: (888) 502-7243 (Toll Free)
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THIS PROSPECTUS DESCRIBES THE OPERATION OF
THE CONTRACTS BEFORE THE INCOME DATE. DEFINITIONS OF CERTAIN TERMS USED IN
THIS PROSPECTUS MAY BE FOUND BY REFERRING TO THE INDEX OF TERMS.
This prospectus describes flexible payment deferred combination fixed
and variable annuity contracts (the "Contracts") offered by Sage Life Assurance
of America, Inc. ("we," "us," "our," or the "Company"). The Contracts are
designed for use in your long-term financial and retirement planning. They
provide a means for investing on a tax-deferred basis in our Variable Account
and our Fixed Account. You can purchase a Contract by making a minimum initial
purchase payment. After purchase, an Owner of a Contract determines the amount
and timing of additional purchase payments.
An Owner may allocate purchase payments and transfer Account Value to
The Sage Variable Annuity Account A (the "Variable Account") and also to The
Sage Fixed Interest Account A (the "Fixed Account") within certain limits. The
Variable Account is divided into ___Sub-Accounts (each, a "Variable
Sub-Account").
Each Variable Sub-Account invests in a corresponding investment
portfolio (each, a "Fund") of The Alger American Fund, ____, ____, or ___
(collectively, the "Trusts"). The accompanying prospectuses describe each of
the Funds, including the risks of investing in each Fund, and provide other
information about the Trusts. These prospectuses should be read in conjunction
with this prospectus.
The Account Value will vary daily as a function of the investment
performance of the Variable Sub-Accounts and any interest credited under our
Fixed Account. The Company does not guarantee any minimum Account Value for
amounts allocated to the Variable Account. Amounts allocated to the Fixed
Account are guaranteed a minimum fixed rate of interest for specified periods
of time. However, amounts withdrawn, surrendered, transferred, or applied to
an income plan from the Fixed Account may be subject to a Market Value
Adjustment, the
<PAGE> 18
operation of which may increase or decrease such amounts. The Contracts
provide additional benefits, including five income plan options, a death
benefit upon any Owner's death before the Income Date, and optional programs
including dollar-cost averaging, asset allocation, automatic portfolio
rebalancing, and systematic partial withdrawals.
This prospectus sets forth basic information about the Contracts, the
Variable Account, and the Fixed Account that a prospective purchaser ought to
know before purchasing a Contract. This prospectus should be read carefully
and retained for future reference.
Additional information about the Contracts and the Variable Account is
contained in the Statement of Additional Information, which has been filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Statement of Additional
Information is dated the same as this prospectus and is incorporated herein by
reference. The Table of Contents for the Statement of Additional Information
is on page ____ of this prospectus. You may obtain a copy of the Statement of
Additional Information free of charge by writing to or calling us at our
Customer Service Center at the address or phone number shown above.
PLEASE READ THIS PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY AND KEEP IT FOR FUTURE REFERENCE. THIS
PROSPECTUS MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY THE CURRENT PROSPECTUS FOR EACH OF THE FUNDS.
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PASSED UPON
THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OBLIGATIONS OF, OR ENDORSED OR
GUARANTEED BY, ANY BANK, NOR ARE THEY FEDERALLY INSURED OR OTHERWISE PROTECTED
BY THE FDIC, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BOARD, OR ANY OTHER AGENCY; THEY ARE SUBJECT
TO INVESTMENT RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.
2
<PAGE> 19
s TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
INDEX OF TERMS .....................................................................................
FEE TABLE ..........................................................................................
EXAMPLE ............................................................................................
1. What are the Contracts? ...................................................................
2. What are my Income Payment Options? .......................................................
3. How do I purchase a Contract? .............................................................
Initial Purchase Payment ..........................................................
Issuance of a Contract ............................................................
Free-Look Right to Cancel Contract ...............................................
Making Additional Purchase Payments ...............................................
4. What are my Investment Options?
Purchase Payments Allocations .....................................................
Variable Sub-Account Investment Options ...........................................
Fixed Account Investment Options ..................................................
Market Value Adjustment ...........................................................
Transfers .........................................................................
Dollar-Cost Averaging Program .....................................................
Asset Allocation Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program ...........................................
Account Value .....................................................................
Surrender Value ...................................................................
Variable Account Value ............................................................
Accumulation Unit Value ...........................................................
Net Investment Factor .............................................................
Fixed Account Value ...............................................................
5. What are the expenses under the Contract?
Surrender Charge ..................................................................
Example of Calculation of Surrender Charge ...............................
Waiver of Surrender Charge ...............................................
Annual Administration Charge ......................................................
Transfer Charge ...................................................................
Asset-Based Charges ...............................................................
Fund Expenses .....................................................................
6. How will my investment in the Contract be taxed?
Introduction ......................................................................
Tax Status of the Contracts ..................................... .................
</TABLE>
i
<PAGE> 20
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Diversification Requirements ....................................................
Required Distribution ...........................................................
Tax Treatment of Annuities ...............................................................
In General ......................................................................
Taxation of Non-Qualified Contracts ......................................................
Non-Natural Person .............................................................
Withdrawals .....................................................................
Penalty Tax on Certain Withdrawals ..............................................
Income Payments .................................................................
Taxation of Death Benefit Proceeds ..............................................
Transfers, Assignments of a Contract ............................................
Withholding ......................................................................
Multiple Contracts ..............................................................
Taxation Of Qualified Contracts ..........................................................
Withdrawals .....................................................................
Individual Retirement Annuities .................................................
Simple IRAs .....................................................................
Roth IRAs .......................................................................
Other Tax Consequences ...................................................................
7. How do I access my Money?
Withdrawals ..............................................................................
Surrenders ...............................................................................
Systematic Partial Withdrawal Program ....................................................
IRA Partial Withdrawal Option ............................................................
Requesting Payments ......................................................................
8. How is Contract Performance Presented?
9. Does the Contract have a Death Benefit?
Death Benefit ............................................................................
Proof of Death ...........................................................................
Accidental Death Benefit .................................................................
10. What other Information should I know?
Sage Life Assurance of America, Inc. .....................................................
The Sage Variable Annuity Account A ......................................................
The Sage Fixed Interest Account A ........................................................
Voting of Fund Shares ....................................................................
Modification .............................................................................
Distribution of the Contacts. ............................................................
Experts ..................................................................................
Legal Matters ............................................................................
Legal Proceedings ........................................................................
Reports to Contract Owners ...............................................................
Assignment ...............................................................................
</TABLE>
ii
<PAGE> 21
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Change of Owner, Beneficiary, or Annuitant .................................................
Misstatement and Proof of Age,
Sex, or Survival ...........................................................................
Incontestability ...........................................................................
Participation ..............................................................................
Authority to Make Agreements ...............................................................
Financial Statements .......................................................................
11. How can I make Inquiries?
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC.
History and Business ...............................................................................
Selected Financial Data ....................................................................
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of .................
Operations .................................................................................
Competition ................................................................................
Transactions with Sage Insurance Group .....................................................
Employees ..........................................................................................
Properties .........................................................................................
State Regulation ...................................................................................
Directors and Executive Officers ...................................................................
</TABLE>
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC.
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
APPENDIX A
THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH
SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE.
iii
<PAGE> 22
INDEX OF TERMS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Account Value - The Account Value is the entire amount we hold under your
Contract. It is equal to the sum of the Variable Account Value and Fixed
Account Value.
Accumulation Period - The Accumulation Period is the period during which you
accumulate savings under your Contract.
Accumulation Unit - An Accumulation Unit is the unit of measure we use before
the Income Date to keep track of the value of each Variable Sub-Account.
Annuitant - The Annuitant is the natural person whose age determines the
maximum Income Date and the amount and duration of income payments involving
life contingencies. The Annuitant may also be the person to whom any payment
will be made starting on the Income Date.
Asset-Based Charges - The Asset-Based Charges are charges for mortality and
expense risks and for administrative costs assessed monthly against the assets
of the Variable Account. After the Income Date, these charges are called
Variable Sub-Account Charges and are deducted daily from the assets of the
Variable Account.
Beneficiary - The person or persons to whom we pay a death benefit if any Owner
dies before the Income Date.
Business Day - A Business Day is any day the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE")
is open for trading and we are open for business, exclusive of Federal
holidays, and any day on which the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC")
requires that mutual funds, unit investment trusts or other investment
portfolios be valued.
Code - The Code is the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Contracts - The Contracts are flexible payment deferred combination fixed and
variable annuity contract offered by us, Sage Life Assurance of America, Inc.
In some jurisdictions, the Contracts are issued directly to individuals. In
most jurisdictions, however, the Contracts are only available as a group
contract. A group Contract is issued to or on behalf of a group. Individuals
who are part of a group for which a Contract is issued receive a certificate
that recites substantially all of the provisions of the group Contract.
Throughout this prospectus and unless otherwise stated, the term "Contract"
refers to individual contracts, group Contracts, and certificates for Group
Contracts.
Contract Anniversary - A Contract Anniversary is each anniversary of the
Contract Date.
Contract Date - The Contract Date is the date an individual Contract or a
certificate for a group Contract is issued at our Customer Service Center.
1
<PAGE> 23
Contract Year - A Contract Year is each and every consecutive twelve month
period beginning on the Contract Date and the anniversaries thereof.
Customer Service Center - The Customer Service Center is where we provide
service to you. The administrator of our center is Financial Administration
Services, Inc. The mailing address and telephone number of the Customer
Service Center are shown on the first page of this prospectus.
Excess Withdrawal - An Excess Withdrawal is a withdrawal of Account Value that
exceeds the Free Withdrawal Amount.
Executive Office - The Executive Office is our main office. The mailing
address of our Executive Office is shown on the first page of this prospectus.
Expiry Date - The Expiry Date is the last day in a Guarantee Period.
Fixed Account - The Fixed Account is The Sage Fixed Interest Account A. It is
a separate investment account of ours under state insurance law (but not under
federal securities laws) into which purchase payments may be allocated or
Account Value may be transferred.
Fixed Account Value - The Fixed Account Value is the sum of the value of each
Fixed Sub- Account on any particular date.
Fixed Sub-Account - A Fixed Sub-Account is established when a purchase payment
is invested or an amount is transferred to the Fixed Account. Each Fixed
Sub-Account is credited with a Guaranteed Interest Rate for a specified
Guarantee Period.
Free Withdrawal Amount - A Free Withdrawal Amount is the maximum amount that
can be withdrawn within a Contract Year without being subject to a surrender
charge.
Fund - A Fund is an investment portfolio in which a Variable Sub-Account
invests.
General Account - The General Account consists of all our assets other than
those held in any separate investment accounts.
Guaranteed Interest Rate - The Guaranteed Interest Rate is the effective annual
interest rate that we will credit for a specified Guarantee Period for amounts
allocated to a Fixed Sub-Account. The Guaranteed Interest Rate will never be
less than the minimum shown in your Contract.
Guarantee Period - A Guarantee Period is a period of years for which a
specified effective annual interest rate is guaranteed by us. Interest is
credited daily at a rate to yield the declared annual Guaranteed Interest Rate.
Income Date - The Income Date is the date the Owner selects for income payments
under a Contract to commence.
2
<PAGE> 24
Income Unit - An Income Unit is the unit of measure we use to calculate the
amount of income payments under a variable income plan option.
Market Value Adjustment - A Market Value Adjustment is a positive or negative
adjustment that may apply to withdrawals or transfers, whether in whole or in
part, or amounts applied to an income plan, from a Fixed Sub-Account before the
end of a Guarantee Period.
Net Asset Value - Net Asset Value is the price of one share of an investment
portfolio.
Owner - The person or persons who owns (or own) a Contract. Provisions
relating to action by the Owner mean, in the case of joint Owners, both Owners
acting jointly. In the context of a Contract issued on a group basis, Owners
refer to holders of certificates under a group Contract.
Satisfactory Notice - Satisfactory Notice is a notice or request authorized by
you, in a form satisfactory to us, received at our Customer Service Center.
Surrender Value - The Surrender Value is the amount you receive upon surrender
of your Contract before the Income Date.
Valuation Period - The Valuation Period is the period between one calculation
of an Accumulation Unit value and the next calculation. Normally, we calculate
Accumulation Units once each Business Day, but we can delay this determination
if an emergency exists, making disposal of or fair valuation of assets in the
Variable Account not reasonably practicable, or the SEC permits such deferral.
Variable Account - The Variable Account is The Sage Variable Annuity Account A.
It is a separate investment account of ours under the federal securities laws
into which purchase payments may be invested or Account Value maybe
transferred.
Variable Account Value - Variable Sub-Account Value is the sum of the value of
each Variable Sub-Account.
Variable Sub-Account - A Variable Sub-Account is a division of the Variable
Account which invests in shares of a particular investment portfolio.
Variable Sub-Account Charges - Variable Account Charges are Asset-Based Charges
that are deducted daily from the assets of the Variable Account after the
Income Date.
"We", "us", "our", "Sage Life" or the "Company" is Sage Life Assurance of
America, Inc.
"You" or "your" is the Owner of a Contract. You are entitled to exercise all
rights under a Contract. However, if you designate an irrevocable beneficiary,
you may need the consent of that beneficiary before you exercise your rights
under your Contract. Your death before the Income Date initiates payment of
the Death Benefit.
3
<PAGE> 25
FEE TABLE
The purpose of this Fee Table is to assist you in understanding the expenses
that you will pay directly or indirectly when you invest in the Contract.
TRANSACTION EXPENSES
Sales Load Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of purchase
payments)...None
Surrender Charge(1) (as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn or
surrendered.)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Applicable Applicable Surrender
Contract Year Charge Percentage
------------- -----------------
<S> <C>
1 7%
2 7%
3 6%
4 5%
5 4%
6 3%
7 1%
8 and thereafter 0%
</TABLE>
Transfer Charge(2) ......................................... $ 0
Annual Administration Charge(3)....................................$40
- ---------------------
1/ You may withdraw a portion of your Account Value without
incurring a surrender charge. This amount is called the Free
Withdrawal Amount. The Free Withdrawal Amount is the greater of
(i) the excess of 10% of the total purchase payments over 100% of
all prior withdrawals in a Contract Year, or (ii) the excess of
the Account Value on the date of withdrawal over unliquidated
purchase payments.
2/ There is no transfer charge for first 12 transfers in a
Contract Year; thereafter, $25 per transfer may be charged.
3/ The Annual Administration Charge is waived on and after the
eighth Contract Anniversary, or if the Account Value is at least
$50,000 on the date of deduction.
4
<PAGE> 26
In addition, the amount of any state and local taxes levied by any governmental
entity on purchase payments may be deducted from Account Value when such taxes
are incurred. We reserve the right to defer the collection of this charge and
deduct it against your Account Value on the surrender of a Contract, on an
Excess Withdrawal, or on application of Account Value to provide income
payments. We refer to this as a purchase payment tax charge.
VARIABLE ACCOUNT MONTHLY EXPENSES(4) (as a percentage of the Variable Account
Value)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Contract Years
-------------------------------
1 - 7 8 +
----- ---
<S> <C> <C>
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge 1.25% 1.10%
Asset-Based Administrative Charge 0.15% 0.15%
--------------------------------- ----- -----
Total Asset-Based Charges 1.40% 1.25%
</TABLE>
FUND ANNUAL EXPENSES (as a percentage of average daily net assets)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Management Other Expenses (after Total Annual
Fee expense limitation)(5) Expenses
<S> <C> <C> <C>
The Alger American Fund
- -----------------------
Income and Growth 0. % 0. % 0. %
-- -- --
Small Capitalization 0. % 0. % 0. %
-- -- --
Growth 0. % 0. % 0. %
-- -- --
0. % 0. % 0. %
- ---------------- -- -- --
0. % 0. % 0. %
- ---------------- -- -- --
0. % 0. % 0. %
- ---------------- -- -- --
</TABLE>
- --------------------
4/ The Asset-Based Charges are called Variable Sub-Account
Charges and are deducted on a daily basis after the Income Date.
See What are the Expenses under the Contract? on page __.
5/ Absent this expense limitation, estimated Other Expenses for
the _________________, would be _________________, respectively.
Other Expenses for the ___, ___, and ___ [new funds] are based on
estimated amounts for the current fiscal year. Other Expenses
for the ___, ___, and ___ [old funds] are based on amounts
actually incurred for the prior fiscal year. Other Expenses also
reflect the fact that the investment adviser to the ___, ___,
___, ___ [Funds] have agreed to bear the expenses incurred by
each Fund, other than the investment advisory fee, that exceed
____% of such Fund's average daily net assets. These expense
limitation arrangements are voluntary and can be eliminated by
the investment adviser at any time.
5
<PAGE> 27
EXAMPLE
The purpose of the following Example is to demonstrate the expenses
that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in the Variable Account. The Example
is calculated based on the fees and charges shown in the tables above. For a
more complete description of these expenses, see "What are the expenses under
the Contract?" beginning on page __ of this prospectus, and see the
prospectuses for the Trusts. The Example assumes that the average Account
Value is $30,000. The Example assumes you have invested all your money in the
Variable Account.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
You would pay the following
expenses on a $1,000 initial purchase
payment, assuming a 5% annual 1. If you surrender or annuitize 2. If you do not surrender
return on assets and the charges your Contract at or annuitize your Contract at
listed in the Fee Table above the end of each time period the end of each time period
1 Year 3 Years 1 Year 3 Years
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
The Alger American Fund
Income and Growth $ $ $ $
--- --- --- ---
Small Capitalization $ $ $ $
--- --- --- ---
Growth $ $ $ $
--- --- --- ---
$ $ $ $
- ----------------- --- --- --- ---
$ $ $ $
- ----------------- --- --- --- ---
$ $ $ $
- ----------------- --- --- --- ---
</TABLE>
The Example should not be considered a representation of past or future
expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown. In
addition, purchase payment tax charges are not reflected. These taxes may
apply depending on the state where the Contract is sold. You might also incur
transfer fees if you make more than twelve transfers in a Contract Year. See
"Transfer Charge," page _. The assumed 5% annual rate of return is
hypothetical and should not be considered a representation of past or future
annual returns, which may be greater or less than this assumed rate.
1. WHAT ARE THE CONTRACTS?
The Contracts are flexible payment deferred combination fixed and
variable annuity Contracts offered by us, Sage Life Assurance of America, Inc.
Throughout this prospectus, the term "Contracts" refers to individual
Contracts, group Contracts, and certificates for group Contracts. The Contracts
are designed for use in long-term financial and retirement planning. They
provide a means for investing on a tax-deferred basis in our Variable Account
and our Fixed Account.
Under the terms of the Contracts, we promise to pay you (or the
Annuitant, if the Owner is other than an individual) income payments after the
Income Date. Until the Income Date, you may pay additional purchase payments
under the Contracts, and will generally not be taxed on increases in the value
of your Contract as long as you do not take distributions. When you use the
Contracts in
6
<PAGE> 28
connection with tax-qualified retirement plans, federal income taxes may be
deferred on your purchase payments, as well as on increases in the value of
your Contract. See "How will my investment in the Contracts be taxed?" on page
_. The Contracts may not be available in all states.
When you make purchase payments, you can allocate those purchase
payments to one or more of the ___ subdivisions of the Variable Account, known
as "Variable Sub-Accounts." Purchase payments allocated to a Variable
Sub-Account will be invested solely in a Fund, as you direct. Your Account
Value in a Variable Sub-Account will vary according to the investment
performance of the corresponding Fund. Depending on market conditions, your
value in each Variable Sub-Account could increase or decrease. The total of
the values in each Variable Sub-Account is called the Variable Account Value.
You can also allocate purchase payments to our Fixed Account. See
"Fixed Account Option, " page ___. The Fixed Account includes Fixed
Sub-Accounts that we credit fixed rates of interest for the Guarantee Periods
you select. We currently offer Guarantee Periods with durations of 1, 2, 3, 4,
5, 7 and 10 years. If any amount allocated or transferred remains in a
Guarantee Period until the Expiry Date, its value will be equal to the amount
originally allocated or transferred, multiplied, on an annually compounded
basis, by its Guaranteed Interest Rate. Any surrender, withdrawal, transfer,
or amount applied to an income plan from a Fixed Sub-Account before its Expiry
Date may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment that may increase or decrease
the value of the Fixed Sub-Account (or portion thereof) being surrendered,
withdrawn, transferred, or applied to an income plan. See "Market Value
Adjustment" page _____.
You can request that we transfer Account Value from one Variable
Sub-Account to another, and from a Fixed Sub-Account to a Variable Sub-Account
and from a Variable Sub-Account to a Fixed Sub-Account, subject to certain
conditions. See "Transfers," page __.
Sage Life offers other variable annuity contracts which also invest in
the same Funds offered under the Contracts. These contracts may have different
charges that could affect Variable Sub- Account performance, and they may offer
different benefits.
2 . WHAT ARE MY INCOME PAYMENT OPTIONS?
You choose the Income Date or other agreed upon date when you want
regular income payments to begin. The Income Date you choose must be on or
before the first calendar month following the Annuitant's 95th birthday. We
reserve the right to require that your Income Date be at least two years after
the Contract Date. After you choose the Income Date, you select an income plan
from the list below, and indicate whether you want your income payments to be
fixed or variable or a combination of fixed and variable. You must give
Satisfactory Notice of your choices at least 30 days prior to the Income Date,
and you must have at least $5,000 of value to apply to a variable or fixed
income option.
7
<PAGE> 29
On the Income Date, the Account Value under the Contract will be used
to provide income payments. Unless you request otherwise, any money that you
have invested in the Variable Sub- Accounts will be used to provide variable
annuity income payments, and any money that you have invested in the Fixed
Sub-Accounts will be used to provide fixed annuity income payments. If you
have not chosen an income plan by the Income Date, a "life annuity with 10
years certain" (described below) will be used.
The available income plans are:
- INCOME PLAN 1 - LIFE ANNUITY. An income payment during the lifetime
of the Annuitant terminating with the last payment preceding the
death of the Annuitant.
- INCOME PLAN 2 - LIFE ANNUITY WITH 10 OR 20 YEARS CERTAIN. An income
payable during the lifetime of the Annuitant with the provisions that
payments be made for a minimum of 10 or 20 years, as elected.
- INCOME PLAN 3 - JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY. An income
payable during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a designated
second person, and thereafter during the remaining lifetime of the
survivor, ceasing with the last payment prior to the death of the
survivor.
- INCOME PLAN 4 - PAYMENTS FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD CERTAIN. An amount
payable for the number of years selected which may be from 5 to 30
years.
- INCOME PLAN 5 - ANNUITY PLAN. An amount can be used to purchase any
other income plan we offer on the Income Date for which you and the
Annuitant are eligible.
Your first income payment, whether fixed or variable, will be based on
the amount of proceeds applied under the income plan you have selected and on
the "annuity purchase rates" based on the Annuitant's age and sex, and if
applicable upon the age and sex of a second designated person. The annuity
purchase rate we apply will never be lower than the rate shown in your
Contract.
If you have told us you want fixed income payments, the amount of each
income payment is guaranteed and remains level throughout the payment period.
If you told us you want variable income payments, the amount of variable income
payments will vary according to the investment performance of the Funds you
have selected to support your variable annuity income payments.
Your income payments will be made monthly, unless you choose quarterly,
semi-annual or annual payments by giving us Satisfactory Notice at least 30
days prior to the Income Date. Payments start on the Income Date. If any
payment would be less than $100, we may change the payment frequency to the
next longer interval, but in no event less frequent than annual. Also, if on
the Income Date, the Account Value is less than $5,000, we may pay the
Surrender Value on that date in one sum.
8
<PAGE> 30
3. HOW DO I PURCHASE A CONTRACT?
INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT. The Contract may be purchased for use in
connection with tax-qualified plans, or it may be purchased on a non-tax
qualified basis. To purchase a non- tax qualified Contract, you may not be
more than 85 years old on the Contract Date. (You may not be more than 75
years old in Pennsylvania.) To purchase a tax-qualified Contract, you must not
be older than 70 1/2 years old on the Contract Date. A minimum initial
purchase payment is required depending on whether you are purchasing a
tax-qualified or non-tax qualified Contract, as shown in the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Minimum Initial Purchase Payment Required
<S> <C>
Non-Tax Qualified Contract $5,000
Tax Qualified Contract $2,000
</TABLE>
ISSUANCE OF A CONTRACT. Once we receive your initial purchase payment
and your application at our Customer Service Center, we will usually issue your
Contract within two Business Days. However, if you did not give us all the
information we need, we will try to contact you to get the additional needed
information. If we cannot complete the application within five Business Days,
we will either send your money back or obtain your permission to keep your
money until we receive the necessary information. Your Contract Date will be
the date your Contract is issued at our Customer Service Center.
FREE-LOOK RIGHT TO CANCEL CONTRACT. During your "Free-Look" Period,
you may cancel your Contract. The Free-Look Period expires 10 days after you
receive your Contract. Some states may require a longer period. If you decide
to cancel the Contract, you must return it to our Customer Service Center or to
one of our authorized agents. You will receive a refund of your Account Value
plus any annual administration charge, transaction charge and Asset-Based
Charge we have deducted on or before the date we receive your returned
Contract, or if greater and required by the law of your state, your initial
purchase payment (less any withdraws previously taken). In certain states,
amounts you allocate to the Variable Account will be allocated to the Money
Market Sub-Account until the Free-Look Period expires.
MAKING ADDITIONAL PURCHASE PAYMENTS. You may make additional purchase
payments of $250 or more at any time before the Income Date, subject to
following conditions. We will accept additional purchase payments under a
non-qualified plan until the earlier of the year in which you attain age 85 or
the year in which the Annuitant attains age 85. We will accept additional
purchase payments under a qualified plan until the year in which you attain
701/2, except rollover contributions may be made until the year in which you
attain age 85. You must obtain our prior approval before you make a purchase
payment that causes the Account Value of all annuities that you maintain with
us to exceed $1,000,000. Any purchase payment received after the Contract Date
will be credited to the Contract as of the Business Day on which it is received
at our Customer Service Center.
9
<PAGE> 31
Purchase payments received on other than a Business Day will be deemed received
on the next following Business Day.
In addition, if you have not made a purchase payment for more than two
years and your Account Value is less than $2,000 on a Contract Anniversary, we
may cancel your Contract and pay you the Surrender Value as though you had made
a full withdrawal by giving you written notice at your address of record.
However, you will be allowed 61 days from the date of that notice to submit an
additional purchase payment in an amount sufficient to maintain your Account
Value at $2,000 or more. If we have not received the required additional
purchase payment by the end of this period, we may cancel your Contract.
4. WHAT ARE MY INVESTMENT OPTIONS?
PURCHASE PAYMENT ALLOCATIONS. When you apply for a Contract, you
specify the percentage of your purchase payment to be allocated to each
Variable Sub-Account and/or to each Fixed Sub-Account. You can change the
allocation percentages at any time by sending Satisfactory Notice to our
Customer Service Center. The change will apply to all purchase payments we
receive on or after we receive your request. [Purchase payment allocations
must be in percentages totaling 100%, and each allocation percentage must be a
whole number.]
We may, however, require that an initial purchase payment allocated to
a Variable Account be invested in the Money Market Fund during the Free-Look
Period. We may require this if the law of your state requires us to refund
your full initial purchase payment should you cancel your Contract during the
Free-Look Period. At the end of the Free-Look Period, if your initial purchase
payment was allocated to the Money Market Fund by us, we will transfer the
value of what is in the Money Market Fund to the Variable Sub-Account(s) you
specified in your application. Solely for the purpose of processing transfers
from the Money Market Fund, we will deem the Free-Look Period to end 15 days
after the Contract Date. The transfer from the Money Market Fund to the
Variable Sub-Accounts upon the expiration of the Free-Look Period does not
count as a transfer for any other purposes under the Contract.
VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT INVESTMENT OPTIONS. The Variable Account has ___
Sub-Accounts, each investing in a specific Fund. Each of the Funds is either
an open-end diversified management investment company or a separate investment
portfolio of such a company and is managed by a registered investment adviser.
The Funds as well as brief descriptions of their investment objectives are
provided below. There is no assurance that these objectives will be met.
The Alger American Fund
ALGER AMERICAN INCOME AND GROWTH PORTFOLIO. This portfolio seeks to
provide a high level of dividend income through investing in equity securities.
Capital appreciation is a secondary objective of this portfolio.
10
<PAGE> 32
ALGER AMERICAN SMALL CAPITALIZATION PORTFOLIO. This portfolio seeks
long-term capital appreciation through investment primarily in equity
securities that, at the time of purchase, have total market capitalization
within the range of companies included in the Russell 2000 Growth Index or the
S&P SmallCap 600 Index.
ALGER AMERICAN GROWTH PORTFOLIO. This portfolio seeks long-term
capital appreciation by investing primarily in equity securities of companies
that, at the time of purchase, have total market capitalization of $1 billion
or greater.
The Alger American Fund is advised by Fred Alger Management, Inc.
The
-------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
The
-------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
The
-------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
The MONEY MARKET FUND seeks to maximize current income to the extent
consistent with the preservation of capital and maintenance of liquidity. This
Fund will pursue its objective by investing exclusively in high quality money
market instruments. AN INVESTMENT IN THE MONEY MARKET FUND IS NEITHER INSURED
NOR GUARANTEED BY THE U.S. GOVERNMENT. This Fund will attempt to maintain a
stable net asset value of $1.00 per share, BUT THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE THAT
THE FUND WILL BE ABLE TO DO SO.
The MONEY MARKET FUND is advised by __________.
Shares of the Funds are sold to separate accounts of insurance
companies that are not affiliated with us or each other, a practice known as
"shared funding." They are also sold to separate accounts to serve as the
underlying investment for both variable annuity contracts and variable life
insurance contracts, a practice known as "mixed funding." As a result, there
is a possibility that a material conflict may arise between the interests of
Owners whose Account Values are allocated to the Variable Account, and owners
of other contracts whose contract values are allocated to one or more other
separate accounts investing in any of the Funds. Shares of some of the Funds
may also be sold directly to certain qualified pension and retirement plans
qualifying under Section 401 of the Code. As a result,
11
<PAGE> 33
there is a possibility that a material conflict may arise between the interest
of Owners or owners of other contracts (including contracts issued by other
companies), and such retirement plans or participants in such retirement plans.
In the event of any such material conflicts, we will consider what action may
be appropriate, including removing a Fund from the Variable Account or
replacing the Fund with another Fund. There are certain risks associated with
mixed and shared funding and with the sale of shares to qualified pension and
retirement plans, as disclosed in each Fund's prospectus.
More detailed information concerning the investment objectives,
policies, and restriction of the Funds, the expenses of the Funds, the risks
attendant to investing in the Funds and other aspects or their operations can
be found in the current prospectus for each Fund which accompanies this
prospectus. The Funds' prospectuses should be read carefully before any
decision is made concerning the allocation of amounts to the Variable
Sub-Accounts.
FIXED ACCOUNT INVESTMENT OPTIONS. The Fixed Account is a separate
investment account under state insurance law, and is not required to be
registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act. It is maintained
separate from our general account and any other separate investment account we
may have.
Each time you allocate purchase payments or transfer funds to the Fixed
Account, we establish a Fixed Sub-Account. Each Fixed Sub-Account is
guaranteed an interest rate (the "Guaranteed Interest Rate") for a period of
time (a "Guarantee Period"). We have no specific formula for establishing the
Guaranteed Interest Rates for the different Guarantee Periods. The
determination made will be influenced by, but not necessarily correspond to,
interest rates available on fixed income investments which we may acquire with
the amounts we receive as purchase payments or transfers of Account Value under
the Contracts. These amounts will be invested primarily in investment-grade
fixed income securities including: securities issued by the United States
Government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be
guaranteed by the United States Government; debt securities that have an
investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades
assigned by Moody's Investor Services, Inc., Standard & Poor's Corporation, or
any other nationally recognized rating service; mortgage-backed securities
collateralized by real estate mortgage loans, or securities collateralized by
other assets, that are insured or guaranteed by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage
Association, the Federal National Mortgage Association, or the Government
National Mortgage Association, or that have an investment grade at the time of
purchase within the four highest grades described above; other debt
instruments; commercial paper; cash or cash equivalents. You will have no
direct or indirect interest in these investments. We will also consider other
factors in determining the Guaranteed Interest Rates, including regulatory and
tax requirements, sales commissions, and administrative expenses borne by us,
general economic trends, and competitive factors. THE COMPANY'S MANAGEMENT
WILL MAKE THE FINAL DETERMINATION OF THE GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES IT DECLARES.
WE CANNOT PREDICT OR GUARANTEE THE LEVEL OF FUTURE INTEREST RATES, HOWEVER, OUR
GUARANTEE INTEREST RATES WILL BE AT LEAST 3% PER YEAR.
12
<PAGE> 34
The length of a Guarantee Period is measured from the end of the
calendar month in which the amount is allocated to the Fixed Sub-Account. The
currently available Guarantee Periods are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, and 10 years.
We will notify you at least thirty days prior to an Expiry Date of your
options for renewal which include (i) electing a new Guarantee Period from
among those then offered by us, but excluding any which extend beyond your
Income Date, or (ii) transferring the value of the Fixed Sub-Account to one or
more Variable Sub-Accounts. If we do not receive Satisfactory Notice prior to
the Expiry Date, we will transfer the value of the expiring Fixed Sub-Account
to the Money Market Sub-Account.
A Market Value Adjustment may apply to amounts allocated to a Fixed
Sub-Account in certain situations. See "Market Value Adjustment" below.
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT. A Market Value Adjustment reflects the
relationship between: (i) the current Guaranteed Interest Rate that we are
crediting for a Guarantee Period approximately equal to the time remaining in
the Fixed Sub-Account's Guarantee Period from which the amount is surrendered,
withdrawn, transferred, or annuitized; and (ii) the Guaranteed Interest Rate
being applied to the Fixed Sub-Account's Guarantee Period from which the amount
will be surrendered, withdrawn, transferred, or annuitized. Any surrender,
withdrawal, transfer, or application to an income plan of an amount allocated
to a Fixed Sub-Account is subject to a Market Value Adjustment that may be
positive or negative, unless the effective date of the surrender, withdrawal,
transfer, or application to an income plan is on or after the Expiry Date of
the Guarantee Period.
Generally, if the Guaranteed Interest Rate for the selected Guarantee
Period is lower than the Guaranteed Interest Rate currently being offered for
new Guarantee Periods of a duration approximately equal to the balance of the
selected Guarantee Period as of the date that the Market Value Adjustment is
applied, then the application of the Market Value Adjustment will (i) reduce
the amount of the payment upon surrender or application to an income plan (this
amount may be reduced below the amount of the purchase payments or portion of
amounts transferred to the Guarantee Period), and (ii) will reduce the
remaining Account Value on the amount transferred or withdrawn. Similarly, if
the Guaranteed Interest Rate for the selected Guarantee Period is higher than
the Guaranteed Interest Rate currently being offered for new Guarantee Periods
of a duration approximately equal to the balance of the selected Guarantee
Period as of the date that the Market Value Adjustment is applied, then the
application of the Market Value Adjustment will result in the payment, upon
surrender, withdrawal, transfer, or application of amounts to an income plan,
of an amount greater than the amount (or portion thereof) being surrendered,
withdrawn, transferred, or applied to an income plan.
13
<PAGE> 35
The Market Value Adjustment is computed by multiplying the amount being
surrendered, withdrawn, transferred, or applied to an income plan, by the
following factor:
[(1+I)/(1+J+.0025)]N/365 - 1
Where
I is the Index Rate for a maturity equal to the Fixed Sub-Account's
Guarantee Period;
J is the Index Rate for a maturity equal to the time remaining
(rounded up to the next full year) in the Fixed Sub-Account's Guarantee
Period; and
N is the remaining number of days in the Guarantee Period at the time
of calculation.
The Index Rate is the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity Series as reported in
Federal Reserve Bulletin Release H.15. We currently base the Index Rate for a
calendar week on the reported rate for the preceding calendar week. We reserve
the right to set it less frequently than weekly but in no event less often than
monthly. If there is no Index Rate for the maturity needed to calculate I or
J, straight line interpolation between the Index Rate for the next highest and
next lowest maturities will be used to determine that Index Rate. If the
maturity is one year or less, we will use the Index Rate for a one-year
maturity.
In the states of _________________________________________, state
insurance law requires that the Market Value Adjustment be computed by
multiplying the amount being surrendered, withdrawn, transferred, or applied to
an income plan, by the greater of the factor above and the following factor:
[(1.03)/(1+K)]((G-N)/365) - 1, where N is as defined above, K = the Guaranteed
Interest Rate for the Guaranteed Period and G = the initial number of days in
the Guarantee Period. In these states, the Fixed Account is called the
Interest Account in the Contract.
Market Value Adjustments will be applied as follows:
The Market Value Adjustment will be applied to the amount withdrawn,
transferred, or applied to an income plan before deduction of any
applicable surrender charge.
For a partial withdrawal or partial transfer, the Market Value
Adjustment will be calculated on the total amount that must be
withdrawn or transferred in order to provide the amount requested.
If the Market Value Adjustment is negative, it is deducted from any
remaining value in the Fixed Sub-Account. Any remaining Market
Value Adjustment is deducted from the amount withdrawn,
transferred, or applied to an income plan.
14
<PAGE> 36
If the Market Value Adjustment is positive, it is added to any
remaining value in the Fixed Sub-Account. In the case of surrender
or full transfer, or if the full amount of the Fixed Sub-Account is
applied to an annuity option, the Market Value Adjustment is added
to the amount withdrawn, transferred, or applied to an income plan.
Examples of how the Market Value Adjustment will work are shown in Appendix A.
TRANSFERS. Prior to the Income Date and while the Annuitant is living,
you may transfer Account Value from and among the Variable and Fixed
Sub-Accounts at any time after the end of the Free-Look Period. The minimum
amount of Account Value that may be transferred from a Variable Sub-Account or
a Fixed Sub-Account is $250, or, if less, the entire remaining Account Value
held in that Sub-Account. You must give us Satisfactory Notice of the Variable
Sub-Accounts and/or Fixed Sub-Accounts from which and to which transfers are to
be made. Otherwise we will not transfer your Account Value. A transfer from a
Fixed Sub-Account may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. There is
currently no limit on the number of transfers from and among the Variable or
Fixed Sub-Accounts.
A transfer generally will take effect on the Business Day Satisfactory
Notice is received at our Customer Service Center. Requests received on other
than a non-Business Day will be deemed received on the next following Business
Day. We may, however, defer transfers to, from, and among the Variable
Sub-Accounts under the same conditions that we may delay paying proceeds. See
"Requesting Payments," page _.
We also reserve the right to impose a $25 transfer fee on each transfer
in a Contract Year in excess of twelve, and to limit, upon notice, the maximum
number of transfers you may make per calendar month or per Contract Year. For
purposes of assessing any transfer charge, each transfer request is considered
one transfer, regardless of the number of Variable or Fixed Sub-Accounts
affected by the transfer.
After the Income Date, you must have our prior consent to transfer
value from the Fixed Account to the Variable Account or from the Variable
Account to the Fixed Account. We reserve the right to limit the number of
transfers among the Variable Sub-Accounts to one transfer per Contract Year
after the Income Date.
Subject to any required regulatory approvals, we reserve the right to
transfer assets of a Variable Sub-Account that we determine to be associated
with the class of Contracts to which the Contract belongs, to another variable
account or to another variable sub-account.
DOLLAR-COST AVERAGING PROGRAM. The dollar-cost averaging program
permits you to systematically transfer on a monthly basis, or as frequently as
we authorize, a set dollar amount from either the Money Market Sub-Account or a
Fixed Sub-Account to any combination of Variable Sub-Accounts. The dollar-cost
averaging method of investment is designed to reduce the risk of making
purchases only when the price of Accumulation Units is high. However, you
should carefully consider
15
<PAGE> 37
your financial ability to continue the program over a long enough period of
time to purchase units when their value is low as well as when it is high.
Dollar-cost averaging does not assure a profit or protect against a loss.
You may elect to participate in the dollar-cost averaging program at
any time before the Income Date by sending us Satisfactory Notice. The minimum
transfer amount is $250 from the Money Market Sub-Account, or from the 1, 2, 3,
4, or 5 year Guaranteed Period of the Fixed Account, as applicable. All
dollar-cost averaging transfers will be made on the day of each month that
corresponds to your Contract Date unless that date is not a Business Day.
Otherwise, the transfer will be made on the next following Business Day. Once
elected, it remains in effect from the date we receive your request until the
Income Date or until the value of the Sub-Account from which transfers are
being made is depleted or until you cancel the program by written request. You
can request changes by writing us at our Customer Service Center. There is no
additional charge for dollar-cost averaging. A transfer under this program is
not considered a transfer for purposes of assessing a transfer charge. We
reserve the right to discontinue offering the dollar-cost averaging program at
any time and for any reason. Dollar-cost averaging is not available while you
are participating in the automatic portfolio rebalancing program.
ASSET ALLOCATION PROGRAM. You may select from four asset allocation
model portfolios designed by Ibbotson and Associates. These models are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Model Investment and Risk Profile
----- ---------------------------
<S> <C>
1 Capital Preservation
2 Moderate Growth
3 Growth
4 Aggressive Growth
</TABLE>
If you elect to participate in the asset allocation program, initial and
additional purchase payments will automatically be allocated among the Variable
Sub-Accounts indicated by the model you select. Although you may only use one
model at a time, you may elect to change your selection as your tolerance for
risk, and/or your needs and objectives change. You may use a questionnaire
that we offer to determine the model that best meets your risk tolerance and
time horizons.
From time to time Ibbotson and Associates reviews the models and may
find that allocation percentages among the Variable Sub-Accounts or even some
of the Variable Sub-Accounts within a particular model may need to be changed.
We will send you notice at least 30 days before any such change is made.
None of the models include the Fixed Account. However, you may
allocate a portion of your initial or additional purchase payments, or transfer
Account Value between an asset allocation model and the Fixed Account.
16
<PAGE> 38
If you participate in the asset allocation program, the transfers made
under the program are not taken into account in determining any transfer
charge. There is no additional charge for this option. We reserve the right
to discontinue offering this program at any time and for any reason.
AUTOMATIC PORTFOLIO REBALANCING PROGRAM. Once your money has been
allocated among the Variable Sub-Accounts, the investment performance of each
Variable Sub- Account may cause your allocation to shift. Prior to the Income
Date, you may instruct us to automatically rebalance (on a calendar quarter,
semi-annual, or annual basis) Variable Account Value to return to your original
percentage allocations. Your request will be effective on the Business Day on
which we receive your request at our Customer Service Center. Requests
received on other than a Business Day will be deemed received on the next
following Business Day. Your percentage allocations must be in whole
percentages. You may start and stop automatic portfolio rebalancing at any
time and make changes to your allocation percentages by written request. There
is no additional charge for using this option. A transfer under this option is
not considered a transfer for purposes of assessing any transfer charge. We
reserve the right to discontinue offering this program at any time and for any
reason. Any money allocated to the Fixed Account will not be included in the
rebalancing. [The automatic portfolio rebalancing program is not available
while you are participating in the dollar-cost averaging program].
ACCOUNT VALUE. The Account Value serves as a starting point for
calculating certain values under a Contract. It is the aggregate of the
Variable Account Value and the Fixed Account Value credited to the Contract.
The Account Value is determined first on the Contract Date and thereafter on
each Business Day. The Account Value will vary to reflect the performance of
the Variable Sub-Accounts to which purchase payments have been allocated,
interest credited on amounts allocated to the Fixed Account, charges,
transfers, withdrawals, and full surrenders. It may be more or less than
purchase payments paid.
SURRENDER VALUE. The Surrender Value on a Business Day before the
Income Date, is the Account Value, reduced by any applicable surrender charge
that would be deducted if the Contract were surrendered that day and by any
applicable annual administration charge.
VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUE. On any Business Day, the Variable Account
Value is equal to sum of the value in each Variable Sub-Account. The value in
each Variable Sub-Account is equal to the number of Accumulation Units
attributable to that Variable Sub-Account multiplied by the Accumulation Unit
Value for that Variable Sub-Account for that Business Day. When you allocate a
purchase payment or transfer Account Value to a Variable Sub-Account, your
Contract is credited with Accumulation Units in that Variable Sub-Account. The
number of Accumulation Units is determined by dividing the dollar amount
allocated or transferred to the Variable Sub- Account by the Sub-Account's
Accumulation Unit value for that Business Day. Similarly, when an amount is
transferred, withdrawn, or surrendered from a Variable Sub-Account, the number
of Accumulation Units is determined by dividing the dollar amount transferred,
withdrawn, or surrendered by the Variable Sub-Account's Accumulation Unit value
for that Business Day.
17
<PAGE> 39
ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE. Accumulation Unit value varies to reflect the
investment experience of the underlying Fund, and may increase or decrease from
one Business Day to the next. [The Accumulation Unit value for each Variable
Sub-Account was arbitrarily set at $___ when the Sub-Account was established.]
For each Valuation Period [after the date of establishment], the Accumulation
Unit value is determined by multiplying the Accumulation Unit value for a
Sub-Account for the prior Valuation Period by the net investment factor for the
Variable Sub-Account for the Valuation Period.
NET INVESTMENT FACTOR. The net investment factor is an index used to
measure the investment performance of a Variable Sub-Account from one Valuation
Period to the next during the Accumulation Period. The net investment factor
for any Valuation Period is determined by dividing (a) by (b) where:
(a) is the result of:
(i) the Net Asset Value per share of the investment portfolio
share in which the Variable Sub-Account invests determined
at the end of the current Valuation Period, plus
(ii) the per share amount of any dividend or capital gain
distributions made by the investment portfolio on shares
held in the Variable Sub-Account if the "ex-dividend" date
occurs during the current Valuation Period, and plus or
minus
(iii) a per share charge or credit for any taxes reserved for,
which is determined by us to have resulted from the
operations of the Variable Sub-Account; and
(b) is the Net Asset Value per share of the investment portfolio share
in which the Variable Sub-Account invests determined at the end of
the immediately preceding Valuation Period;
The net investment factor may be more or less than, or equal to, one.
FIXED ACCOUNT VALUE. The Fixed Account Value is the sum of the value
of each Fixed Sub-Account on any particular date. The value of the Fixed
Sub-Accounts is equal to: (1) the sum of the following amounts: purchase
payment allocations, transfers of Account Value to the Fixed Sub-Account, and
interest accruals; minus (2) the sum of any withdrawals and any applicable
surrender charges or transfers from the Fixed Sub-Accounts including any
applicable Market Value Adjustment, transfer charge, and portion of the annual
administration charge.
5. WHAT ARE THE EXPENSES UNDER THE CONTRACT?
We deduct the charges described below. The charges are for the service
and benefits we provide, costs and expenses we incur, and risks we assume under
the Contracts. Services and benefits we provide include: the ability for
Owners to make withdrawals and surrenders under the Contracts; the death
benefit paid on the death of the Owner; the available investment options,
including dollar-
18
<PAGE> 40
cost averaging, asset allocation, automatic portfolio rebalancing, and
systematic partial withdrawal programs; administration of the income plan
options available under the Contracts; and the distribution of various reports
to Owners. Costs and expenses we incur include those associated with various
overhead and other expenses associated with providing the services and benefits
provided by the Contracts, sales and marketing expenses, and other costs of
doing business. Risks we assume include the risks that Annuitants may live
longer than estimated when the annuity factors under the Contracts were
established, that the amount of the death benefit will be greater than Account
Value, and that the costs of providing the services and benefits under the
Contracts will exceed the charges deducted. We may also deduct a charge for
taxes. See "Fee Table," page ___.
Unless otherwise specified, charges are deducted proportionately from
all Variable Sub-Accounts and Fixed Sub-Accounts in which you are invested.
Charges under a Contract may be reduced or eliminated when certain
sales or administration of the Contract result in savings or reduction of
expenses and/or risks.
SURRENDER CHARGE
If you make an Excess Withdrawal or surrender a Contract during the
first seven Contract Years, we may deduct a surrender charge calculated as a
percentage of the amount of purchase payment(s) withdrawn or surrendered. The
applicable percentage is 7% in the first Contract Year, and declines until it
reaches 0% in the eighth Contract Year.
If a Contract is surrendered, the surrender charge is deducted from the
Account Value in determining the Surrender Value. If an Excess Withdrawal is
taken, the surrender charge is deducted from the Account Value remaining after
you have been paid the amount requested. We will deduct the surrender charge
from each Variable Sub-Account and each Fixed Sub-Account pro-rata. Each year
after the first Contract Year, you may withdraw a "Free Withdrawal Amount"
without incurring a surrender charge. For a table of surrender charges and a
description of the Free Withdrawal Amount, see the "Fee Table," page __.
With an Excess Withdrawal, purchase payments will be liquidated in
whole or in part on a "first-in, first-out" basis. This means we liquidate
purchase payments in the order they were made: the oldest unliquidated purchase
payment first, the next oldest unliquidated purchase payment second, until all
purchase payments have been liquidated.
The total surrender charge will be the sum of the surrender charges for
each purchase payment being liquidated. The amount requested from a
Sub-Account may not exceed the value of that Sub-Account less any applicable
surrender charge.
EXAMPLE OF CALCULATION OF SURRENDER CHARGE. Assume the applicable
surrender charge is 7% and you have requested a withdrawal of $1,000. Your
initial Purchase
19
<PAGE> 41
Payment was $5,000 and your current Account Value is $5,250. Your Free
Withdrawal Amount is the greater of (a) or (b), where:
(a) is the excess of 10% of the total purchase payments over 100%
of all prior withdrawals in that Certificate Year (10% *
$5,000 = $500); and
(b) is the excess of the Account Value on the date of
withdrawal over the unliquidated purchase payments ($5,250 -
$5,000 = $250).
Therefore, the Free Withdrawal amount is $500. A surrender charge will apply
to the excess of $1,000 over $500. The surrender charge is equal to $35 (7% x
$500).
WAIVER OF SURRENDER CHARGE. We will not deduct a surrender charge if,
at the time we receive a request for a withdrawal or a surrender, we have
received due proof that you (or the Annuitant, if the Owner is not an
individual) have a "Qualifying Terminal Illness" or have been confined
continuously to a "Qualifying Licensed Hospital or Nursing Care Facility" for
at least 45 days in a 60 day period. "Qualifying Terminal Illness" and
"Qualifying Licensed Hospital or Nursing Care Facility" are defined in the
Contract.
ANNUAL ADMINISTRATION CHARGE
We will deduct an annual administration charge during the first seven
Contract Years (i) on each Contract Anniversary, and (ii) on the day of any
surrender if the surrender is not on the Contract Anniversary. We will waive
this fee on and after the eighth Contract Anniversary, or if the Account Value
is at least $50,000 when the annual administration charge would have otherwise
been deducted. The charge will be deducted from each Variable or Fixed
Sub-Account proportionately.
TRANSFER CHARGE
We currently do not deduct this charge However, we reserve the right
to deduct a transfer charge of $25 for the 13th and each subsequent transfer
during a Contract Year. For the purpose of assessing the transfer charge, each
written request is considered to be one transfer, regardless of the number of
Variable Sub-Accounts or Fixed Sub-Accounts affected by the transfer. In the
event that the transfer charge becomes applicable, it will be deducted
proportionately from the Variable Sub- Account(s) or the Fixed Sub-Account(s)
from which the transfer is made.
ASSET-BASED CHARGES
We deduct Asset-Based Charges for mortality and expense risks and
administrative costs assumed by us. Prior to the Income Date, Asset-Based
Charges are deducted monthly and calculated as a percentage of the Variable
Account Value on the date of deduction. On the Contract Date, and monthly
thereafter, the Asset-Based Charges are deducted proportionately from the
Variable Sub-Accounts in which you are invested. After the Income Date,
however, these charges are called
20
<PAGE> 42
Variable Sub-Account Charges and are deducted daily from the assets of such
Variable Sub-Accounts. The maximum charges are:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Combined Asset-Based Charges
----------------------------
Annual Charge Monthly Charge Daily Charge
------------- -------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Contract Years 1-7 1.40% .116667% .0038626%
Contract Years 8+ 1.25% .104167% .0034462%
</TABLE>
Asset-Based Charges also are deducted on the effective date of any transfer
from the Fixed Account, or allocation of purchase payment to the Variable
Account, based on the amount transferred or allocated and based on the number
of days remaining until the next date of deduction. These charges do not apply
to Fixed Account Value attributable to a Contract.
FUND EXPENSES
Because the Variable Account purchases shares of the various Funds,
the net assets of the Variable Account will reflect the investment advisory
fees and other operating expenses incurred by the Funds. A table of each
Fund's advisory fees and other expenses can be found in the front of this
prospectus in the Fee Table. For a description of each Fund's expenses,
advisory fees, and other expenses, see the attached Funds' prospectuses.
6. HOW WILL MY INVESTMENT IN THE CONTRACT BE TAXED?
THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION IS GENERAL AND IS NOT INTENDED AS TAX ADVICE.
INTRODUCTION
The following summary provides a general description of the federal
income tax considerations associated with the Contracts and does not purport to
be complete or to cover all tax situations. THIS DISCUSSION IS NOT INTENDED AS
TAX ADVICE. COUNSEL OR OTHER COMPETENT TAX ADVISERS SHOULD BE CONSULTED FOR
MORE COMPLETE INFORMATION. This discussion is based upon our understanding of
the present federal income tax laws. No representation is made as to the
likelihood of continuation of the present federal income tax laws or as to how
they may be interpreted by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS").
The Contracts may be purchased on a non-tax-qualified basis
("Non-Qualified Contract") or purchased on a tax-qualified basis ("Qualified
Contract"). Qualified Contracts are designed for use by individuals whose
purchase payments are comprised solely of proceeds from and/or contributions
under retirement plans that are intended to qualify as plans entitled to
special income tax treatment under Sections 408 or 408A of the Code. The
ultimate effect of federal income taxes on the amounts
21
<PAGE> 43
held under a Contract, or income payments, depends on the type of retirement
plan, on the tax and employment status of the individual concerned, and on our
[AND YOUR] tax status. In addition, certain requirements must be satisfied in
purchasing a Qualified Contract with proceeds from a tax-qualified plan and
receiving distributions from a Qualified Contract in order to continue
receiving favorable tax treatment. Some retirement plans are subject to
distribution and other requirements that are not incorporated into our Contract
administration procedures. Owners, participants, and Beneficiaries are
responsible for determining whether contributions, distributions and other
transactions with respect to the Contracts comply with applicable law.
Therefore, purchasers of Qualified Contracts should seek competent legal and
tax advice regarding the suitability of a Contract for their situation. The
following discussion assumes that Qualified Contracts are purchased with
proceeds from and/or contributions under retirement plans that qualify for the
intended special federal income tax treatment.
TAX STATUS OF THE CONTRACTS
DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. The Code requires that the investments
of the Variable Account be "adequately diversified" in order for the Contracts
to be treated as annuity contracts for federal income tax purposes. It is
intended that the Variable Account, through the Funds, will satisfy these
diversification requirements.
In certain circumstances, owners of variable annuity contracts have
been considered for federal income tax purposes to be the owners of the assets
of the Variable Account supporting their contracts due to their ability to
exercise investment control over those assets. When this is the case, the
contract owners have been currently taxed on income and gains attributable to
the Variable Account assets. There is little guidance in this area, and some
features of the Contracts, such as the flexibility of an Owner to allocate
purchase payments and transfer Account Values, have not been explicitly
addressed in published rulings. While we believe that the Contracts do not
give Owners investment control over Variable Account assets, we reserve the
right to modify the Contracts as necessary to prevent an Owner from being
treated as the owner of the Variable Account assets supporting the Contract.
REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS. To be treated as an annuity contract for
federal income tax purposes, the Code requires a Non-Qualified Contract to
contain certain provisions specifying how your interest in the Contract will be
distributed in the event of your death. The Non-Qualified Contracts contain
provisions that are intended to comply with these Code requirements, although
no regulations interpreting these requirements have yet been issued. We intend
to review such provisions and modify them if necessary to assure that they
comply with the applicable requirements when such requirements are clarified by
regulation or otherwise.
Other rules may apply to Qualified Contracts.
The following discussion assumes that the Contracts will qualify as
annuity contracts for federal income tax purposes.
22
<PAGE> 44
TAX TREATMENT OF ANNUITIES
IN GENERAL. We believe that if you are a natural person you will not
be taxed on increases in the value of a Contract until a distribution occurs or
until income payments begin. (An agreement to assign or pledge any portion of
the Account Value, and, in the case of a Qualified Contract, any portion of an
interest in the qualified plan, generally will be treated as a distribution.)
TAXATION OF NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
NON-NATURAL PERSON. The Owner of any annuity contract who is not a
natural person generally must include in income any increase in the excess of
the Account Value over the "investment in the contract" (generally, the
purchase payments or other consideration paid for the contract) during the
taxable year. There are some exceptions to this rule and a prospective Owner
that is not a natural person may wish to discuss these with a tax adviser.
The following discussion generally applies to Contracts owned by
natural persons.
WITHDRAWALS. When a withdrawal from a Non-Qualified Contract occurs,
the amount received will be treated as ordinary income subject to tax up to an
amount equal to the excess (if any) of the Account Value immediately before the
distribution over the Owner's investment in the Contract at that time.
In the case of a surrender under a Non-Qualified Contract, the amount
received generally will be taxable only to the extent it exceeds the Owner's
investment in the Contract.
PENALTY TAX ON CERTAIN WITHDRAWALS. In the case of a distribution
from a Non-Qualified Contract, there may be imposed a federal tax penalty equal
to 10% of the amount treated as income. In general, however, there is no
penalty on distributions:
- made on or after the taxpayer reaches age 59 1/2;
- made on or after the death of an Owner;
- attributable to the taxpayer's becoming disabled; or
- made as part of a series of substantially equal periodic
payments for the life (or life expectancy) of the taxpayer.
Other exceptions may be applicable under certain circumstances and
special rules may be applicable in connection with the exceptions enumerated
above. A tax adviser should be consulted regarding exceptions from the penalty
tax.
INCOME PAYMENTS. Although tax consequences may vary depending on the
payment option elected under an annuity contract, a portion of each income
payment is generally not taxed and the remainder is taxed as ordinary income.
The non-taxable portion of an income payment is generally determined in a
manner that is designed to allow you to recover your investment in the Contract
ratably
23
<PAGE> 45
on a tax-free basis over the expected stream of income payments, as determined
when income payments start. Once your investment in the Contract has been
fully recovered, however, the full amount of each income payment is subject to
tax as ordinary income.
TAXATION OF DEATH BENEFIT PROCEEDS. Amounts may be distributed from a
Contract because of your death or the death of the Annuitant. Generally, such
amounts are includible in the income of the recipient as follows: (i) if
distributed in a lump sum, they are taxed in the same manner as a surrender of
the contract, or (ii) if distributed under a payment option, they are taxed in
the same way as income payments.
TRANSFERS, ASSIGNMENTS OF A CONTRACT. A transfer or assignment of
ownership of a Contract, the designation of an Annuitant, the designation of a
payee other than yourself, the selection of certain Income Dates, [or the
exchange of a Contract] may result in certain tax consequences to you that are
not discussed herein. An Owner contemplating any such transfer or assignment
should consult a tax advisor as to the tax consequences.
WITHHOLDING. Annuity distributions are generally subject to
withholding for the recipient's federal income tax liability. Recipients can
generally elect, however, not to have tax withheld from distributions.
MULTIPLE CONTRACTS. All annuity contracts that we or our affiliates
issue to the same Owner during any calendar year are treated as one annuity
contract for purposes of determining the amount includible in such Owner's
income when a taxable distribution occurs.
TAXATION OF QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
The Contracts are designed for use with several types of qualified
plans. The tax rules applicable to participants in these qualified plans vary
according to the type of plan and the terms and conditions of the plan itself.
Special favorable tax treatment may be available for certain types of
contributions and distributions. Adverse tax consequences may result from
contributions in excess of specified limited distributions prior to age 59 1/2
(subject to certain exceptions); distributions that do not conform to specified
commencement and minimum distribution rules; aggregate distributions in excess
of a specified annual amount; and in other specified circumstances. Therefore,
no attempt is made to provide more than general information about the use of
the Contracts with the various types of qualified retirement plans. Contract
Owners, Annuitants, and Beneficiaries are cautioned that the rights of any
person to any benefits under these qualified retirement plans may be subject to
the terms and conditions of the plans themselves, regardless of the terms and
conditions of the Contract, but we shall not be bound by the terms and
conditions of such plans to the extent such terms contradict the Contract,
unless the Company consents.
WITHDRAWALS. When a withdrawal from a Qualified Contract occurs, a
pro rata portion of the amount received is taxable, generally based on the
ratio of the owner's investment in the contract (generally, the purchase
payments or other consideration paid for the contract) to the participant's
total
24
<PAGE> 46
accrued benefit balance under the retirement plan. For Qualified Contracts,
the investment in the contract can be zero. Distributions from certain
qualified plans are generally subject to mandatory withholding. Special tax
rules apply to withdrawals from Roth IRAs (see below).
Brief descriptions follow of the various types of qualified retirement
plans in connection with a Contract. We will endorse the Contract as necessary
to conform it to the requirements of such plan.
INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES. Section 408 of the Code permits
eligible individuals to contribute to an individual retirement program known as
an "Individual Retirement Annuity" or "IRA." These IRAs are subject to limits
on the amount that may be contributed, the persons who may be eligible, and on
the time when distributions may commence. Also, distributions from certain
other types of qualified retirement plans may be rolled over on a tax-deferred
basis into an IRA. Sales of the Contract for use with IRAs may be subject to
special requirements of the IRS. The Internal Revenue Service has not reviewed
the Contract for qualification as an IRA, and has not generally ruled whether
death benefit provisions such as the provisions in the Contract comport with
IRA qualification requirements.
SIMPLE IRAs. Beginning in January 1, 1997, certain small employers
may establish SIMPLE plans as provided by Section 408(p) of the Code, under
which employees may elect to defer to a SIMPLE IRA a percentage of compensation
up to $6,000 (as increased for cost of living adjustments). The sponsoring
employer is required to make matching or non-elective contributions on behalf
of employees. Distributions from SIMPLE IRAs are subject to the same
restrictions that apply to IRA distributions and are taxed as ordinary income.
Subject to certain exceptions, premature distributions prior to age 59 1/2 are
subject to a 10% penalty tax, which is increased to 25% if the distribution
occurs within the first two years after the commencement of the employee's
participation in the plan. The failure of the SIMPLE IRA to meet Code
requirements may result in adverse tax consequences.
ROTH IRAs. Effective January 1, 1998, Section 408A of the Code
permits certain eligible individuals to contribute to a Roth IRA.
Contributions to a Roth IRA, which are subject to certain limitations, are not
deductible and must be made in cash or as a rollover or transfer from another
Roth IRA or other IRA. A conversion of an IRA to a Roth IRA may be subject to
tax and other special rules may apply. You should consult a tax adviser before
combining any converted amounts with any other Roth IRA contributions,
including any other conversion amounts from other tax years. Distributions
from a Roth IRA generally are not taxed, except that, once aggregate
distributions exceed contributions to the Roth IRA, income tax and a 10%
penalty tax may apply to distributions made (1) before age 59 1/2 (subject to
certain exceptions) or (2) during five taxable years starting with the year in
which the first contribution is made to the Roth IRA.
25
<PAGE> 47
OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES
As noted above, the foregoing comments about the federal tax
consequences under the Contracts are not exhaustive, and special rules are
provided with respect to other tax situations not discussed in this prospectus.
Further, the federal income tax consequences discussed herein reflect our
understanding of current law, and the law may change. Federal estate and state
and local estate, inheritance and other tax consequences of ownership or
receipt of distributions under a Contract depend on the individual
circumstances of each Owner or recipient of the distribution. A competent tax
adviser should be consulted for further information.
7. HOW DO I ACCESS MY MONEY?
You may make partial withdrawals or a full surrender under the
Contracts. When you surrender your Contract you can request that the proceeds
be paid under an income plan. See "What are my Income Payment Options?," page
__.
WITHDRAWALS
You may request to withdraw part of the Surrender Value at any time
before the Income Date. (If you have elected the "payments for a specified
period certain" income plan option, you may request a full withdrawal after the
Income Date. See "What are my Income Payment Options?," page _ .) Requests
for withdrawals may be made in writing. See "Requesting Payments," page __.
Any withdrawal must be at least $250. We will pay you the withdrawal amount in
one sum. Under certain circumstances, payments of proceeds from a withdrawal
may be delayed. See "Requesting Payments," page __ .
When you request a withdrawal, you can direct how the withdrawal will
be deducted from your Account Value. If you provide no directions, the
withdrawal will be deducted from your Account Value in the Variable and Fixed
Sub-Accounts on a pro-rata basis.
SURRENDERS
You may request surrender of the Contract at any time before the
Income Date. (If you have elected the "payments for a specified period
certain" income plan option, you may request a surrender after the Income Date.
See "What are my Income Payment Options?," page __ .) The Contract will
terminate on the date we receive your request or such later date as you might
request. We will pay you the Surrender Value in one sum unless you choose an
income plan. Under certain circumstances, payments of proceeds from a
surrender may be delayed. See "Requesting Payments," page _ .
SYSTEMATIC PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM
The systematic partial withdrawal program provides automatic monthly,
quarterly, semi-annual, or annual payments to you from the amounts you have
accumulated in the Variable Sub-Accounts
26
<PAGE> 48
and/or the Fixed Sub-Accounts. You select the day withdrawals will be taken,
but this day can be no later than the 28th day of the month. If a day is not
selected, the month anniversary of the Contract Date will be used. The minimum
payment is $100. The maximum payment amount is the Free Withdrawal Amount (see
"Fee Table," page __ ). However, any amount in excess of interest earned on a
Fixed Sub-Account in the prior period (for example, prior month for monthly
withdrawals or prior quarter for quarterly withdrawals), may be subject to a
Market Value Adjustment (see "Market Value Adjustment," page __). You may
elect to participate in the systematic partial withdrawal program at any time
before the Income Date by providing Satisfactory Notice. Once we have received
your request, the program will begin and will remain in effect until your
Account Value drops to zero. You may cancel or make changes in the program at
any time by providing us with Satisfactory Notice. Unless you specify
otherwise, withdrawals under the systematic partial withdrawal option will be
deducted from your Account Value in the Variable and Fixed Sub-Accounts on a
pro-rata basis. We do not deduct any other charges for this option. We reserve
the right to discontinue offering the systematic partial withdrawal option at
any time and for any reason.
IRA PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL OPTION
If your Contract is an IRA Contract and you will attain age 70 1/2 in
the current calendar year, distribution may be made to satisfy requirements
imposed by federal tax law. An IRA Partial Withdrawal provides payout of
amounts required to be distributed by the IRS rules governing mandatory
distributions under qualified plans. A notice before distributions commence
will be sent, and you may elect this option at that time, or at a later date.
The IRA Partial Withdrawal option may not be elected while you are
participating in the systematic partial withdrawal program. IRA Partial
Withdrawals may be taken on a monthly, quarterly, or annual basis. A minimum
withdrawal of $100 is required. You select the day withdrawals will be taken,
but this day can be no later than the 28th day of the month. If a day is not
elected, the month anniversary of the Contract Date will be used. An IRA
Partial Withdrawal in excess of the maximum withdrawal amount for systematic
partial withdrawals may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
REQUESTING PAYMENTS
You must provide us with Satisfactory Notice of your request for
payment. We will ordinarily pay any death benefit, withdrawal, or surrender
proceeds within seven days after receipt at our Customer Service Center of all
the requirements for such a payment. The amount will be determined as of the
date our Customer Service Center receives all such requirements.
We may delay making a payment, applying Account Value to an income
plan, or processing a transfer request if: (1) the disposal or valuation of
the Variable Account's assets is not reasonably practicable because the New
York Stock Exchange is closed for other than a regular holiday or weekend,
trading is restricted by the SEC, or the SEC declares that an emergency exists;
or (2) the SEC, by order, permits postponement of payment to protect our
Contract Owners. We also may defer making payments attributable to a check
that has not cleared (which may take up to 15 days), and we may defer payment
of proceeds from the Fixed Account for a withdrawal or surrender request for up
to
27
<PAGE> 49
six months from the date we receive the request. If payment is deferred 30
days or more, the amount deferred will earn interest at a rate not less than
the minimum required in any jurisdiction in which the Contract is delivered.
8. HOW IS CONTRACT PERFORMANCE PRESENTED?
We may advertise or include in sales literature yields, effective
yields, and total returns for the Variable Sub-Accounts. Effective yields and
total returns for the Variable Sub-Accounts are based on the investment
performance of the corresponding portfolio of the Funds. THESE FIGURES ARE
BASED ON HISTORICAL EARNINGS AND DO NOT INDICATE OR PROJECT FUTURE PERFORMANCE.
We may also advertise or include in sales literature a Variable Sub-Account's
performance compared to certain performance rankings and indexes compiled by
independent organizations, and we may present performance rankings and indexes
without such a comparison.
The yield of the Money Market Sub-Account refers to the annualized
income generated by an investment in the Sub-Account over a specified seven-day
period. The yield is calculated by assuming that the income generated for that
seven-day period is generated each seven-day period over a 52-week period. The
effective yield is calculated similarly but, when annualized, the income earned
by an investment in the Money Market Sub-Account is assumed to be reinvested.
The effective yield will be slightly higher than the yield because of the
compounding effect of this assumed reinvestment.
The yield of a Variable Sub-Account (except the Money Market
Sub-Account) refers to the annualized income generated by an investment in the
Variable Sub-Account over a specified 30-day or one-month period. The yield is
calculated by assuming that the income generated by the investment during that
30-day or one-month period is generated each period over a 12-month period.
The total return of a Variable Sub-Account refers to return quotations
assuming an investment under a Contract has been held in the Variable
Sub-Account for various periods of time. Average annual total return of a
Variable Sub-Account tells you the return you would have experienced if you
allocated a $1,000 purchase payment to a Variable Sub-Account for the specified
period. Standardized average annual total return reflects all historical
investment results, less all charges and deductions applied against the
Variable Sub-Account, including any surrender charge that would apply if you
terminated a Contract at the end of each period indicated, but excluding any
deductions for purchase payment taxes. "Non-Standard" average annual total
return information may be presented, computed on the same basis as described
above, except that deductions will not include the Surrender Charge. In
addition, we may from time to time disclose average annual total return in
non-standard periods and cumulative total return for a Variable Sub-Account.
We may, from time to time, also disclose yield, standard total
returns, and non-standard total returns for the Funds. We may also disclose
yield, standard total returns, and non-standard total returns of funds or other
accounts managed [by the Adviser or Subadviser with investment objectives
similar to those of the Funds], and Variable Sub-Account performance based on
that performance data. Non-standard performance will be accompanied by
standard performance.
28
<PAGE> 50
In advertising and sales literature, the performance of each Variable
Sub-Account may be compared to the performance of other variable annuity
issuers in general or to the performance of particular types of variable
annuities investing in mutual funds, or investment series of mutual funds with
investment objectives similar to each of the Variable Sub-Accounts.
Advertising and sales literature may also compare the performance of a Variable
Sub-Account to the Standard & Poor's Index of 500 Common Stocks, a widely used
measure of stock performance. This unmanaged index assumes the reinvestment of
dividends but does not reflect any deduction for the expense of operating or
managing an investment portfolio. Other independent ranking services and
indexes may also be used as a source of performance comparison. We may also
report other information, including the effect of tax deferred compounding on a
Variable Sub-Account's investment returns, or returns in general, which may be
illustrated by tables, graphs, or charts.
9. DOES THE CONTRACT HAVE A DEATH BENEFIT?
DEATH BENEFIT. If any Owner dies before the Income Date, we will pay
the Beneficiary the greatest of:
(i) the Account Value determined as of the day we receive proof of
death;
(ii) 100% of the sum of all purchase payments made under your
Contract, reduced by any prior withdrawals (including any associated
surrender charge and Market Value Adjustment incurred); or
(iii) the highest anniversary value (the "Highest Anniversary
Value").
The Highest Anniversary Value is equal to the greatest anniversary
value attained in the following manner. Upon our receipt of due proof of
death, we will calculate an anniversary value for each Contract Anniversary
prior to the date of death, but not beyond the deceased's attained age 80. The
anniversary value is equal to the Account Value on a Contract Anniversary and
reduced proportionately by the amount of any withdrawals (including any
associated surrender charge and Market Value Adjustment incurred) taken since
that anniversary, and increased by the dollar amount of additional purchase
payments made since that anniversary. (By reduced proportionately we mean
decreased by the same percentage as the decrease in your Account Value that
results from the withdrawal.)
If there are multiple Owners, the age of the oldest Owner will be used
to determine the applicable death benefit. If there is no Owner who is a
natural person (that is, an individual), we will treat the Annuitant as Owner
for the purpose of determining when the Owner dies and the Annuitant's age will
determine the applicable death benefit payable to the Beneficiary.
The death benefit may be paid immediately in one lump sum, or an
income plan may be chosen. See "What are my Income Payment Options?" page ___.
An income plan may be chosen subject to the following conditions:
29
<PAGE> 51
(1) the Beneficiary becomes the new Owner;
(2) the excess, if any, of the death benefit over the Account
Value will be allocated among the Variable Sub-Accounts and
Fixed Sub-Accounts in proportion to their values as of the
date on which the death benefit is determined;
(3) no additional purchase payments may be applied to the
Contract; and
(4) if the new Owner is not the deceased Owner's spouse, the
entire interest in the Contract, must be distributed in one of
following ways:
a. The entire interest in the Contract must be
distributed over the life of the new Owner, or over a
period not extending beyond the life expectancy of
the new Owner, with distributions beginning within
one year of the Owner's death; or
b. The entire interest in the Contract must be
distributed within five years of the Owner's death.
(5) If the Beneficiary is the deceased Owner's spouse, the
Contract will continue with the surviving spouse as the new Owner. The
surviving spouse may name a new Beneficiary (and, if no Beneficiary is so
named, the surviving spouse's estate will be the Beneficiary). Upon the death
of the surviving spouse, the death benefit will equal the Account Value as of
the date we receive proof of death at the time of the surviving spouse's death,
and the entire interest in the Contract must be distributed to the new
Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of 4(a) or 4(b) above.
If there is more than one Beneficiary, the foregoing provisions will
apply independently to each Beneficiary.
If the death benefit is payable and an income plan is chosen, the
Income Date will be the date we receive due proof of the Owner's death. The
Beneficiary must choose the income plan as well as whether the income payments
are to be fixed or variable or a combination of fixed and variable. See "What
are my Income Payment Options?" page ____.
If the Annuitant dies on or after the Income Date, and income payments
have been selected based on an income plan providing for payments for a
guaranteed period, we will make the remaining guaranteed payments to the
Beneficiary.
PROOF OF DEATH. Proof of death must be received at our Customer
Service Center before we will pay any death benefit. We will accept one of the
following items:
30
<PAGE> 52
1. An original certified copy of an official death
certificate; or
2. An original certified copy of a decree of a court of
competent jurisdiction as to the finding of death; or
3. Any other proof satisfactory to us.
ACCIDENTAL DEATH BENEFIT. We will provide an accidental death benefit
equal to the purchase payments made minus any withdrawals (including any
associated surrender charge or Market Value Adjustment incurred) determined as
of the date of any Owner's death, up to a maximum of $_______. We must receive
satisfactory proof of accidental death at our Customer Service Center within 30
days after an accidental death or as soon thereafter as reasonably possible. To
qualify for this benefit, an Owner's death must occur on or before attained age
80 and be a direct result of accidental bodily injury, independent of all other
causes, and the terms and conditions described in your Contract must be
satisfied. The accidental death benefit will be paid to the designated
beneficiary upon receipt of satisfactory proof of accidental death at our
Customer Service Center. This benefit terminates when the accidental death
benefit is paid, when the Contract is surrendered or the entire Account Value
is applied to an income plan, when the interest in the Contract is distributed
due to the death of an Owner, or when you request termination of the benefit.
The accidental death benefit is not available with an IRA annuity.
If there is no Owner who is a natural person (that is, an individual),
we will treat the Annuitant as Owner and use the Annuitant's age for purposes
of determining whether the accidental death benefit is payable.
10. WHAT OTHER INFORMATION SHOULD I KNOW?
SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC. We are a Delaware stock life insurance
company that is wholly owned by Sage Insurance Group, Inc. Our Executive
Office is located at 300 Atlantic Street, Stamford, CT 06901. We were
incorporated in 1981 and have been continuously engaged in the life insurance
business since that year. We are subject to regulation by the Insurance
Department of the State of Delaware as well as by the insurance departments of
all other states and jurisdictions in which we do business. We sell insurance
in 49 states and the District of Columbia. We submit annual statements on our
operations and finance to insurance officials in such states and jurisdictions.
The Contracts described in this prospectus have been filed with and, where
required, approved by, insurance officials in those jurisdictions where they
are sold.
THE SAGE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A. We established the Variable
Account as a separate investment account under Delaware law on December 3,
1997. The Variable Account may invest in mutual funds, unit investment trusts,
and other investment portfolios. We own the assets in the Variable Account and
are obligated to pay all benefits under the Contracts. The Variable Account is
used to support the Contracts as well as for other purposes permitted by law.
The Variable Account is registered with the SEC as a unit investment trust
under the 1940 Act and qualifies as a "separate
31
<PAGE> 53
account" within the meaning of the federal securities laws. Such registration
does not involve any supervision by the SEC of the management of the Variable
Account or Sage Life Assurance of America, Inc.
The Variable Account is divided into Variable Sub-Accounts, each of
which currently invests in shares of a specific Fund of The Alger American
Fund, ____, or ____. Variable Sub- Accounts buy and redeem Fund shares at net
asset value without any sales charge. Any dividend from net investment income
and distribution from realized gains from security transactions of a Fund are
reinvested at net asset value in shares of the same Fund. Income, gains and
losses, realized or unrealized, of a Variable Sub-Account are credited to or
charged against that Variable Sub-Account without regard to any other income,
gains or losses of Sage Life Assurance of America, Inc. Assets equal to the
reserves and other Contract liabilities with respect to each Variable
Sub-Account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other
business or account of ours. If the assets exceed the required reserves and
other liabilities, we may transfer the excess to our general account.
The Variable Account may include other Variable Sub-Accounts that are
not available under the Contract and are not otherwise discussed in this
prospectus. We may substitute another Variable Sub-Account or insurance
company separate account under the Contracts, if, in our judgment, investment
in a Variable Sub-Account should no longer be possible or becomes inappropriate
to the purposes of the Contracts, or if investment in another variable
sub-account or insurance company separate account is in the best interest of
Owners. No substitution may take place without notice to Owners and prior
approval of the SEC and insurance regulatory authorities, to the extent
required by the 1940 Act and applicable law.
THE SAGE FIXED INTEREST ACCOUNT A. The Fixed Account is a separate
investment account under state insurance law. It is maintained separate from
our general account and separate from any other separate account that we may
have. We own the assets in the Fixed Account. The Fixed Account will not be
charged with liabilities that arise from any other business that we conduct.
We may transfer to our general account assets which exceed the reserves and
other liabilities of the Fixed Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our
obligations under (and values and benefits under) the Fixed Account option of
the Contracts do not vary as function of the investment performance of the
Fixed Account. Owners and Beneficiaries with rights under the Contracts do not
participate in the investment gains or losses of the assets of the Fixed
Account. Such gains or losses accrue solely to us. We retain the risk that the
value of the assets in the Fixed Account may fall below the reserves and other
liabilities that we must maintain in connection with our obligations under the
Fixed Account option of the Contracts. In such an event, we will transfer
assets from our general account to the Fixed Account to make up the difference.
The Fixed Account is not required to be registered as an investment company
under the 1940 Act.
VOTING OF FUND SHARES. We are the legal owner of shares held by the
Variable Sub- Accounts and as such, have the right to vote on all matters
submitted to shareholders of the Funds. However, as required by law, we will
vote shares held in the Variable Sub-Accounts at regular and
32
<PAGE> 54
special meetings of shareholders of the Funds in accordance with instructions
received from Owners with Account Value in the Variable Sub-Accounts. To
obtain voting instructions from Owners, before a meeting of shareholders of the
Funds, we will send Owners voting instruction materials, a voting instruction
form, and any other related material. Shares held by a Variable Sub-Account
for which no timely instructions are received will be voted by us in the same
proportion as those shares for which voting instructions are received. Should
the applicable federal securities laws, regulations, or interpretations thereof
change so as to permit us to vote shares of the Funds in our own right, we may
elect to do so.
MODIFICATION
When permitted by applicable law, we may modify the Contracts as
follows: (1) deregister the Variable Account under the 1940 Act; (2) operate
the Variable Account as a management company under the 1940 Act if it is
operating as a unit investment trust; (3) operate the Variable Account as a
unit investment trust under the 1940 Act if it is operating as a managed
separate account; (4) restrict or eliminate any voting rights of Owners, or
other persons who have voting rights as to the Variable Account; (5) combine
the Variable Account with other separate accounts; and (6) combine a Variable
Sub-Account with another Variable Sub-Account. If the actions we take result
in a material change in the underlying investments of a Variable Sub-Account in
which you are invested, we will notify you of the change. You may then make a
new choice of Variable Sub-Accounts.
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS
Finplan of America, Inc. ("Finplan"), acts as the distributor
(principal underwriter) of the Contracts. Finplan is a corporation organized
under the laws of the state of Delaware in 1997, is registered as a
broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and is a member of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"). Finplan is a
wholly owned subsidiary of Sage Insurance Group, Inc., the Company's parent
corporation. The Company compensates Finplan for acting a principal
underwriter under a distribution agreement. The Contracts are offered on a
continuous basis and the Company does not anticipate discontinuing the offer.
The Contracts may not be available in all states.
The Contracts are sold by broker-dealers through registered
representatives of such broker- dealers who are also appointed and licensed as
insurance agents. These broker-dealers receive commissions for selling
Contracts calculated as a percentage of purchase payments (up to a maximum of
6%). Broker-dealers who meet certain productivity and profitability standards
may be eligible for additional compensation.
EXPERTS
The statutory basis statements of admitted assets, liabilities and
surplus of Sage Life Assurance of America, Inc. as of [December 31, 1997], and
the related statutory basis statements of income and changes in surplus, and
cash flows for the years then ended, [appearing in the prospectus] have been
33
<PAGE> 55
audited by [Ernst & Young LLP], independent accountants, whose report thereon
is set forth elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon the authority
of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
There are no legal proceedings to which the Variable Account is a
party or the assets of the Variable Account are subject. We are not involved
in any litigation that is of material importance in relation to our total
assets or that relates to the Variable Account.
REPORTS TO CONTRACT OWNERS
We maintain the records and accounts of all transactions involving the
Contract, the Variable Account, and the Fixed Account. We will send you a
report at least once each calendar quarter within 31 days of the end of each
calendar quarter showing information about your Contract for the period covered
by the report. We will send you an annual and a semi-annual report for each
Fund underlying a Variable Sub-Account to which you have allocated Account
Value, as required by the 1940 Act. In addition, when you make purchase
payments, or if you make transfers or withdrawals, you will receive a
confirmation of these transactions.
ASSIGNMENT
You may assign your Contract at any time prior to the Income Date. No
assignment will be binding on us unless we receive Satisfactory Notice. We
will not be liable for any payments made or actions we take before the
assignment is accepted by us. An absolute assignment will revoke the interest
of any revocable Beneficiary. We are not responsible for the validity of any
assignment. An assignment may be a taxable event.
CHANGE OF OWNER, BENEFICIARY, OR ANNUITANT
During your lifetime and while your Contract is in force, you can
transfer ownership of this Contract or change the Beneficiary, or change the
Annuitant. However, the Annuitant cannot be changed after the Income Date. To
make any of these changes, you must send us Satisfactory Notice. If accepted,
any change in Owner, Beneficiary, or Annuitant will take effect on the date you
signed the notice. Any of these changes will not affect any payment made or
action taken by us before our acceptance. A change in Owner may be a taxable
event and may also effect the amount of death benefit payable under this
Contract.
MISSTATEMENT AND PROOF OF AGE, SEX, OR SURVIVAL
We may require proof of age, sex, or survival of any person whose age,
sex, or survival any payments depend. If the age or sex of the Annuitant has
been misstated, or if the age of the Owner has been misstated, the benefits
will be those which the Account Value applied would have provided for
34
<PAGE> 56
the correct age and sex. If we have made incorrect income payments, the amount
of any underpayment will be paid immediately. The amount of any overpayment
will be deducted from future income payments.
INCONTESTABILITY
Your Contract is incontestable from its Contract Date.
AUTHORITY TO MAKE AGREEMENTS
All agreements made by us must be signed by one of our officers. No
other person, including an insurance agent or broker, can change the terms of a
Contract or make changes to your Contract without our consent.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The audited statutory basis statements of admitted assets, liabilities
and surplus for the Sage Life Assurance Company of America, Inc. as of _______,
____ , and the related statutory basis statements of income and changes in
surplus, and cash flows for the years then ended, as well as the Report of the
Independent Accountants, are contained in the Statement of Additional
Information. The financial statements of the Company should be considered only
as bearing on our ability to meet our obligations under the Contracts. They
should not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the assets
held in the Variable Account.
No financial statements are presented for the Variable Account because
it has yet to commence operations.
11. HOW CAN I MAKE INQUIRIES?
Inquiries regarding a Contract may be made by writing to us at our
Customer Service Center, by calling us at ____________ (Toll Free), or by
contacting one of our authorized agents.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA INC.
HISTORY AND BUSINESS
Ownership: Sage Life Assurance of America, Inc ("Company") is
incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware. The Company is
registered to write general life assurance and fixed and variable annuity
contracts in all states except New York, and also is registered for variable
life assurance business in 29 states.
35
<PAGE> 57
The Company's formation was sponsored in 1981 by Fidelity Mutual Life
Insurance Company, a Pennsylvania insurer, under the name of Fidelity Standard
Life Insurance Company ("Fidelity Life"). The Company was acquired by Security
First Life Insurance Company ("Security First") of Los Angeles, California in
December 1984. In January 1997, Fidelity Life was acquired by Sage Insurance
Group Inc. ("Sage Insurance Group") (formerly Finplan Investments Inc.), a
Delaware corporation and a subsidiary of Sage Group Limited, which is the
Company's ultimate parent. The Company's name was changed to its present name
in September 1997.
Prior Business Operations: As a Security First subsidiary, the Company
specialized in the marketing of annuities qualifying under Section 403(b) of
the Internal Revenue Code. Under the Assumption Reinsurance Agreement,
Fidelity Life's annuity business was irrevocably transferred to Security First
except to the extent that an annuity contract could not be assumption reinsured
as a result of contract holder rejection or failure to consent, where required,
to the assumption reinsurance. As of December 31,1997, the total value of the
contracts not yet assumed by Security Life was less than $300,000. Security
First is now a subsidiary of The Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.
Holding Company Structure and Background: The Company is a wholly
owned subsidiary of Sage Insurance Group which is a holding company for the
Company and affiliated entities connected with the conduct of life and annuity
insurance business in the United States of America. The Company is also an
indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Sage Group Limited, a South African
corporation quoted on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange. Sage Group Limited is a
holding company with a thirty-year history of extensive operating experience in
mutual funds, life assurance, investment management and real estate
development. Sage Group has directly and indirectly engaged in insurance
marketing activities in the United States since 1977, through its financial
interests in Independent Financial Marketing Group Inc., a financial planning
and bank insurance marketing company. Sage Group sold its interest in
Independent Financial Marketing Group in March 1996 to the Liberty Financial
Companies of Boston.
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The historical financial results of the Company for the calendar year
1996 and all prior years are not comparable to the results for the year 1997
due to the substantial change in the business operations of the Company. The
Company effectively disposed of all in-force business existing as at December
31,1996 and, therefore, on January 1,1997, had no insurance liabilities under
any policy contracts of the Company other than contracts that were 100%
reinsured to the Company's former parent company. Effectively therefore, since
January 1997, the Company became comparable to a new company that had not yet
commenced business activities.
The information summarized below is extracted from the statutory
statements filed with the insurance regulatory authorities, and should be read
in conjunction with the financial statements and notes thereto included in this
prospectus.
36
<PAGE> 58
Selected Financial Information
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1997
(In Thousands)
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
CAPITAL AND SURPLUS
--------------------
INCOME:
INVESTMENT INCOME
BENEFITS AND EXPENSES:
TAXES
</TABLE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
Introduction
The following discussion highlights significant factors influencing
the results of operation of the Company. It should be read in conjunction with
the financial statements and the related notes.
History and Business Overview
Beginning _______ 1998, the Company plans to commence marketing of new
variable annuity and variable life insurance products for the first time since
all new business production and marketing was ceased in October 1996. The
Company was acquired by Sage Insurance Group on January 16, 1997, and since
that date has been preparing for the recommencement of insurance underwriting
and marketing activities. There has been a total reengineering of the Company's
products, systems and administration since the change of ownership in January
1997 when the Company was acquired by Sage Insurance Group. All of the
Company's current senior management are experienced in the insurance industry
and most have been recruited since January 1997. The ongoing business strategy
of the Company is to confine its activities to the manufacturing and marketing
of variable life insurance and annuity products where the obligations of the
Company under policy contracts are determined by the value of investments held
in separate accounts that are held solely for the purpose of the policy
contracts to which they relate, and may not be used to pay any other
obligations or creditors of the Company.
37
<PAGE> 59
Results of Operations
Owing to the total reorganization of the company's operations
following the cessation of all marketing and other activities in October 1996,
none of the comparable figures for prior years are meaningful in relation to
the Company's ongoing operations and prospects.
Realized net earnings of $___ million for the year ending December
31, 1997.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Total Capital and Surplus of the Company at end of 1997 was
$___________________________ compared to $ 9,500,000 on January 16, 1997. Sage
Insurance Group, the new parent company, increased the available capital and
surplus to $25,000,000 during 1997.
Segment Information
The Company plans to conduct business under the following main product
segments:
- Marketing of variable and fixed deferred annuities sold on
a single premium and flexible premium basis.
- Marketing of variable and fixed immediate annuities
- Marketing of variable life insurance products sold on
a single premium or flexible premium basis.
During 1997 the Company did not conduct any active marketing. Its main
activity during this period was to revise products and re-engineer the
Company's systems and procedures in preparation for the commencement
of marketing during 1998.
Reinsurance
The Company has entered into a reinsurance agreement on a modified
coinsurance basis with Security First involving insurance in-force on the
purchase date of the Company. The Company also reinsures its mortality risk
associated with the Contract's guaranteed death benefit with one or more
appropriately licensed insurance companies.
Reserves
In accordance with the life insurance laws and regulations under which
it operates, the Company is obligated to carry on its books, as liabilities,
actuarially determined reserves to meet its obligations on outstanding
contracts. Reserves involving life contingencies, are based on mortality
tables in general use in the United States, and where applicable, are computed
to equal amounts which, together with interest on such reserves computed
annually at certain assumed rates, will be sufficient to meet our contract
obligations at their maturities, or the event of the insured's death. In the
financial statements included in this Prospectus all reserves are determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting and actuarial principles.
38
<PAGE> 60
Investments
At December 31, 1997, invested assets totaling $_____ million
consisted of $_____ short-term securities and $_____ million of bonds and other
long-term investments. 100% of the portfolio was held in investment grade
securities. It is the stated policy of the Company to refrain from investing
in securities having speculative characteristics.
COMPETITION
The Company is engaged in a business that is highly competitive due to
the large number of stock and mutual life insurance companies as well as other
entities marketing insurance products comparable to those being offered by the
Company. There are approximately 2,350 stock, mutual and other types of
insurers in the life insurance business in the United States, a substantial
number of which are significantly larger than the Company. The Company is
unique in that it is one of the few life insurers that confines its activities
to the marketing solely of separate account variable annuity and variable life
insurance products.
TRANSACTIONS WITH SAGE INSURANCE GROUP
On November 19, 1997, the Company entered into a Cost Sharing
Agreement (the "Agreement") with Sage Insurance Group. Under this Agreement,
the Company agrees to be charged by Sage Insurance Group for the use of certain
office space and certain office equipment. In addition, the parties agree to
share the cost of certain management, clerical, administrative, technical, or
other services performed for the benefit of the other party.
Pursuant to the foregoing, the Company recorded expenses in 1997 of
_____.
Inter Group indebtedness arising in the normal course of business are
settled quarterly.
Sage Insurance Group has also incurred expenditure in connection with
the costs of establishing new systems, new products and premises for the
Company. Sage Group regards these expenditures as being of a development nature
and does not intend to recover these expenditures from the Company.
EMPLOYEES
Due to the company's business strategy of outsourcing its primary
administrative functions and investment functions to specialist organizations
with expertise in these areas, the number of full-time personnel employed by
the Company will be limited.
As of December 31, 1997, the Company had 8 employees.
39
<PAGE> 61
PROPERTIES
The executive office is located at 300 Atlantic Street, in Stamford,
Connecticut, where the Company's primary records are maintained. This office
space is leased by Sage Insurance Group. The Company reimburses Sage Insurance
Group for the office space under the Cost Sharing Agreement that is described
above.
STATE REGULATION
The Company is subject to the laws of the State of Delaware governing
insurance companies and to the regulations of the Delaware Department of
Insurance (the "Insurance Department"). A detailed financial statement in the
prescribed form (the "Statement") is filed with the Insurance Department each
year covering the Company's operations for the preceding year and its financial
condition as of the end of that year. Regulation by the Insurance Department
includes periodic examination to determine contract liabilities and reserves
that the Insurance Department may certify that these items are correct. The
Company's books and accounts are subject to review by the Insurance Department
at all times. A full examination of the Company's operations is conducted
periodically by the Insurance Department and under the auspices of the NAIC.
In addition, the Company is subject to regulation under the insurance
laws of all jurisdictions in which it operates. The laws of the various
jurisdictions establish supervisory agencies with broad administrative powers
with respect to various matters, including licensing to transact business,
overseeing trade practices, licensing agents, approving contract forms,
establishing reserve requirements, fixing maximum interest rates on life
insurance contract loans and minimum rates for accumulation of surrender
values, prescribing the form and content of required financial statements and
regulating the type and amounts of investments permitted. The Company is
required to file the Statement with supervisory agencies in each of the
jurisdictions in which it does business, and its operations and accounts are
subject to examination by these agencies at regular intervals.
The NAIC has adopted several regulatory initiatives designed to
improve the surveillance and financial analysis regarding the solvency of
insurance companies in general. These initiatives include the development and
implementation of a risk-based capital formula for determining adequate levels
of capital and surplus. Insurance companies are required to calculate their
risk-based capital in accordance with this formula and to include the results
in their Statement. It is anticipated that these standards will have no
significant effect upon the Company.
Further, many states regulate affiliated groups of insurers, such as
the Company and its affiliates, under insurance holding company legislation.
Under such laws, inter-company transfers of assets and dividend payments from
insurance subsidiaries may be subject to prior notice or approval, depending on
the size of the transfers and payments in relation to the financial positions
of the companies involved.
40
<PAGE> 62
Under insurance guaranty fund laws in most states, insurers doing
business therein can be assessed (up to prescribed limits) for contract owner
losses incurred when other insurance companies have become insolvent. Most of
these laws provide that an assessment may be excused or deferred if it would
threaten an insurer's own financial strength.
Although the federal government generally does not directly regulate
the business of insurance, federal initiatives often have an impact on the
business in a variety of ways. Certain insurance products of the Company are
subject to various federal securities laws and regulations. In addition,
current and proposed federal measures that may significantly affect the
insurance business include regulation of insurance company solvency, employee
benefit regulation, removal of barriers preventing banks from engaging in the
insurance business, tax law changes affecting the taxation of insurance
companies, and the tax treatment of insurance products and its impact on the
relative desirability of various personal investment vehicles.
41
<PAGE> 63
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Position held with the Other Principal Positions
Name (Age) Company/Year Commenced During Past Five Years
---------- ---------------------- ----------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Ronald S. Scowby(1)(2) Director, President, Director, Finplan of America, Inc.
Age 58 Chief Executive 9/97 to present; President, Director
Officer, 1/97 to Sage Insurance Group, Inc. 7/97 to
present present; President, Chief Executive
Officer, Director Sage Management
Services (USA), Inc. 6/96 to
present; President, Chief Executive
Officer Sage Holdings (USA), Inc.
12/95 to present; Owner, Sheldon
Scowby Resources 7/95-6/96;
Executive Vice President, Mutual of
America Life Insurance Group 6/91-
7/95; President, Mutual of America
Financial Services 6/91-7/95
Robin I. Marsden(1)(2) Director, 1/97 to
Age 32 present Investments Director, Sage Life
Holdings, Ltd. 11/94 to present;
Executive-Strategic Developments
Sage Group Ltd. 11/94 to present;
Partner, Deloitte & Touche
H. Louis Shill(3)(2) Chairman, 1/89-10/94
Age 67 1/97 to present
Founder, Chairman, Sage Group
Limited 1965 to present.
Paul C. Meyer(4) Director, Partner, Rogers & Wells
Age 44 1/97 to present
Richard D. Starr(5) Director, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer,
Age 53 1/97 to present Financial Institutions Group, Inc.
10/78 to present; President, First
Interstate Securities 1/95-12/95
Mitchell R. Katcher(1) Director, 12/97 to Chief Financial Officer, Finplan of
Age 44 present, Senior America, Inc. 9/97 to present;
Executive Vice Treasurer, Sage Insurance Group,
President, Chief Inc. 7/97 to present; Executive Vice
Financial Officer, President, Golden American Life
Chief Actuary Insurance Company 7/93-2/97;
5/97 to present Consultant, Tillinghast Towers &
Perrin 6/91-7/93.
</TABLE>
42
<PAGE> 64
1/ The principal business address of these persons is 300 Atlantic
Street, Stamford, CT 06901.
2/ As of February 1, 1998, Mr. Marsden will become the President and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Mr. Scowby will become the company's
Chairman. Messrs. Shill, Marsden, and Scowby will remain as directors of the
Company.
3/ Mr. Shill's principal business address is P.O. Box 2255,
Johannesburg, South Africa 2000.
4/ Mr. Meyer's principal business address is 200 Park Avenue, New York,
N.Y. 10166.
5/ Mr. Starr's principal business address is 22507 SE 47th Place,
Issaquah, WA 98029.
Compensation
Executive officers of the Company also serve as officers of its parent and of
certain affiliated companies. Allocations have been made as to each
individual's time devoted to their duties with the Company. No allocation was
made during 1997 nor will any be made for 1998 for the services of Messrs.
Shill, Scowby, and Marsden.
The following table includes compensation paid by the _______________________
and its subsidiaries for services rendered in all capacities for the years
indicated for the Chief Executive Officer and the next four most highly
compensated Executive Officers as of December 31, 1997.
Annual Compensation
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
All Other
Name and Principal Position Year Salary Bonus Compensation
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
</TABLE>
Employment Contracts
43
<PAGE> 65
The following persons have employment(3) agreements with the Company or with
Sage Insurance Group Inc.: Ronald S. Scowby (Chairman); Robin I. Marsden
(President and CEO)(6); Mitchell R. Katcher (Senior Executive Vice President)
Retirement Plans
Sage Life will introduce benefit plans to provide funded, tax
qualified, non-contributory retirement plans for all salaried employees,
including executive officers (the "Retirement Plans") and an unfunded,
non-qualified, non-contributory benefits equalization plan (the "Supplemental
Retirement Plan") which provides for the accrual and payment of benefits which
are not available under tax qualified plans such as the Retirement Plans.
The Retirement Plans provide for retirement benefits based upon the
accumulated value of defined contributions (expressed as a % of Compensation)
paid by the company into the Retirement Plan. The current contribution rate is
% of compensation and all contributions are accumulated in an individual
account maintained for each employee. Compensation under the Retirement Plans
consists of salary paid by ________ and its subsidiaries included under
"Salary" and "Bonus" in the Summary. The amount available at the retirement
date to purchase any form of single or joint life annuity will depend upon the
number of years for which contributions have been made, the rate of growth
achieved by the underlying investments of the individual account of each
employee. There is no guarantee that a minimum amount will be available at the
retirement date.
The "Supplemental Retirement Plan", which is not qualified under
ERISA, provides for similar contributions as the Retirement Plan for that
portion of Compensation which is in excess of the maximum permitted from time
to time for ERISA qualified plans.
- --------------------
6/ As of February 1, 1998, Mr. Scowby will become Chairman and
Mr. Marsden will become President and CEO of the Company.
44
<PAGE> 66
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS REPORT
45
<PAGE> 67
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Additional information about the Contracts and The Sage Variable
Annuity Account A is contained in the Statement of Additional Information. You
can obtain a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information by writing to
us at the address shown on the front cover or by calling ________________(Toll
Free). The following is the Table of Contents for the Statement of Additional
Information.
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
Page
----
<S> <C>
PARTICIPATION ............................................................................................
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION ..................................................................................
CALCULATION OF HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE DATA
Money Market Sub-Account Yields .................................................................
Other Sub-Account Yields ........................................................................
Average Annual Total Returns ....................................................................
Other Total Returns .............................................................................
Effect of the Annual Administration Charge on Performance Data ..................................
Use of Indexes ..................................................................................
Other Information ...............................................................................
INCOME PAYMENT PROVISIONS ................................................................................
Amount of Fixed Income Payments .................................................................
Amount of Variable Income Payments ..............................................................
Income Units ....................................................................................
Income Unit Value ...............................................................................
Exchange of Income Units ........................................................................
SAFEKEEPING OF ACCOUNT ASSETS ............................................................................
LEGAL MATTERS ............................................................................................
OTHER INFORMATION ........................................................................................
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS .....................................................................................
</TABLE>
46
<PAGE> 68
APPENDIX A
Market Value Adjustment
A Market Value Adjustment will be applied to withdrawals, transfers or
amounts applied to an income plan when taken from a Fixed Sub-Account prior to
its Expiry Date. A Market Value Adjustment is applied separately to each Fixed
Sub-Account.
A Market Value Adjustment is determined by multiplying the amount
withdrawn, transferred or applied to an income plan by the following factor.
(N/365)
[(1+I)/(1+J+.0025)] - 1
Where
- I is the Index Rate for a maturity equal to the Fixed
Sub-Account's Guarantee Period;
- J is the Index Rate for a maturity equal to the time remaining
(rounded up to the next full year) in the Fixed Sub-Account's
Guarantee Period; and
- N is the remaining number of days in the Guarantee Period at
the time of calculation.
MVA EXAMPLES
Example #1: Full Surrender -- Example of a Negative Market Value Adjustment
Assume $100,000 is invested in a Fixed Sub-Account with a Guarantee Period of
ten years, with a Guaranteed Interest Rate of 7.5% and an Index Rate ("I") of
7.00% based on the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity Series. A full surrender is
requested three years into the Guarantee Period and the Index Rate based on the
U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity Series for a seven-year Guarantee Period ("J")
is 8.0% and that no prior transfers or partial withdrawal affecting this Fixed
Sub- Account have been made.
CALCULATE THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
1. The Account Value of the Fixed Sub-Account on the date of
surrender is $124,300 ($100,000 x 1.075(3))
2. N = 2,555 (365 x 7)
1
<PAGE> 69
3. Market Value Adjustment = $124,300 x
{[(1.07)/(1.0825)](2555/365)-1} = - $9,700
Therefore, the amount paid on full surrender without any surrender
charge is $114,530 ($124,230 - $9,700)
Example #2: Full Surrender -- Example of a Positive Market Value Adjustment
Assume $100,000 is invested in a Fixed Sub-Account with a Guarantee Period of
ten years, with a Guaranteed Interest Rate of 7.5% and an Index Rate ("I") of
7.00% based on the U.S., Treasury Constant Maturity Series. A full surrender
is requested three years into the Guarantee Period and the Index Rate based on
the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity Series for a seven-year Guarantee Period
("J") is 6.0% and that no prior transfers or partial withdrawal affecting this
Fixed Sub- Account have been made.
CALCULATE THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
1. The Account Value of the Fixed Sub-Account on the date of
surrender is $124,300 ($100,000 x 1.075(3))
2. N = 2,555 (365 x 7)
3. Market Value Adjustment = $124,300 x
{[(1.07)/(1.0625)](2555/365)-1} = + $6,270
Therefore, the amount paid on full surrender without any surrender
charge is $130,500 ($124,230 + $6,270)
Example #3: Partial Withdrawal -- Example of a Negative Market Value
Assume $200,000 is invested in a Fixed Sub-Account with a Guarantee Period of
ten years, with a Guaranteed Interest Rate of 7.5% and an Index Rate ("I") of
7.00% based on the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity Series. A partial
withdrawal of $114,530 is requested three years into the Guarantee Period and
the Index Rate based on the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity Series for a
seven-year Guarantee Period ("J") is 8.0% and that no prior transfers or
partial withdrawal affecting this Fixed Sub-Account have been made.
First calculate the amount that must be withdrawn from the Fixed Sub-Account to
provide the amount requested.
1. The Account Value of the Fixed Sub-Account on the date of
surrender is $248,459 ($200,000 x 1.075(3))
2. N = 2,555 (365 x 7)
3. Amount that must be withdrawn = $114,530 /
[(1.07)/(1.0825)](2555/365)= $124,230 Then calculate the
Market Value Adjustment on that amount
4. Market Value Adjustment = $124,230 x
{[(1.07)/(1.0825)](2555/365)-1} = - $9,700 Therefore, the amount of the
partial withdrawal paid is $114,530, as requested. The Fixed Sub- Account
will be reduced by the amount of the partial withdrawal, $114,530, and also
reduced by the Market Value Adjustment of $9,700, for a total reduction in the
Fixed Sub-Account of $124,230.
2
<PAGE> 70
Example #4: Partial Withdrawal -- Example of a Positive Market Value
Adjustment
Assume $200,000 is invested in a Fixed Sub-Account with a Guarantee Period of
ten years, with a Guaranteed Interest Rate of 7.5% and an initial Index Rate
("I") of 7.00% based on the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity Series. A partial
withdrawal of $130,500 is requested three years into the Guarantee Period and
the Index Rate based on the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity Series for a
seven-year Guarantee Period ("J") is 6.0% and that no prior transfers or
partial withdrawal affecting this Fixed Sub-Account have been made.
First calculate the amount that must be withdrawn from the Fixed Sub-Account to
provide the amount requested.
1. The Account Value of the Fixed Sub-Account on the date of
surrender is $248,459 ($200,000 x 1.075(3))
2. N = 2,555 (365 x 7)
3. Amount that must be withdrawn = $130,500 /
[(1.07)/(1.0625)](2555/365) = $124,230 Then calculate the Market Value
Adjustment on that amount
4. Market Value Adjustment = $124,230 x
{[(1.07)/(1.0625)](2555/365) -1} = + $6,270 Therefore, the amount of the partial
withdrawal paid is $130,500, as requested. The Fixed Sub- Account will be
reduced by the amount of the partial withdrawal, $130,500, but increased by the
Market Value Adjustment of $6,270, for a total reduction in the Fixed
Sub-Account of $124,230.
3
<PAGE> 71
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DATED _____________ ____, 1997
FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED COMBINATION FIXED AND VARIABLE ANNUITY
CONTRACTS
issued by
THE SAGE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A and SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF
AMERICA, INC.
Customer Service Center:
P.O. Box _________
Wethersfield, CT _____
Telephone: (888) 502-7243 (Toll Free)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This Statement of Additional Information expands upon subjects discussed in the
current Prospectus for the Flexible Deferred Combination Fixed and Variable
Annuity Contracts (the Contracts) offered by Sage Life Assurance of America,
Inc. ("we," "us," "our," "Sage Life," or the "Company"). You may obtain a copy
of the prospectus dated ___________, by calling 1- ____-____-____ (Toll Free) or
by writing to our Customer Service Center at the above. Terms used in the
current Prospectus for the Contracts are incorporated into and made a part of
this Statement of Additional Information.
THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS NOT A PROSPECTUS AND
SHOULD BE READ ONLY IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PROSPECTUSES FOR THE
CONTRACTS AND THE FUNDS.
<PAGE> 72
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
----
PARTICIPATION...................................................................
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION.........................................................
CALCULATION OF HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE DATA......................................
Money Market Sub-Account Yields.............................................
Other Sub-Account Yields....................................................
Average Annual Total Returns................................................
Other Total Returns.........................................................
Effect of the Annual Administration Charge on Performance Data..............
Use of Indexes..............................................................
Other Information...........................................................
INCOME PAYMENT PROVISIONS.......................................................
Amount of Fixed Income Payments.............................................
Amount of Variable Income Payments..........................................
Income Units................................................................
Income Unit Value...........................................................
Exchange of Income Units ...................................................
SAFEKEEPING OF ACCOUNT ASSETS...................................................
LEGAL MATTERS ..................................................................
OTHER INFORMATION...............................................................
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS............................................................
<PAGE> 73
PARTICIPATION
The Contract does not participate in the surplus or profits of the
Company, and the Company does not pay dividends on the Contracts.
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
This is as shown in the application. It includes the name of the
Beneficiary and the order and method of payment. If you name "estate" as a
Beneficiary, it means the executors or administrators of the last survivor of
you and all beneficiaries. If you name "children" of a person as a Beneficiary,
only children born to or legally adopted by that person as of an Owner's date of
death will be included.
We may rely on an affidavit as to the ages, names, and other facts
about all Beneficiaries. We will incur no liability if we act on such affidavit.
CALCULATION OF HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE DATA
From time to time, we may disclose yields, total returns, and other
performance data of the Variable Sub-Accounts and the Funds. Such performance
data will be computed, or accompanied by performance data computed, in
accordance with the standards defined by the SEC.
MONEY MARKET SUB-ACCOUNT YIELDS
From time to time, advertisements and sales literature may quote the
current annualized yield of the Variable Sub-Account investing in the Money
Market Fund of the ______________________ for a seven-day period in a manner
that does not take into consideration any realized or unrealized gains or losses
on shares of the Money Market Fund (the "Money Market Sub-Account").
This current annualized yield is computed by determining the net
change (exclusive of realized gains and losses on the sale of securities and
unrealized appreciation and depreciation) at the end of the seven-day period in
the value of a hypothetical account under a Contract having a balance of one
Accumulation Unit of the Money Market Sub-Account at the beginning of the
period, dividing such net change in Account Value by the value of the
hypothetical account at the beginning of the period to determine the base period
return, and annualizing this quotient on a 365-day basis. The net change in
account value reflects (i) net income from the Money Market Fund attributable to
the hypothetical account; and (ii) charges and deductions imposed under a
Contract which are attributable to the hypothetical account. The charges and
deductions include the per unit charges for the hypothetical account for the
annual administration charge and the Asset-Based Charges. For purposes of
calculating current yields for a Contract, an average per unit annual
administration charge is used based on the $40 annual administration charge.
Current yield is calculated according to the following formula:
1
<PAGE> 74
Current Yield = ((NCS - ES)/UV) (365/7)
Where:
NCS= the net change in the value of the Money Market
Fund (exclusive of realized gains or losses on
the sale of securities and unrealized
appreciation and depreciation) for the seven-day
period attributable to a hypothetical account
having a balance of one Accumulation Unit.
ES= per unit expenses attributable to the
hypothetical account for the seven-day period.
UV= the unit value for the first day of the seven-day
period.
Effective yield = (1+((NCS - ES)/UV))(365/7)-1
Where:
NCS= the net change in the value of the Money Market
Fund (exclusive of realized gains or losses on
the sale of securities and unrealized
appreciation and depreciation) for the seven-day
period attributable to a hypothetical account
having a balance of one Accumulation Unit.
ES= per unit expenses attributable to the
hypothetical account for the seven-day period.
UV= the unit value for the first day of the seven-day
period.
Because of the charges and deductions imposed under the Contracts, the
yield for the Money Market Sub-Account is lower than the yield for the Money
Market Fund.
The current and effective yields on amounts held in the Money Market
Sub-Account normally fluctuate on a daily basis. THEREFORE, THE DISCLOSED YIELD
FOR ANY GIVEN PAST PERIOD IS NOT AN INDICATION OR REPRESENTATION OF FUTURE
YIELDS OR RATES OF RETURN. The Money Market Sub-Account's actual yield is
affected by changes in interest rates on money market securities, average
portfolio maturity of the Money Market Fund, the types and quality of portfolio
securities held by the Money Market Fund and the Money Market Fund's operating
expenses. Yields on amounts held in the Money Market Sub-Account may also be
presented for periods other than a seven-day period.
2
<PAGE> 75
OTHER VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT YIELDS
The yield is a computed by: 1) dividing the net investment income of the
Fund attributable to the Variable Sub-Account units less Variable Sub-Account
expenses for the period; by 2) the maximum offering price per unit on the last
day of the period times the daily average number of Accumulation Units
outstanding for the period; and then 3) compounding that yield for a six-month
period; and then 4) multiplying that result by two (2). Expenses attributable to
a Variable Sub-Account include the annual administration charge and the Asset-
Based Charges. The yield calculation assumes an annual administration charge of
$40 per Contract deducted at the end of each Contract Year as of the Contract
Anniversary. For purposes of calculating the 30-day or one-month yield, an
average administrative cost charge based on the average Account Value in the
Variable Sub-Account is used to determine the amount of the charge attributable
to the Variable Sub-Account for the 30-day or one-month period. The 30-day or
one-month yield is calculated according to the following formula:
Yield = 2 x (((NI - ES)/(U x UV)) + 1)(6)-1)
Where:
NI= net income of the portfolio for the 30-day or
one-month period attributable to the Variable
Sub-Account's units.
ES= expenses of the Variable Sub-Account for the
30-day or one-month period.
U= the average number of units outstanding.
UV = the unit value at the close (highest) of the last
day in the 30-day or one-month period.
Because of the charges and deductions imposed under the Contracts, the
yield for the Variable Sub-Account is lower than the yield for the corresponding
Fund.
The yield on the amounts held in the Variable Sub-Accounts normally
fluctuates over time. THEREFORE, THE DISCLOSED YIELD FOR ANY GIVEN PAST PERIOD
IS NOT AN INDICATION OR REPRESENTATION OF FUTURE YIELDS OR RATES OF RETURN. A
Variable Sub-Account's actual yield is affected by the types and quality of
portfolio securities held by the corresponding Fund and that Fund's operating
expenses.
Yield calculations do not take into account the surrender charge that is
assessed on certain withdrawals and surrenders of Account Value.
3
<PAGE> 76
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS
From time to time, sales literature or advertisements may also quote
average annual total returns for one or more of the Variable Sub-Accounts for
various periods of time.
When a Variable Sub-Account or Fund has been in operation for 1, 5, and 10
years, respectively, the average annual total return for these periods will be
provided. Average annual total returns for other periods of time may, from time
to time, also be disclosed.
Standard average annual total returns represent the average annual
compounded rates of return that would equate an initial investment of $1,000
under a Contract to the redemption value of that investment as of the last day
of each of the periods. The ending date for each period for which total return
quotations are provided will be for the most recent calendar quarter-end
practicable, considering the type of the communication and the media through
which it is communicated.
Standard average annual total returns are calculated using Variable
Sub-Account unit values which we calculate on each Business Day based on the
performance of the Variable Sub- Account's underlying Fund. The calculation
assumes that annual Asset-Based Charges of 1.40% during the first seven Contract
Years (decreasing to 1.25% during Contract Years 8 and later) are deducted
monthly beginning on the Contract Date. The calculation also assumes that the
annual administration charge is $40 per year per Contract deducted at the end of
each Contract Year. For purposes of calculating average annual total return, an
average per-dollar per-day annual administration charge attributable to the
hypothetical account for the period is used. The calculation also assumes
surrender of Account Value at the end of the period for the return quotation
taking into account the applicable Free Withdrawal Amount. The total return is
calculated according to the following formula:
TR = ((ERV/P)(1/N))-1
Where:
TR= the average annual total return net of Variable
Sub-Account recurring charges.
ERV= the ending redeemable value (net of any
applicable surrender charge) of the hypothetical
account at the end of the period.
P= a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000.
N= the number of years in the period.
From time to time, sales literature or advertisements may quote average
annual total returns for periods prior to the date the Variable Sub-Accounts
commenced operations. Such
4
<PAGE> 77
performance information for the Variable Sub-Accounts is calculated based on the
performance of the various Funds and the assumption that the Variable
Sub-Accounts were in existence for the same periods as those indicated for the
Funds, with the level of Contract charges that were in effect at the inception
of the Variable Sub-Accounts.
Fund total return information used to calculate the average annual total
returns of the Variable Sub-Accounts for periods prior to the inception of the
Variable Sub-Accounts has been provided by the Funds. Certain Funds are not
affiliated with the Company. While the Company has no reason to doubt the
accuracy of figures provided by the Funds, the Company has not independently
verified the accuracy of these figures.
OTHER TOTAL RETURNS
From time to time, sales literature or advertisements may also quote
average annual total returns that do not reflect deduction of the surrender
charge. Other total returns are calculated in exactly the same way as average
annual total returns described above, except that the ending redeemable value of
the hypothetical account for the period is replaced with an ending value for the
period that does not take into account any charges on amounts surrendered or
withdrawn.
The Company may disclose cumulative total returns in conjunction with the
standard formats described above. The cumulative total returns will be
calculated using the following formula:
CTR = (ERV/P) - 1
Where:
CTR= The cumulative total return net of Variable
Sub-Account recurring charges for the period.
ERV= The ending redeemable value of the hypothetical
investment at the end of the period.
P= A hypothetical single payment of $1,000.
EFFECT OF THE ANNUAL ADMINISTRATION CHARGE ON PERFORMANCE DATA
The Contracts provide for a $40 annual administration charge (waived for
Contacts with Account Value of at least $50,000, or beginning on or after the
eight Contract Year) that is deducted from the Variable Sub-Accounts and the
Fixed Sub-Accounts proportionately. For purposes of reflecting the annual
administration charge in yield and total return quotations, the average Account
Value is assumed to be $30,000, so that the annual administration charge is
..1333%.
5
<PAGE> 78
USE OF INDEXES
From time to time, the performance of certain historical indexes may be
presented in advertisements or sales literature. The performance of these
indexes may be compared to the performance of certain Variable Sub-Accounts or
Funds, or may be presented without such a comparison.
OTHER INFORMATION
The following is a partial list of those publications which may be noted in
the Funds' sales literature and/or shareholder materials which contain articles
describing investment results or other data relative to one or more of the
Variable Sub-Accounts. Other publications may also be cited.
Broker World Financial World
Across the Board Advertising Age
American Banker Barron's
Best's Review Business Insurance
Business Month Business Week
Changing Times Consumer Reports
The Economist Financial Planning
Forbes Fortune
Inc. Institutional Investor
Insurance Forum Insurance Sales
Insurance Week Journal of Accountancy
Journal of the American Society of CLU & ChFC Journal of Commerce
Life Insurance Selling Life Association News
MarketFacts Manager's Magazine
National Underwriter Money
Morningstar, Inc. Nation's Business
New Choices (formerly 50 Plus) The New York Times
Pension World Pensions & Investments
Rough Notes Round the Table
U.S. Banker VARDs
The Wall Street Journal Working Woman
INCOME PAYMENT PROVISIONS
AMOUNT OF FIXED INCOME PAYMENTS. On the Income Date, the amount you have
chosen to apply to provide fixed income payments will be applied under the
income plan you have chosen. The monthly income payment factor in effect on the
Income Date times that amount and then divided by $1,000 will be the dollar
amount of each monthly payment. Each of these payments are guaranteed and remain
level throughout the payment period.
6
<PAGE> 79
The monthly income payment factor used to determine the amount of the fixed
annuity income payments will not be less than the guaranteed minimum monthly
income payment factors shown in the Contracts.
AMOUNT OF VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENTS. These payments will vary in amount. The
dollar amount of each payment attributable to each Variable Sub-Account is the
number of Income Units for each Variable Sub-Account times the Income Unit Value
of that Sub-Account. The sum of the dollar amounts for each Variable Sub-Account
is the amount of the total variable annuity income payment. The Income Unit
value for each payment will be determined no earlier than five Business Days
preceding the due date of the variable income payment. We guarantee the payment
will not vary due to changes in mortality or expenses.
INCOME UNITS. On the Income Date, the number of Income Units for an
applicable Variable Sub-Account is determined by multiplying (1) by (2) and
dividing the result by (3) where:
(1) is the part of the Account Value or death benefit on that date applied
under that Variable Sub-Account;
(2) is the guaranteed minimum monthly income payment factor for the income
plan chosen; and
(3) is the Income Unit value for the Variable Sub-Account for the
Valuation Period ending on that date.
INCOME UNIT VALUE. The value of an Income Unit is calculated at the same
time that the value of an Accumulation Unit is calculated and is based on the
same values for Fund shares and other assets and liabilities. The Income Unit
value for a Variable Sub-Account's first Business Day was set at $10.
Thereafter, the Income Unit value for every Business Day is determined by
multiplying (a) by (b), and then dividing by (c) where:
(a) is the Accumulation Unit value for the immediately preceding Valuation
Period;
(b) is the "net investment factor" for the Variable Sub-Account for the
Valuation Period for which the value is being determined; and
(c) is the daily equivalent of the assumed investment rate for the number
of days in the Valuation Period.
After the Income Date the net investment factor is calculated slightly
different than before the Income Date. Before the Income Date Asset-Based
Charges are calculated as a percentage of the Variable Account Value on the date
of deduction. These charges are equal on an annual basis to 1.40% decreasing to
1.25% after the seventh Contract Year. However, on and after the Income Date, we
call these charges Variable Sub-Account Charges and deduct them from the assets
in each Variable Sub-Account on a daily basis. Therefore, the "net investment
factor" in (b), above, is determined by dividing (a) by (b), and then
subtracting (c) where:
7
<PAGE> 80
(a) is the Accumulation Unit value for the current Valuation Period;
(b) is the Accumulation Unit value for the immediately preceding Valuation
Period; and
(c) is the daily Variable Sub-Account Charges (adjusted for the number of
days in the Valuation Period).
ILLUSTRATION OF CALCULATION OF INCOME UNIT VALUE
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1. Accumulation Unit value for current Valuation Period....................................10.0026116
2. Accumulation Unit value for immediately preceding Valuation Period .....................10.0000000
3. Net Investment Factor prior to the Income date (1)/(2) .................................1.00026116
4. Adjustment for Variable Sub-Account Charges............................................0.000038626
5. Net Investment Factor on and after the Income Date (3)-(4)..............................1.00022253
6. Income Unit value for the immediately preceding Valuation Period.......................10.00000000
7. Daily equivalent of the assumed investment rate for the number of days in the
Valuation Period (assuming you select 3%)=((1.03/\1/365)................................1.00008099
8. Income Unit value for current Valuation Period [(5) x (6)]/(7).........................10.00141533
</TABLE>
ILLUSTRATION OF VARIABLE ANNUITY INCOME PAYMENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1. Number of Accumulation Units.................................................................1,000
2. Accumulation Unit value.................................................................10.0026116
3. Account Value (1) x (2)..................................................................10,002.61
4. Monthly income payment factor per $1,000 applied.............................................10.50
5. First monthly variable income payment [(3) x (4)]/$1,000....................................105.03
6. Income Unit Value......................................................................10.00141533
7. Number of Income Units (5)/(6)............................................................10.50151
8. Assume Income Unit value at the end of the second month is...................................10.05
</TABLE>
8
<PAGE> 81
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
9. Second monthly variable income payment (7) x (10)...........................................105.54
10. Assume Income Unit value at the end of the third month is....................................10.10
11. Third monthly variable income payment (7) x (12)............................................106.07
</TABLE>
EXCHANGE OF INCOME UNITS. After the Income Date, if there is an exchange of
value of a designated number of Income Units of particular Variable Sub-Accounts
into other Income Units, the value will be such that the dollar amount of income
payment made on the date of exchange will be unaffected by the exchange.
SAFEKEEPING OF ACCOUNT ASSETS
The Company holds the title to the assets of the Variable Sub-Account. The
assets are kept physically segregated and held separate and apart from the
Company's general account assets and from the assets in any other separate
account.
Records are maintained of all purchases and redemptions of Fund shares held
by each of the Variable Sub-Accounts.
A fidelity bond in the amount of approximately $10 million per
occurence covering the Company's directors, officers, and employees has been
issued by Lloyd's of London.
LEGAL MATTERS
All matters relating to Delaware law pertaining to the Contracts, including
the validity of the Contracts and the Company's authority to issue the
Contracts, have been passed upon by James F. Bronsdon, the Company's Vice
President, Legal and Compliance. Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan LLP has provided
advice on certain matters relating to the federal securities laws.
OTHER INFORMATION
A registration statement has been filed with the SEC under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the Contracts discussed in this
Statement of Additional Information. Not all the information set forth in the
registration statement, amendments and exhibits thereto has been included in
this Statement of Additional Information. Statements contained in this Statement
of Additional Information concerning the content of the Contracts and other
legal instruments are intended to be summaries. For a complete statement of the
terms of these documents, reference should be made to the instruments filed with
the SEC.
9
<PAGE> 82
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Statement of Additional Information contains no financial statements
for the Variable Account because the Variable Account had not commenced
operations as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Financial
statements of the Company are presented in the prospectus.
10
<PAGE> 83
PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 24. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS
(a) Financial Statements
All required financial statements are included in Part A. Financial
statements for The Sage Variable Annuity Account A (the "Variable Account") are
not included in Part B because the Variable Account had not yet commenced
operations as of the date of this Registration Statement.
(b) Exhibits
(1)(a) Resolutions of the Board of Directors of Sage Life Assurance of
America, Inc. establishing The Sage Variable Annuity Account A.
(2) Not Applicable.
(3) Form of Distribution Agreement with Finplan of America, Inc.*
(4)(a)(i) Form of Individual Contract.
(ii) Form of Individual Contract with Interest Account.
(iii) Form of Group Contract
(iv) Form of Group Certificate
(b)(i) Form of Individual IRA Rider.
(ii) Form of Group IRA Rider.
(iii) Form of Individual SIMPLE IRA Rider.
(iv) Form of Group SIMPLE IRA Rider.
(v) Form of Individual Roth IRA Rider.
(vi) Form of Group Roth IRA Rider.
(vii) Form of Individual Waiver of Surrender Charge Rider.
11
<PAGE> 84
(viii) Form of Group Waiver of Surrender Charge Rider.
(ix) Form of Individual Accidental Death Benefit Rider.
(x) Form of Group Accidental Death Benefit Rider.
(5) (i) Form of Individual Contract Application.*
(ii) Form of Group Certificate Application.
(6)(a) Articles of Incorporation of the Company.
(b) By-Laws of the Company.
(7) Not Applicable.
(8)(a)(i) Form of Participation Agreement with The Alger American Fund.*
(b)(i) Form of Services Agreement with Financial Administration
Services, Inc.*
(9) (i) Opinion and Consent of James F. Bronsdon.*
(ii) Consent of Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan LLP.*
(10) Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.*
(11) Not Applicable.
(12) Not Applicable.
(13) Not Applicable.
(14) Financial Data Schedule.*
* To be filed by pre-effective amendment.
ITEM 25. DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE DEPOSITOR
Incorporated herein by reference to the section titled "Directors and
Executive Officers" of the Prospectus filed as Part A of this Registration
Statement.
12
<PAGE> 85
ITEM 26. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE DEPOSITOR OR
REGISTRANT
The registrant is a segregated asset account of the Company and therefore
is owned and controlled by the Company. The Company is a stock life insurance
company of which all the voting securities are owned by Sage Insurance Group,
Inc., a Delaware corporation. All the voting securities of Sage Insurance Group,
Inc. are owned by Finplan of America, Inc, a Texas corporation. Finplan of
America, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Sage Holdings (USA), Inc., a
Virginia corporation. Sage Holdings (USA), Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Sage Life Holdings Limited, a South African corporation. The nature of the
business of the companies listed above is insurance and financial services. Sage
Life Holdings is 100% owned by Sage Group Limited, a South African corporation
which is the ultimate holding company. Sage Group Limited is a controlling
company operating in life insurance, mutual funds, real estate and investment
management. Various companies and other entities controlled by Sage Group
Limited may be considered to be under common control with the registrant or the
Company. Such other companies and entities and the nature of their businesses
are set forth below. These companies are incorporated in South Africa and are
wholly owned subsidiaries unless otherwise noted.
TO BE FILED BY PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT
ITEM 27. NUMBER OF CONTRACT OWNERS
Not applicable.
ITEM 28. INDEMNIFICATION
Sage Life's Articles of Incorporation provide that a director of the
Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for
monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except that (i) for
any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders,
(ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which would involve intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the
director derived any personal benefit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Articles provide that if the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to
authorize further limitations of the liability of a director or a corporation,
then a director of the Company, in addition to circumstances in which a director
is not personally liable as set forth in the preceding sentence, shall be held
free from liability to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law as amended.
Sage Life's Bylaws provide that the Company shall indemnify its officers,
directors, employees and agents to the extent permitted by the General
Corporation Law of Delaware.
13
<PAGE> 86
Further, Section 145 of Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a
corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
(other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the
fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation as a director,
officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust, or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred
by him in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding if he acted in good
faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The
termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement,
conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of
itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a
manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, had a reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was not unlawful.
Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
ITEM 29. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER
(a) Finplan of America, Inc. ("Finplan") is the registrant's principal
underwriter.
(b) Officers and Directors of Finplan.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name and Principal Business Address* Positions and Offices With the Underwriter
- ----------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
Ronald S. Scowby Director
James F. Bronsdon President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Legal Officer
Mitchell R. Katcher Chief Financial Officer
</TABLE>
14
<PAGE> 87
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
James F. Renz Treasurer
</TABLE>
* The principal business address of all of the persons listed above is 300
Atlantic Street, Stamford, CT 06901.
ITEM 30. LOCATION OF BOOKS AND RECORDS
All of the accounts, books, records or other documents required to be kept
by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and rules thereunder, are
maintained at our Customer Service Center at P.O. Box ______, Wethersfield, CT
_____.
ITEM 31. MANAGEMENT SERVICES
[All management contracts are discussed in Part A or Part B of this
registration statement.]
ITEM 32. UNDERTAKINGS AND REPRESENTATIONS
(a) The registrant undertakes that it will file a post-effective
amendment to this registration statement as frequently as is
necessary to ensure that the audited financial statements in the
registration statement are never more than 16 months old for as long
as purchase payments under the Contracts offered herein are being
accepted.
(b) The registrant undertakes that it will include either (1) as part of
any application to purchase a Contract offered by the prospectus, a
space that an applicant can check to request a Statement of
Additional Information, or (2) a post card or similar written
communication affixed to or included in the prospectus that the
applicant can remove and send to the Company for a Statement of
Additional Information.
(c) The registrant undertakes to deliver any Statement of Additional
Information and any financial statements required to be made
available under this Form N-4 promptly upon written or oral request
to the Company at the address or phone number listed in the
prospectus.
(d) The Company represents that the fees and charges under the
Contracts, in the aggregate, are reasonable in relation to the
services rendered, the expenses expected to be incurred, and the
risks assumed by the Company.
15
<PAGE> 88
SIGNATURES
As required by the Securities Act of 1933, and the Investment Company Act
of 1940, the registrant has caused this registration statement to be signed on
its behalf, in the City of Stamford, and the State of Connecticut, on this 18th
day of December, 1997.
The Sage Variable Annuity Account A
(Registrant)
By: Sage Life Assurance of America, Inc.
Attest: /s/
/s/James F. Bronsdon By: /s/Ronald S. Scowby
- ---------------------- ---------------------------------------
Ronald S. Scowby
Director, President, Chief Executive
Officer, Sage Life Assurance of America,
Inc.
By: Sage Life Assurance of America, Inc.
(Depositor)
Attest: /s/
/s/James F. Bronsdon By: /s/Ronald S. Scowby
- ---------------------- --------------------------------------
Ronald S. Scowby
Director, President, Chief Executive
Officer
16
<PAGE> 89
As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has
been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates
indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Signature Title Date
- --------- ----- ----
<S> <C> <C>
/s/Robin I. Marsden Director December 19, 1997
- -----------------------
Robin I. Marsden
/s/H. Louis Shill Chairman December 19, 1997
- -----------------------
H. Louis Shill
/s/Paul C. Meyer Director December 18, 1997
- -----------------------
Paul C. Meyer
/s/Richard D. Starr Director December 19, 1997
- -----------------------
Richard D. Starr
/s/Mitchell R. Katcher Director, Senior Executive Vice December 18, 1997
- ----------------------- President, Chief Financial
Mitchell R. Katcher Officer,
Chief Actuary
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT (1)(a)
SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC.
At a meeting of the Board of Directors of Sage Life Assurance of America, Inc.
(the "Company"), a Delaware corporation, the following resolutions were adopted
as the Resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company:
RESOLVED, that the Board of Directors of the Company, hereby establishes a
separate account, pursuant to the provisions of 18 Del. C. Section 2932 of the
Insurance Laws of the State of Delaware, designated The Sage Variable Annuity
Account A (hereinafter the "Variable Account"), for the following use and
purposes, and subject to such conditions as hereinafter set forth; and
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Variable Account is established for the purpose of
providing for the issuance by the Company of certain variable annuity contracts
(the "Contracts"), and shall constitute a funding medium to support reserves
under such Contracts issued by the Company; and
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the income, gains and losses, realized or unrealized,
from assets allocated to the Variable Account shall be credited to or charged
against the Variable Account, without regard to other income, gains or losses of
the Company; and
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the assets of the Variable Account equal to the reserves
and other liabilities under the Contracts and any other variable annuity
contracts issued through the Variable Account may not be charged with
liabilities arising out of any other business the Company may conduct; and
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Variable Account shall be divided into investment
subaccounts (the "Subaccounts"), each of which shall invest in the shares of a
mutual fund portfolio, and net payments under the Contracts shall be allocated
in accordance with instructions received from owners of the Contracts; and
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer (hereafter, the "empowered officers") and each of them, with
full power to act without the others, be, and they hereby are, severally
authorized to add or remove any Subaccount of the Variable Account or add or
remove any mutual fund portfolio as may hereafter be deemed necessary or
appropriate; and
1
<PAGE> 2
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the income, gains and losses, realized or unrealized,
from assets allocated to each Subaccount of the Variable Account shall be
credited to or charged against such Subaccount of the Variable Account, without
regard to other income, gains or losses of any other Subaccount of the Variable
Account; and
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the empowered officers and each of them, with full power
to act without the others, be, and they hereby are, severally authorized to
invest such amount or amounts of the Company's cash in the Variable Account or
in any Subaccount thereof or in any mutual fund portfolio as may be deemed
necessary or appropriate to facilitate the commencement of the Variable
Account's and/or the mutual fund portfolio's operations and/or to meet any
minimum capital requirements under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended (the "1940 Act"); and
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the empowered officers and each of them, with full power
to act without the others, be, and they hereby are, severally authorized to
transfer cash from time to time from the Company's general account to the
Variable Account, or from the Variable Account to the general account, as deemed
necessary or appropriate and consistent with the terms of the Contracts; and
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Board of Directors of the Company reserves the right
to change the designation of the Variable Account hereafter to such other
designation as it may deem necessary or appropriate; and
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the empowered officers and each of them, with full power
to act without the others, with such assistance from the Company's independent
certified public accountants, legal counsel and independent consultants or
others as they may require, be, and they hereby are, severally authorized and
directed to take all action necessary to: (a) register the Variable Account as a
unit investment trust under the 1940 Act; (b) register the Contracts under the
Securities Act of 1933 (the "1933 Act"); and (c) take all other actions that are
necessary in connection with the offering of the Contracts for sale and the
operation of the Variable Account in order to comply with the 1940 Act, the 1933
Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and other applicable Federal laws,
including the filing of any registration statements, any undertakings, no-action
requests, consents, applications for exemptions from the 1940 Act or other
applicable federal laws, and any amendments to the foregoing as the empowered
officers of the Company shall deem necessary or appropriate; and
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the empowered officers and each of them, with full power
to act without the others, are severally authorized and empowered to prepare,
execute and cause to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
behalf of the Variable Account, and by the Company as sponsor and depositor, a
Notification of Registration on Form N-8A, a registration statement on Form N-4
registering the Variable Account as an investment company
2
<PAGE> 3
under the 1940 Act and registering the Contracts under the 1933 Act, and any and
all amendments to the foregoing on behalf of the Variable Account and the
Company and on behalf of and as attorneys-in-fact for the empowered officers
and/or any other officer of the Company; and
FURTHER RESOLVED, that James F. Bronsdon, Vice President, Legal and Compliance
(and any successor to such position), is duly appointed as agent for service
under any such registration statement, duly authorized to receive communications
and notices from the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect thereto;
and
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the empowered officers and each of them, with full power
to act without the others, are severally authorized on behalf of the Variable
Account and on behalf of the Company to take any and all action that each of
them may deem necessary or advisable in order to offer and sell the Contracts,
including any registrations, filings and qualifications both of the Company, its
officers, agents and employees, and of the Contracts, under the insurance and
securities laws of any of the states of the United States of America or other
jurisdictions, and in connection therewith to prepare, execute, deliver and file
all such applications, requests, undertakings, reports, covenants, resolutions,
applications for exemptions, consents to service of process and other papers and
instruments as may be required under such laws, and to take any and all further
action which such officers or legal counsel of the Company may deem necessary or
desirable (including entering into whatever agreements and contracts may be
necessary) in order to maintain such registrations or qualifications for as long
as the officers or legal counsel deem it to be in the best interests of the
Variable Account and the Company; and
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the empowered officers and each of them, with full power
to act without the others, be, and they hereby are, severally authorized in the
names and on behalf of the Variable Account and the Company to execute and file
irrevocable written consents on the part of the Variable Account and of the
Company to be used in such states wherein such consents to service of process
may be required under the insurance or securities laws therein in connection
with the registration or qualification of the Contracts and to appoint the
appropriate state official, or such other person as may be allowed by insurance
or securities laws, agent of the Variable Account and of the Company for the
purpose of receiving and accepting process; and
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the empowered officers and each of them, with full power
to act without the others, be, and hereby are, severally authorized to establish
procedures under which the Company will provide voting rights for owners of the
Contracts with respect to securities owned by the Variable Account; and
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the empowered officers and each of them, with full power
to act without the others, are hereby severally authorized to execute such
agreement or agreements as deemed necessary and appropriate (i) with a qualified
entity under which such entity will be appointed principal underwriter and
distributor for the Contracts, (ii) with one or more qualified entities to
provide administrative services in connection with the establishment and
maintenance
3
<PAGE> 4
of the Variable Account and the administration of the Contracts, and (iii) with
the designated mutual fund portfolios and/or the principal underwriter and
distributor of such mutual fund portfolios for the purchase and redemption of
portfolio shares; and
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the empowered officers and each of them, with full power
to act without the others, are hereby severally authorized to execute and
deliver such agreements and other documents and do such acts and things as each
of them may deem necessary or desirable to carry out the foregoing resolutions
and the intent and purposes thereof.
4
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 4(a)(i)
[SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC. LOGO]
Member of Sage Insurance Group
A Stock Company
Home Office Customer Service Center
300 Atlantic Street [P.O. Box 1234
Stamford, CT 06901 Wethersfield, CT 06109-1234
1-888-502-7243]
PLEASE READ THIS CONTRACT CAREFULLY. This Contract is a legal contract between
the Contractholder (you) and Sage Life Assurance of America, Inc. You have the
rights described in the Contract. We will make Income Payments beginning on the
Income Date shown in the Schedule if the Annuitant is living on that date.
RIGHT TO EXAMINE THIS CONTRACT:
IF FOR ANY REASON YOU ARE NOT SATISFIED WITH THIS CONTRACT, YOU MAY RETURN IT TO
US OR THE AGENT WHO SOLD IT TO YOU WITHIN 10 DAYS AFTER YOU RECEIVE IT (THE FREE
LOOK PERIOD). WHEN WE RECEIVE IT, WE WILL PROMPTLY REFUND YOU THE ACCOUNT VALUE
PLUS ANY CHARGES SHOWN IN THE SCHEDULE THAT WE HAVE DEDUCTED FROM THE ACCOUNT
VALUE ON OR BEFORE THE DATE THE RETURNED CONTRACT WAS RECEIVED BY US, OR IF
GREATER AND REQUIRED BY THE LAW OF YOUR STATE, THE INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT.
ALL PAYMENTS AND VALUES, WHEN BASED ON THE INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF THE VARIABLE
ACCOUNT, MAY INCREASE OR DECREASE, DEPENDING ON THIS CONTRACT'S INVESTMENT
RESULTS AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO DOLLAR AMOUNT. ALL PAYMENTS AND VALUES
BASED ON THE FIXED ACCOUNT MAY BE SUBJECT TO A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT, THE
OPERATION OF WHICH MAY CAUSE SUCH PAYMENTS AND VALUES TO INCREASE OR DECREASE.
[sig]
Chairman
FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED COMBINATION FIXED AND VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT
Surrender Values while you are living and prior to the Income Date.
Income Payments begin on the Income Date
Nonparticipating
DVA1-9712
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
MAKING PURCHASE PAYMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
VARIABLE ACCOUNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FIXED ACCOUNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
TRANSFERS AMONG ACCOUNTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
WITHDRAWING ALL OR PART OF YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . 9
CHARGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
OWNER, ANNUITANT AND BENEFICIARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
DEATH BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
GENERAL PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
ANNUITY INCOME BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
</TABLE>
Page 2
<PAGE> 3
DEFINITIONS
"ACCOUNT VALUE" is the entire amount we hold under this Contract for you before
the Income Date. It is equal to the sum of the Variable Account Value and the
Fixed Account Value.
"ACCUMULATION UNIT" is the unit of measure we use before the Income Date to keep
track of the value of each Variable Sub-Account.
"ANNUITANT" is the natural person whose age determines the Maximum Income Date
and the amount and duration of income payments involving life contingencies. The
Annuitant may also be the person to whom any payment will be made starting on
the Income Date. The Annuitant's name appears in the Schedule.
"BENEFICIARY" is the person or persons to whom we pay a death benefit if any
Owner dies prior to the Income Date.
"CONTRACT DATE" is the date this Contract is issued at our Customer Service
Center. This Contract Date is shown in the Schedule. While this Contract is in
force, every anniversary of this Contract Date is the CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY, and
each and every consecutive twelve-month period beginning on this Contract Date
and each Contract Anniversary is the CONTRACT YEAR.
"CONTINGENT ANNUITANT" is the natural person who becomes the Annuitant if
the Annuitant dies prior to the Income Date.
"CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY" is the person that becomes the Beneficiary if the
named Beneficiary dies prior to the Income Date.
"CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER" is where we provide service to you. The mailing
address and telephone number of the Customer Service Center are shown on the
first page of this Contract.
"EXCESS WITHDRAWAL" is a withdrawal of Account Value that exceeds the Free
Withdrawal Amount.
"EXPIRY DATE" is the last day in a Guarantee Period.
"FIXED ACCOUNT" is a separate investment account of ours into which purchase
payments may be invested or Account Value may be transferred.
"FIXED ACCOUNT VALUE" is the sum of the value of each Fixed Sub-Account on any
particular day.
A "FIXED SUB-ACCOUNT" is established when purchase payments are invested or
amounts are transferred to the Fixed Account. The value of each Fixed
Sub-Account is equal to the amount invested, increased by interest and reduced
by any withdrawals or transfers from, or charges assessed against the Fixed
Sub-Account.
"FREE WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT" is the maximum amount that can be withdrawn in the
Contract Year without being subject to a surrender charge. This amount is
described in the Schedule.
"GENERAL ACCOUNT" consists of all our assets other than those held in any
separate investment accounts.
"GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE" is the effective annual interest rate we will credit
for a specified Guarantee Period. The Guaranteed Interest Rate will never be
less than the minimum shown in the Schedule.
"GUARANTEE PERIOD" is a period of years for which a specified effective annual
interest rate is guaranteed by us. Interest is credited daily at a rate to yield
the declared annual Guaranteed Interest Rate.
Page 3
<PAGE> 4
"HOME OFFICE" is our main office. The mailing address is shown on the first
page of this Contract.
"INCOME DATE" is the date when income payments under this Contract commence.
This date is shown in the Schedule.
"INCOME UNIT" is the unit of measure we use to calculate the amount of income
payments under the Variable Income Annuity.
"MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT" is a positive or negative adjustment that may apply
to withdrawals or transfers, whether in whole or in part, and amounts applied
to an income plan, from a Fixed Sub-Account before the end of a Guarantee
Period.
"NET ASSET VALUE" is the price of one share of an investment portfolio.
"SATISFACTORY NOTICE" is a notice or request authorized by you, in a form
satisfactory to us, received at our Customer Service Center.
"SUB-ACCOUNT" includes both Variable Sub-Accounts and Fixed Sub-Accounts,
unless the context indicates otherwise.
"SURRENDER VALUE" is the amount you receive upon surrender of this Contract
before the Income Date. It is your Account Value, plus or minus any applicable
Market Value Adjustment, and less any applicable surrender charges or other
charges shown in the Schedule.
"VALUATION DATE" is the date at the end of a Valuation Period when each
Variable Sub-Account is valued.
"VALUATION PERIOD" is the period between one calculation of an Accumulation
Unit value and the next calculation. Normally, we calculate Accumulation Units
daily when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading and we are open for
business. We can delay this calculation if an emergency exists, making
disposal or fair valuation of assets in the Variable Account not reasonably
practicable, or the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) permits the delay.
We may change when we calculate the Accumulation Unit value by giving you 30
days notice, or such notice as may be required by law.
"VARIABLE ACCOUNT" is a separate investment account of ours into which purchase
payments may be invested or Account Value may be transferred. The Variable
Account is shown in the Schedule.
"VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUE" is the sum of the value of each Variable Sub-Account
on a Valuation Date.
"VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT" is a division of the Variable Account that invests in
shares of a particular investment portfolio. The value of a Variable
Sub-Account is determined by multiplying (a) times (b) where:
(a) equals the number of Accumulation Units held in the Variable
Sub-Account; and
(b) equals the value of the Accumulation Unit for the Variable
Sub-Account.
"WE", "US" OR "OUR" is Sage Life Assurance of America, Inc.
"YOU" OR "YOUR" is the Owner of this Contract. Your name appears in the
Schedule. You are entitled to exercise all rights under this Contract. However,
if you designate an irrevocable beneficiary, you may need that beneficiary's
consent before you exercise your rights under this Contract. The death of any
Owner before the Income Date initiates payment of the death benefit.
Page 4
<PAGE> 5
MAKING PURCHASE PAYMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT - You must make the initial purchase payment in order
to put this Contract in force. The amount of your initial purchase payment is
shown in the Schedule.
ADDITIONAL PURCHASE PAYMENTS - After the initial purchase payment, additional
purchase payments may be made at any time while this Contract is in force and
before the Income Date. The amount of any additional purchase payments may vary
but are subject to limits described in the Schedule.
ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS AMONG THE VARIABLE AND FIXED ACCOUNTS - Subject
to limits described in the Schedule, you tell us how to allocate your purchase
payment, less any applicable taxes, by notifying us of your choices. You
specified how to allocate your initial purchase payment in your application for
this Contract. Initial purchase payments allocated to the Fixed Account will be
invested in Fixed Sub-Accounts with the Guarantee Periods that you specified in
your application. We may, however, require that an initial purchase payment
allocated to a Variable Sub-Account be invested in the Designated Sub-Account
shown in the Schedule during the Free Look Period. At the end of the Free Look
Period, if your initial purchase payment was allocated to the Designated
Sub-Account by us, we will transfer the value of the Designated Sub-Account to
the Sub-Account(s) you specified in your application. For the purpose of
processing transfers from the Designated Sub-Account, the Free Look Period will
end 15 days after this Contract Date.
Subject to our rules, you may tell us how to allocate any additional purchase
payments. If you do not tell us, they will be allocated in the same manner as
your most recent purchase payment.
CANCELLATION OF CONTRACT - If you have not made a purchase payment for more than
2 years and your Account Value is less than $2,000 on a Contract Anniversary, we
may cancel this Contract and pay you the Surrender Value as though you had made
a full withdrawal. We will send you written notice at your address of record.
You will be allowed 61 days from the date we mail you the notice to submit an
additional purchase payment to us in an amount not less than the difference
between $2,000 and the Account Value on the last Contract Anniversary. The
additional purchase payment is subject to the limits and minimums shown in the
Schedule.
VARIABLE ACCOUNT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VARIABLE ACCOUNT - A variable account is an investment account we maintain
separate from our General Account and any other separate investment accounts we
may have. We own the assets in a variable account. A variable account will not
be charged with liabilities that arise from any other business that we conduct.
We may transfer to our General Account assets that exceed the reserves and other
liabilities of a variable account.
A variable account may invest in mutual funds, unit investment trusts and other
investment portfolios. Such a variable account is treated as a unit investment
trust under Federal securities laws and is registered with the SEC under the
Investment Company Act of 1940.
We may offer certain series or variable accounts that may not be registered with
the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933. Any such series or variable account,
if offered, will be described in the applicable offering document.
The Variable Account for this Contract is shown in the Schedule. The laws of our
state of domicile govern this Variable Account.
Page 5
<PAGE> 6
VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS - A unit investment trust variable account includes
variable sub-accounts, each investing in a designated investment portfolio.
The sub-accounts and the investment portfolios in which they invest are
specified in the prospectus or offering document. Income, gains or losses,
realized and unrealized from assets in each variable sub-account are credited
to or charged against that variable sub-account without regard to other income,
gains or losses in the other sub-accounts or our other income, gains or losses.
CHANGES WITHIN THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT - We may, from time to time, make
additional Variable Sub-Accounts available to you. These Sub-Accounts will
invest in investment portfolios we find suitable for this Contract. We also
have the right to eliminate Sub-Accounts, to combine two or more Sub-Accounts
or to substitute a new investment portfolio for the portfolio in which a
Sub-Account invests. Such an action may become necessary if, in our judgment, a
portfolio or Sub-Account no longer suits the purposes of this Contract. This
may happen due to a change in laws or regulations, or a change in a portfolio's
or Sub-Account's investment objectives or restrictions, or because the
portfolio or Sub-Account is no longer available for investment, or for some
other reason. We will get prior approval from the insurance department of our
state of domicile before taking such action. If required, this approval
process will be on file with the insurance department of the jurisdiction in
which this Contract is delivered. We will also get any required approval from
the SEC and any other required approvals before taking such an action.
Subject to any required regulatory approvals, we reserve the right to transfer
assets of the Variable Sub-Accounts that we determine to be associated with the
class of contracts to which this Contract belongs, to another variable account
or variable sub-account.
When permitted by law, we reserve the right to:
1. Deregister the Variable Account under the Investment Company Act of
1940;
2. Operate the Variable Account as a management company under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, if it is operating as a unit
investment trust;
3. Operate the Variable Account as a unit investment trust under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, if it is operating as a Managed
Separate Account;
4. Restrict or eliminate any voting rights of Owners, or other persons
who have voting rights as to the Variable Account;
5. Combine the Variable Account with other separate investment accounts;
and
6. Combine a Variable Sub-Account with another Variable Sub-Account.
If any actions we take result in a material change in the underlying
investments of a Variable Sub-Account in which you are invested, we will notify
you of the change. You may then choose a new Sub-Account.
ACCUMULATION UNITS - We keep track of the value of each of your Variable
Sub-Accounts by crediting you with Accumulation Units for each Sub-Account.
The number of Accumulation Units credited to you for each Sub-Account is
determined by dividing (a) by (b) where:
(a) is the dollar amount allocated to that Sub-Account; and
(b) is the value of the Accumulation Unit for that Sub-Account for the
Valuation Date on which the purchase payment or transferred amount is
invested in that Sub-Account.
Accumulation Units will be adjusted for any transfers and will be canceled on
payment of a death benefit, a withdrawal, a surrender, the application of
Account Value to an income plan on the Income Date, or assessment of charges
shown in the Schedule (other than the variable sub-account charges) based on
their value for the Valuation Period in which the transaction occurs.
Page 6
<PAGE> 7
VALUE OF ACCUMULATION UNITS - The Accumulation Unit value for any Valuation
Period is determined by multiplying (a) by (b) where:
(a) is the Accumulation Unit value for the immediately preceding
Valuation Period; and
(b) is the "net investment factor" for the Variable Sub-Account
for the Valuation Period for which the value is being
determined.
The value of an Accumulation Unit may increase, decrease or remain the same from
one Valuation Period to the next.
NET INVESTMENT FACTOR - The net investment factor for a Variable Sub-Account is
an index that measures the investment performance of that Sub-Account from one
Valuation Period to the next. The net investment factor for any Valuation Period
is determined by dividing (a) by (b), and then subtracting (c) where:
(a) is the net result of:
(i) the Net Asset Value per share of the investment portfolio
share in which the Sub-Account invests determined at the
end of the current Valuation Period; plus
(ii) the per share amount of any dividend or capital gains
distribution made by that investment portfolio on shares
held in the Sub-Account if the "ex-dividend" date occurs
during the current Valuation Period; and plus or minus
(iii) a per share charge or credit for any taxes reserved for,
which is determined by us to have resulted from the
operations of that Sub-Account;
(b) is the Net Asset Value per share of the investment portfolio
share in which the Sub-Account invests determined at the end of
the immediately preceding Valuation Period; and
(c) is the daily variable sub-account charges shown in the Schedule
(adjusted for the number of days in the Valuation Period).
The net investment factor may be more or less than, or equal to, one.
FIXED ACCOUNT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED ACCOUNT - The Fixed Account is a separate investment account under state
insurance law. It is maintained separate from our General Account and separate
from any other separate investment account that we may have. We own the assets
in the Fixed Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our obligations under (and
the values and benefits under) the Fixed Account option of this Contract do not
vary as a function of the investment performance of the Fixed Account. Owners
and Beneficiaries with rights under this Contract do not participate in the
investment gains or losses of the assets of the Fixed Account. Such gains or
losses accrue solely to us. We retain the risk that the value of the assets in
the Fixed Account may fall below the reserves and other liabilities that we must
maintain in connection with our obligations under the Fixed Account option of
this Contract. In such event, we will transfer assets from our General Account
to the Fixed Account to make up the difference. The Fixed Account will not be
charged with liabilities that arise from any other business that we conduct. We
may transfer to our General Account assets that exceed the reserves and other
liabilities of the Fixed Account. The Fixed Account is not required to be
registered with the SEC as an investment company under the Investment Company
Act of 1940.
FIXED SUB-ACCOUNT - We will establish a separate Fixed Sub-Account for you each
time you allocate amounts to the Fixed Account. Amounts invested in these Fixed
Sub-Accounts earn interest at the Guaranteed Interest Rate in effect on the date
the amounts are allocated.
Page 7
<PAGE> 8
GUARANTEE PERIODS - Each Fixed Sub-Account is guaranteed an interest rate for a
period we refer to as a Guarantee Period. The Guaranteed Interest Rate for a
Fixed Sub-Account is effective for the entire Guarantee Period. The length of
a Guarantee Period is measured from the end of the calendar month in which the
amount is allocated to the Fixed Sub-Account. The last day of the Guarantee
Period is its Expiry Date. Withdrawals or transfers from all or part of a
Fixed Sub-Account, and amounts applied to an income plan, made prior to the
Expiry Date of a Guarantee Period may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
We will notify you at least thirty days prior to an Expiry Date of your options
for renewal, which include:
1. electing a new Guarantee Period from among those then offered by us,
but excluding any that extend beyond your Income Date; or
2. transferring the value of the Fixed Sub-Account to one or more
Variable Sub-Accounts.
If we do not receive Satisfactory Notice prior to the Expiry Date, we will
transfer the value of the expiring Fixed Sub-Account to the Designated
Sub-Account shown in the Schedule.
GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES - Periodically, we will declare Guaranteed Interest
Rates for then available Guarantee Periods. These rates will be guaranteed for
the duration of the respective Guarantee Periods. Guaranteed Interest Rates
will never be less than the Minimum Guaranteed Interest Rate shown in the
Schedule.
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT - A Market Value Adjustment may be applied to
withdrawals, transfers or amounts applied to an income plan when taken from a
Fixed Sub-Account prior to its Expiry Date. A Market Value Adjustment is
applied separately to each Fixed Sub-Account.
A Market Value Adjustment is determined by multiplying the amount withdrawn,
transferred or applied to an income plan by the following factor:
N/365
[(1+I)/(1+J+.0025)] -- 1
Where:
- I is the Index Rate for a maturity equal to the Fixed Sub-Account's
Guarantee Period;
- J is the Index Rate for a maturity equal to the time remaining
(rounded up to the next full year) in the Fixed Sub-Account's
Guarantee Period; and
- N is the remaining number of days in the Guarantee Period at the time
of calculation.
If there is no Index Rate for the maturity needed to calculate I or J, straight
line interpolation between the Index Rate of the next highest and next lowest
maturities will be used to determine that Index Rate. If the maturity is one
year or less, we will use the Index Rate for a one-year maturity.
Market Value Adjustments will be applied as follows:
1. The Market Value Adjustment will be applied to the amount withdrawn,
transferred or applied to an income plan before deduction of any
applicable surrender charge.
2. For a partial withdrawal or partial transfer, the Market Value
Adjustment will be calculated on the total amount that must be
withdrawn or transferred in order to provide the amount requested.
3. If the Market Value Adjustment is negative, it is deducted from any
remaining value in the Fixed Sub-Account. Any remaining Market Value
Adjustment is deducted from the amount
Page 8
<PAGE> 9
withdrawn, transferred or applied to an income plan.
4. If the Market Value Adjustment is positive, it is added to any
remaining value in the Fixed Sub-Account. In the case of surrender or
full transfer, or if the full amount of the Fixed Sub-Account is
applied to an income plan, the Market Value Adjustment is added to the
amount withdrawn, transferred or applied to an income plan.
TRANSFERS AMONG ACCOUNTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prior to the Income Date and while the Annuitant is living, you may transfer
Account Value among Sub-Accounts. Certain restrictions may apply during the Free
Look Period. To make a transfer, you must give us Satisfactory Notice. Transfers
generally take effect when we receive the notice. The number of free transfers
that we allow each Contract Year is shown in the Charges section of the
Schedule. Restrictions for transfers are shown in the Schedule. A transfer from
a Fixed Sub-Account may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
WITHDRAWING ALL OR PART OF YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prior to the Income Date and while the Annuitant is living, you may withdraw all
or part of your Account Value by giving us Satisfactory Notice. The minimum
withdrawal is shown in the Schedule.
If you request a withdrawal of all of your Account Value, we will terminate this
Contract and pay you the Surrender Value. This amount may also be applied to the
income plans subject to any restrictions described in this Contract. Unless
specified otherwise, we will make partial withdrawals as described in the
Schedule. Withdrawals generally take effect on the date we receive Satisfactory
Notice.
If you make a withdrawal from this Contract in excess of the Free Withdrawal
Amount described in the Schedule, a surrender charge may be assessed. Surrender
charges are described in the Schedule.
EXCESS WITHDRAWALS - If a withdrawal is made for an amount greater than the Free
Withdrawal Amount, a surrender charge may be applicable. For purposes of
calculating the surrender charge only, purchase payments will be liquidated in
whole or in part on a "first-in-first-out-basis." This means we liquidate
purchase payments in the order they were made: the oldest unliquidated purchase
payment first, the next oldest unliquidated purchase payment second, etc., until
all purchase payments have been liquidated.
The surrender charge as to any liquidated purchase payment is determined by
multiplying the amount of the purchase payment being liquidated by the
applicable percentage shown in the Schedule. The total surrender charge will be
the sum of the surrender charges for each purchase payment being liquidated.
In a partial withdrawal, the surrender charge is deducted from the Account Value
remaining after you are paid the amount requested. The amount requested from a
Sub-Account may not exceed the value of that Sub-Account less any applicable
surrender charge. In a complete withdrawal (or surrender of this Contract), it
is deducted from the amount otherwise payable.
CHARGES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The types and amounts of charges and when and how they are deducted are
described in the Schedule.
Page 9
<PAGE> 10
OWNER, ANNUITANT AND BENEFICIARY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE OWNER - You are the Owner of this Contract. You have the rights and options
described in this Contract, including but not limited to the right to receive
the income payments beginning on the Income Date. One or more people may own
this Contract.
THE ANNUITANT - Unless another Annuitant is shown in the Schedule, you are also
the Annuitant. You may name a Contingent Annuitant. You will be the
Contingent Annuitant unless you name someone else. If there are joint Owners,
we will treat the youngest Owner as the Contingent Annuitant, unless you elect
otherwise.
If you are not the Annuitant and the Annuitant dies before the Income Date, the
Contingent Annuitant becomes the Annuitant. If the Annuitant dies and no
Contingent Annuitant has been named, we will allow you sixty days to designate
someone other than yourself as Annuitant.
THE BENEFICIARY - We pay the death benefit to the primary Beneficiary (unless
there are joint Owners in which case proceeds are payable to the surviving
Owner). If the primary Beneficiary dies before the Owner, the death benefit is
paid to the Contingent Beneficiary, if any. If there is no surviving
Beneficiary, we pay the death benefit to the Owner's estate.
One or more persons may be named as primary Beneficiary or Contingent
Beneficiary. We will assume any death benefit is to be paid in equal shares to
the multiple surviving Beneficiaries unless you specify otherwise.
You have the right to change Beneficiaries. However, if you designate the
primary Beneficiary as irrevocable, you may need the consent of that
irrevocable Beneficiary to exercise the rights and options under this Contract.
CHANGE OF OWNER, BENEFICIARY OR ANNUITANT - During your lifetime and while this
Contract is in force you can transfer ownership of this Contract or change the
Beneficiary, or change the Annuitant. (However, the Annuitant cannot be
changed after the Income Date.) To make any of these changes, you must send us
Satisfactory Notice. If accepted, any change in Owner, Beneficiary or
Annuitant will take effect on the date you signed the notice. Any of these
changes will not affect any payment made or action taken by us before our
acceptance. A CHANGE OF OWNER MAY BE A TAXABLE EVENT and may also affect the
amount of death benefit payable under this Contract.
DEATH BENEFITS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEATH BENEFIT BEFORE THE INCOME DATE - If any Owner dies before the Income
Date, we will pay the Beneficiary the greatest of the following:
(a) the Account Value determined as of the day we receive proof of death;
or
(b) 100% of the sum of all purchase payments made to this Contract,
reduced by any prior withdrawals (including any associated surrender
charge and Market Value Adjustment incurred); or
(c) the Highest Anniversary Value.
HIGHEST ANNIVERSARY VALUE - The Highest Anniversary Value is equal to the
greatest anniversary value attained from the following:
Upon our receipt of proof of death, we will calculate an anniversary value
for each Contract Anniversary before the Owner's death excluding, however,
Contract Anniversaries that come after the Owner attains age 80. An
anniversary value is equal to the Account Value on this Contract
Page 10
<PAGE> 11
Anniversary, increased by the dollar amount of any purchase payments made
since that Contract Anniversary and reduced for any withdrawals (including
any associated surrender charge and Market Value Adjustment incurred) taken
since that anniversary. This reduction will be made in proportion to the
reduction in the Account Value that results from a withdrawal.
MULTIPLE OWNERS - If there are multiple Owners, the age of the oldest Owner will
be used to determine the death benefit.
DEATH BENEFIT WHEN NO NATURAL OWNERS - If there is no Owner who is a natural
person, we will treat the Annuitant as Owner for the purpose of paying the death
benefit, and the Annuitant's age will determine the death benefit payable to the
Beneficiary.
REQUIRED DISTRIBUTION OF PROCEEDS ON THE DEATH OF THE OWNER - The three
sub-sections indented below are required to qualify this Contract as an annuity
contract under Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Where the terms of these three sub-sections are in conflict with any other
sections or sub-sections of this Contract, these three sub-sections will
control. We reserve the right to amend or administer this Contract as necessary
to comply with the applicable tax requirements. These three sub-sections and
this Contract should be construed so that they comply with the applicable tax
requirements.
DEATH BENEFIT OPTIONS BEFORE INCOME DATE - In the event any Owner dies
before the Income Date, the death benefit may be taken in one sum, in which
case this Contract will terminate. Such sum shall be paid within five years
of the Owner's death unless one of the options for continuation of this
Contract below is elected by the person entitled to make that election.
CONTRACT CONTINUATION OPTION - If the death benefit is not taken in one sum
immediately, this Contract will continue subject to the following
provisions:
1. If there are joint Owners, the surviving Owner becomes the new
Owner. Otherwise, the Beneficiary becomes the new Owner.
2. Unless specified otherwise, any excess of the death benefit over
the Account Value will be allocated to and among the Variable and
Fixed Accounts in proportion to their values as of the date on
which the death benefit is determined. We will establish a new
Fixed Sub-Account for any allocation to the Fixed Account based
on the Guarantee Period you then elect.
3. No additional purchase payments may be applied to this Contract.
4. If the new Owner is not the deceased Owner's spouse, the entire
interest in this Contract must be distributed under one of the
following options:
a. The entire interest in this Contract must be distributed
over the life of the new Owner, or over a period not
extending beyond the life expectancy of the new Owner, with
distributions beginning within one year of the Owner's
death; or
b. The entire interest in this Contract must be distributed
within 5 years of the Owner's death.
5. If the new Owner is the deceased Owner's spouse, this Contract
will continue with the surviving spouse as the new Owner. The
surviving spouse may name a new Beneficiary. If no Beneficiary is
so named, the surviving spouse's estate will be the Beneficiary.
Upon the death of the surviving spouse, the death benefit will
equal the Account Value as of the date we receive proof of the
spouse's death, and the entire interest in this Contract must be
distributed to the new Beneficiary in accordance with the
provisions of 4 (a) or 4 (b) above.
If there is more than one Beneficiary, the foregoing provisions will
independently apply to each Beneficiary.
Page 11
<PAGE> 12
DEATH BENEFIT ON OR AFTER THE INCOME DATE - If any Owner dies on or
after the Income Date but before the time the entire interest in
this Contract has been distributed, the remaining portion will be
distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of
distribution being used as of the date of the Owner's death.
If income payments have been selected based on an income plan
providing for payments for a guaranteed period, and the Annuitant
dies on or after the Income Date, we will make the remaining
guaranteed payments to the Beneficiary. Any remaining payments
will be made as rapidly as under the method of distribution being
used as of the date of the Annuitant's death. If no Beneficiary
is living, we will commute any unpaid guaranteed payments to a
single sum (on the basis of the interest rate used in determining
the payments) and pay that single sum to the estate of the last
to die of the Annuitant or the Beneficiary.
PROOF OF DEATH - Proof of death must be received at our Customer Service Center
before we will pay any death benefit. We will accept one of the following
items:
1. An original certified copy of an official death Contract; or
2. An original certified copy of a decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction as to the finding of death; or
3. Any other proof satisfactory to us.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ENTIRE CONTRACT - This Contract including any attached riders, endorsements,
amendments and the application constitutes the entire contract between you and
us. All statements made by you, or any Owner, or any Annuitant will be deemed
representations and not warranties.
ASSIGNMENT - You may assign this Contract at any time prior to the Income Date.
No assignment will be binding on us unless we receive Satisfactory Notice. We
will not be liable for any payments made or actions we take before the
assignment is accepted by us. An absolute assignment will revoke the interest
of any revocable Beneficiary. We will not be responsible for the validity of
any assignment. AN ASSIGNMENT MAY BE A TAXABLE EVENT.
CLAIMS OF CREDITORS - To the extent permitted by law, no benefits payable under
this Contract will be subject to the claims of your, the Beneficiary's, or the
Annuitant's creditors.
MISSTATEMENT AND PROOF OF AGE, SEX OR SURVIVAL - We may require proof of age,
sex or survival of any person upon whose age, sex or survival any payments
depend. If the age or sex of the Annuitant has been misstated, or if the age
of the Owner has been misstated, the benefits will be those that the Account
Value applied would have provided for the correct age and sex. If we have made
incorrect income payments, the amount of any underpayment will be paid
immediately. The amount of any overpayment will be deducted from future income
payments.
NO DIVIDENDS PAYABLE - This Contract is non-participating and does not share in
any distribution of our surplus. We will not pay any dividends.
INCONTESTABILITY - This Contract is incontestable from its Contract Date.
REQUIRED REPORTS - We will furnish a report to you as often as required by law,
but at least once each Contract Year before the Income Date. The report will
show the number of Accumulation Units credited to each Variable Sub-Account in
which you are invested and the corresponding Accumulation Unit value as of the
date of the report. It will also show your Fixed Account Value.
Page 12
<PAGE> 13
MORTALITY AND EXPENSES - Our actual mortality and expense experience will not
affect the amount of any income payments or any other values under this
Contract.
TAXES BASED UPON PURCHASE PAYMENT OR VALUE - If there is a law or change in law
assessing taxes against us based upon purchase payments or value of this
Contract, we reserve the right to charge you and all similarly situated Owners
proportionately for that tax. This would include a tax based upon our realized
net capital gains in the Variable Sub-Accounts and on earnings in the Fixed
Account, on which we are not currently taxed.
PAYMENTS WE MAY DEFER - We may not be able to determine the value of the assets
of the Variable Sub-Accounts because:
1. The New York Stock Exchange is closed for trading;
2. The SEC determines that a state of emergency exists;
3. An order or pronouncement of the SEC permits a delay for the
protection of Owners; or
4. The check used to pay the purchase payment has not cleared
through the banking system. This may take up to 15 days.
If this happens, we may delay:
1. Determination and payment of the Surrender Value;
2. Determination and payment of any death benefit if death occurs
before the Income Date;
3. Transfers of the Account Value; or
4. Application of the Account Value under an income plan.
We reserve the right to delay payment of amounts from the Fixed Account for up
to six months. If deferred 30 days or more, the amount deferred will earn
interest at a rate not less than the Minimum Deferral Interest Rate shown in the
Fixed Account section of the Schedule.
AUTHORITY TO MAKE AGREEMENTS - All agreements made by us must be signed by one
of our officers. No other person, including an insurance agent or broker, can
change the terms of this Contract or make any agreement binding on us.
REQUIRED NOTE ON OUR COMPUTATIONS - We have filed a detailed statement of our
computations with the insurance supervisory officials in the appropriate
jurisdictions. The values are not less than those required by the laws of those
states or jurisdictions. Any benefit provided by an attached rider will not
increase these values unless otherwise stated in that rider.
ANNUITY INCOME BENEFITS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHOOSING AN INCOME DATE AND INCOME PLAN - On the Income Date, if the Annuitant
is alive and this Contract is in force, income payments will begin under the
income plan you have chosen. If you have not chosen an income plan, the option
shown in the Schedule will automatically apply. If you have not selected an
Income Date, the Maximum Income Date shown in the Schedule will automatically
apply.
You may choose or change an income plan or the Income Date by giving us
Satisfactory Notice at least 30 days before the Income Date. However, any Income
Date must meet the restrictions described in the Schedule.
Once income payments have begun, we reserve the right to disallow further
changes without our prior approval.
Page 13
<PAGE> 14
MINIMUM AMOUNTS - If the amount available to apply under any variable or fixed
option is less than the minimum amount shown in the Schedule, we reserve the
right to pay such amount in a lump sum in lieu of the payment otherwise
provided for.
Income payments will be made monthly unless quarterly, semi-annual or annual
payments are chosen by giving us Satisfactory Notice at least 30 days before the
Income Date. However, if at any time the payment becomes less than the minimum
income payment shown in the Schedule, we reserve the right to reduce the
frequency of payment to an interval that results in each payment being at least
equal to the minimum income payment. In no event will the interval be less
frequent than annual.
ALLOCATION OF ANNUITY - At the time you elect the income plan, you may also
elect to have the Account Value applied to provide a Variable Income Annuity, a
Fixed Income Annuity, or a combination of both. Unless you specify otherwise,
we will provide either variable or fixed, or a combination of variable and
fixed income payments in proportion to the Sub-Accounts in which you are
invested as of a date not more than 5 Valuation Days before the due date of the
first income payment. If any applicable purchase payment taxes are then due
us, we will also deduct them proportionately.
VARIABLE INCOME ANNUITY
AMOUNT OF FIRST VARIABLE PAYMENT - The Income Tables shown in the Schedule are
used to determine the first monthly variable income payment for an assumed
investment rate of 3%. The Income Tables show the dollar amount of the first
monthly variable income payment that can be purchased with each $1,000 applied.
The assumed investment rates we currently allow are shown on the Schedule.
VALUE OF INCOME UNITS - The Income Unit value for any Valuation Period is
determined by multiplying (a) by (b), and then dividing by (c) where:
(a) is the Income Unit value for the immediately preceding Valuation
Period;
(b) is the "net investment factor" for the Variable Sub-Account for the
Valuation Period for which the value is being determined; and
(c) is the daily equivalent of the assumed investment rate for the number
of days in the Valuation Period.
The value of an Income Unit may increase, decrease or remain the same from one
Valuation Period to the next.
NUMBER OF INCOME UNITS - We determine the number of Income Units in each
Variable Sub-Account by dividing the first monthly variable income payment
attributable to that Sub-Account by its Income Unit value as of a date not more
than 5 Valuation Days before the due date of the first variable income payment.
AMOUNT OF SECOND AND SUBSEQUENT VARIABLE PAYMENTS - The dollar amount of the
second and subsequent variable income payments may change with the investment
performance of the Variable Sub-Accounts. The total amount of each variable
income payment will be equal to the sum of the variable income payments in each
Variable Sub-Account. The dollar amount of each payment for a Variable
Sub-Account is determined by multiplying the number of Income Units by the
Income Unit value for the Variable Sub-Account for the Valuation Period which
ends on a consistently applied date not more than 5 Valuation Days before the
payment is due.
We guarantee that the dollar amount of each payment after the first will not be
affected by variations in our expenses or mortality experience.
Page 14
<PAGE> 15
EXCHANGE OF INCOME UNITS - After the Income Date, if there is an exchange of
value of a designated number of Income Units of particular Variable Sub-Accounts
into other Income Units, the value will be such that the dollar amount of income
payment made on the date of exchange would be unaffected by the exchange.
FIXED INCOME ANNUITY
A Fixed Income Annuity is an annuity with income payments that remain fixed as
to dollar amount throughout the payment period. The Income Tables shown in the
Schedule are used to determine the monthly fixed income payment. The Income
Tables show the dollar amount of the monthly fixed income payment that can be
purchased with each $1,000 applied.
INCOME PLANS
The following is a list of income plans we guarantee to make available.
INCOME PLAN 1. LIFE ANNUITY - An annuity payable during the lifetime of the
Annuitant and terminating with the last payment preceding the death of the
Annuitant.
INCOME PLAN 2. LIFE ANNUITY WITH 10 OR 20 YEARS CERTAIN - An annuity payable
during the lifetime of the Annuitant with the provision that payments will be
made for a minimum of 10 or 20 years, as elected.
INCOME PLAN 3. JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR ANNUITY - An annuity payable during the
joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a designated second person, and thereafter
during the remaining lifetime of the survivor, ceasing with the last payment
prior to the death of the survivor.
INCOME PLAN 4. PAYMENTS FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD CERTAIN - An amount payable for
the number of years selected which may be from 5 to 30 years.
INCOME PLAN 5. ANNUITY PLAN - An amount can be used to purchase any single
premium annuity we offer on the Income Date for which you and the Annuitant are
eligible.
Page 15
<PAGE> 16
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Page 16
<PAGE> 17
SCHEDULE
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Contract No.: 123456789
Owner: JOHN DOE Contract Date: 1/1/1998
Issue Age/Sex: 35/MALE
Annuitant: JOHN DOE Income Date: 1/1/2038
Issue Age/Sex: 35/MALE
Initial Purchase Payment: :
$[10,000]
</TABLE>
This Schedule sets forth additional information that relates to the provisions
in this Contract with the corresponding headings.
MAKING PURCHASE PAYMENTS
The Designated Sub-Account is the [Money Market Sub-Account].
No purchase payment, whether initial or additional, may be allocated such that
any Sub-Account would have a value less than $250.
Additional purchase payments are subject to the following limits:
1. [Non-qualified plan: Additional purchase payments may be made until
the earlier of the year in which you attain age 85 or the year in
which the Annuitant attains age 85.]
2. [Qualified plan: Additional purchase payments may be made until the
year in which you attain age 70 1/2, except rollover contributions may
be made until the year in which you attain age 85.]
3. The minimum additional purchase payment we will accept is $250.
4. Our prior approval is required before you make a purchase payment that
causes the Account Value of all annuities that you maintain with us to
exceed $1,000,000.
VARIABLE ACCOUNT
The Variable Account for this Contract is [The Sage Variable Annuity Account A].
[It is a unit investment trust variable account.]
FIXED ACCOUNT
The Fixed Account for this Contract is [The Sage Fixed Interest Account A.]
The Minimum Guaranteed Interest Rate is 3%.
The Minimum Deferral Interest Rate is 3%.
The Designated Sub-Account is the [Money Market Sub-Account]. It is not part of
the Fixed Account.
Index Rate: The Index Rate is the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity Series as
reported in Federal Reserve Bulletin Release H.15. We currently base the Index
Rate for a calendar week on the reported rate for the preceding calendar week.
We reserve the right to set it less frequently but in no event less often than
monthly.
Page 17
<PAGE> 18
TRANSFERS AMONG ACCOUNTS
The minimum amount that can be transferred is $250. However, if less remains
in a Sub-Account, that amount may be transferred. If a transfer request would
reduce the Account Value remaining in a Sub-Account below $250, we will treat
the transfer request as a request to transfer the entire amount.
Your transfer request must clearly state the Sub-Accounts from which and to
which transfers are to be made.
We reserve the right to limit, upon notice, the maximum number of transfers you
may make to one per calendar month or 12 per Contract Year.
After the Income Date, we reserve the right to:
1. disallow transfers from the Fixed Account to the Variable Account, or
from the Variable Account to the Fixed Account; and
2. limit the maximum number of transfers between Variable Sub-Accounts
to 1 per Contract Year.
WITHDRAWING ALL OR PART OF YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE
The Free Withdrawal Amount is the greater of (a) and (b) where:
(a) is the excess of 10% of the total purchase payments over 100% of all
prior withdrawals in that Contract Year; and
(b) is the excess of the Account Value on the date of withdrawal over the
unliquidated purchase payments.
The minimum amount that can be withdrawn is $250. If a withdrawal request
would reduce the Account Value remaining in a Sub-Account below $250, we will
treat the withdrawal request as a request to withdraw the entire amount.
If a requested withdrawal would reduce the Account Value below $2,000, we
reserve the right to treat the request as a withdrawal of only the excess over
$2,000.
Unless you specify otherwise, we will make withdrawals proportionately from all
Sub-Accounts in which you are invested.
Page 18
<PAGE> 19
CHARGES
SURRENDER CHARGE - A surrender charge may be imposed upon surrender of this
Contract or when an Excess Withdrawal is made. A Market Value Adjustment, if
any, is applied before calculating the surrender charge. The surrender charge is
applied to each purchase payment and is a percentage of each purchase payment as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Maximum
Certificate Surrender Charge
Year Percentage
---- ----------
<S> <C>
1 7%
2 7%
3 6%
4 5%
5 4%
6 3%
7 1%
8+ 0%
</TABLE>
TRANSFER CHARGE - We reserve the right to charge a maximum of $25 for each
transfer after the 12th in a Contract Year. Each request is considered to be one
transfer regardless of the number of Sub-Accounts affected by the transfer. The
transfer charge will be deducted proportionately from all Sub-Accounts from
which the transfer is made.
ADMINISTRATION CHARGE - $40 a year. This charge is incurred at the beginning of
each Contract Year and deducted on each Contract Anniversary or upon surrender.
The charge will be waived:
1. if the Account Value is at least $50,000 at the time of deduction; or
2. beginning on and after the 8th Contract Anniversary.
PURCHASE PAYMENT TAX CHARGE - The amount of any state and local taxes levied by
any governmental entity on purchase payments may be deducted from the Account
Value when such taxes are incurred. We reserve the right to defer the collection
of this charge and deduct it against your Account Value on the surrender of this
Contract, or Excess Withdrawal, or application of the Account Value to provide
income payments.
ASSET-BASED CHARGES - We deduct asset-based charges to compensate us for
assuming mortality and expense risks, and certain administrative expenses. Prior
to the Income Date asset-based charges are calculated as a percentage of the
Variable Account Value on the date of deduction. On this Contract Date, and
monthly thereafter, the asset-based charges are deducted in proportion to the
Variable Sub-Accounts in which you are invested. The maximum charges are:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Asset-Based Charges Annual Charge Monthly Charge
------------------- ------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
Contract Years 1-7 1.40% .116667%
Contract Years 8+ 1.25% .104167%
</TABLE>
We also deduct asset-based charges on the effective date of any transfer from
the Fixed Account, or allocation of purchase payment to the Variable Account,
based on the amount transferred or allocated, and based on the number of days
remaining until the next date of deduction.
Page 19
<PAGE> 20
VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT CHARGES - On and after the Income Date we deduct the
asset-based charges above from the assets in each Variable Sub-Account on a
daily basis. The maximum charges are:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Variable Sub-Account Charges Annual Charge Daily Charge
---------------------------- ------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Contract Years 1-7 1.40% .0038626%
Contract Years 8+ 1.25% .0034462%
</TABLE>
CHARGE DEDUCTION RULES - Unless otherwise specified above, charges are deducted
from the Account Value proportionately from all Sub-Accounts in which you are
invested.
ANNUITY INCOME BENEFITS
If you have not chosen an income plan, Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain will
automatically apply.
The Maximum Income Date is the first day of the first calendar month following
the Annuitant's 95th birthday.
We reserve the right to require that the Income Date be at least 2 years after
this Contract Date.
The minimum amount that can be applied under any Variable or Fixed Income
Annuity is $5,000.
The minimum income payment is $100.
We currently allow assumed investment rates of 3% and 5%. If you do not
specify one of these rates when you choose an income plan, the assumed
investment rate will be 3%.
Values for other ages, and for other payment periods, joint life combinations,
or assumed investment rates that we offer (Tables below assume 3%) are
available on request. Monthly income payments are shown for each $1,000
applied.
Page 20
<PAGE> 21
INCOME TABLE FOR A FIXED PERIOD
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Monthly Monthly Monthly
Fixed Period Income Fixed Period Income Fixed Period Income
of Years Payment of Years Payment of Years Payment
-------- ------- -------- ------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
11 $8.88 21 $5.33
12 8.26 22 5.16
13 7.73 23 5.00
14 7.28 24 4.85
5 17.95 15 6.89 25 4.72
6 15.18 16 6.54 26 4.60
7 13.20 17 6.24 27 4.49
8 11.71 18 5.98 28 4.38
9 10.56 19 5.74 29 4.28
10 9.64 20 5.53 30 4.19
</TABLE>
INCOME TABLE FOR LIFE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Male/Female Male/Female Male/Female
Age Life Only 10 Years Certain 20 Years Certain
--- --------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
50 4.28 / 3.92 $4.24 / 3.90 $4.10 / 3.84
55 4.72 / 4.27 4.64 / 4.24 4.40 / 4.12
60 5.31 / 4.74 5.17 / 4.68 4.73 / 4.45
65 6.13 / 5.38 5.84 / 5.25 5.04 / 4.81
70 7.28 / 6.29 6.65 / 6.00 5.29 / 5.14
75 8.90 / 7.62 7.53 / 6.92 5.43 / 5.37
80 11.19 / 9.62 8.37 / 7.93 5.50 / 5.48
85 14.36 / 12.63 9.00 / 8.77 5.52 / 5.52
</TABLE>
RIDERS
Accidental Death Benefit Rider
The Maximum Accidental Death Benefit is $250,000.
Page 21
<PAGE> 22
[SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC. LOGO]
Member of Sage Insurance Group
FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED COMBINATION FIXED AND VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT
Surrender Values while you are living and prior to the Income Date.
Income Payments begin on the Income Date
Nonparticipating
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 4(a)(ii)
[SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC. LOGO]
Member of Sage Insurance Group
A Stock Company
Home Office Customer Service Center
300 Atlantic Street [P. O. Box 1234
Stamford, CT 06901 Wethersfield, CT 06109-1234
1-888-502-7243]
PLEASE READ THIS CONTRACT CAREFULLY. This Contract is a legal contract between
the Contractholder (you) and Sage Life Assurance of America, Inc. You have the
rights described in the Contract. We will make Income Payments beginning on the
Income Date shown in the Schedule if the Annuitant is living on that date.
RIGHT TO EXAMINE THIS CONTRACT:
IF FOR ANY REASON YOU ARE NOT SATISFIED WITH THIS CONTRACT, YOU MAY RETURN IT TO
US OR THE AGENT WHO SOLD IT TO YOU WITHIN 10 DAYS AFTER YOU RECEIVE IT (THE FREE
LOOK PERIOD). WHEN WE RECEIVE IT, WE WILL PROMPTLY REFUND YOU THE ACCOUNT VALUE
PLUS ANY CHARGES SHOWN IN THE SCHEDULE THAT WE HAVE DEDUCTED FROM THE ACCOUNT
VALUE ON OR BEFORE THE DATE THE RETURNED CONTRACT WAS RECEIVED BY US, OR IF
GREATER AND REQUIRED BY THE LAW OF YOUR STATE, THE INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT.
ALL PAYMENTS AND VALUES, WHEN BASED ON THE INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF THE VARIABLE
ACCOUNT, MAY INCREASE OR DECREASE, DEPENDING ON THIS CONTRACT'S INVESTMENT
RESULTS AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO DOLLAR AMOUNT. ALL PAYMENTS AND VALUES
BASED ON THE INTEREST ACCOUNT MAY BE SUBJECT TO A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT, THE
OPERATION OF WHICH MAY CAUSE SUCH PAYMENTS AND VALUES TO INCREASE OR DECREASE.
[SIG]
Chairman
FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT
Surrender Values while you are living and prior to the Income Date.
Income Payments begin on the Income Date
Nonparticipating
DVA1-9712 VT
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
DEFINITIONS.............................................................................3
MAKING PURCHASE PAYMENTS................................................................5
VARIABLE ACCOUNT........................................................................5
INTEREST ACCOUNT........................................................................7
TRANSFERS AMONG ACCOUNTS................................................................9
WITHDRAWING ALL OR PART OF YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE...........................................9
CHARGES.................................................................................9
OWNER, ANNUITANT AND BENEFICIARY.......................................................10
DEATH BENEFITS.........................................................................10
GENERAL PROVISIONS.....................................................................12
ANNUITY INCOME BENEFITS................................................................13
SCHEDULE...............................................................................17
</TABLE>
Page 2
<PAGE> 3
DEFINITIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"ACCOUNT VALUE" is the entire amount we hold under this Contract for you before
the Income Date. It is equal to the sum of the Variable Account Value and the
Interest Account Value.
"ACCUMULATION UNIT" is the unit of measure we use before the Income Date to keep
track of the value of each Variable Sub-Account.
"ANNUITANT" is the natural person whose age determines the Maximum Income Date
and the amount and duration of income payments involving life contingencies. The
Annuitant may also be the person to whom any payment will be made starting on
the Income Date. The Annuitant's name appears in the Schedule.
"BENEFICIARY" is the person or persons to whom we pay a death benefit if any
Owner dies prior to the Income Date.
"CONTRACT DATE" is the date this Contract is issued at our Customer Service
Center. This Contract Date is shown in the Schedule. While this Contract is in
force, every anniversary of this Contract Date is the CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY, and
each and every consecutive twelve-month period beginning on this Contract Date
and each Contract Anniversary is the CONTRACT YEAR.
"CONTINGENT ANNUITANT" is the natural person who becomes the Annuitant if the
Annuitant dies prior to the Income Date.
"CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY" is the person that becomes the Beneficiary if the named
Beneficiary dies prior to the Income Date.
"CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER" is where we provide service to you. The mailing
address and telephone number of the Customer Service Center are shown on the
first page of this Contract.
"EXCESS WITHDRAWAL" is a withdrawal of Account Value that exceeds the Free
Withdrawal Amount.
"EXPIRY DATE" is the last day in a Guarantee Period.
"FREE WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT" is the maximum amount that can be withdrawn in the
Contract Year without being subject to a surrender charge. This amount is
described in the Schedule.
"GENERAL ACCOUNT" consists of all our assets other than those held in any
separate investment accounts.
"GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE" is the effective annual interest rate we will credit
for a specified Guarantee Period. The Guaranteed Interest Rate will never be
less than the minimum shown in the Schedule.
"GUARANTEE PERIOD" is a period of years for which a specified effective annual
interest rate is guaranteed by us. Interest is credited daily at a rate to yield
the declared annual Guaranteed Interest Rate.
Page 3
<PAGE> 4
"HOME OFFICE" is our main office. The mailing address is shown on the first page
of this Contract.
"INCOME DATE" is the date when income payments under this Contract commence.
This date is shown in the Schedule.
"INCOME UNIT" is the unit of measure we use to calculate the amount of income
payments under the Variable Income Annuity.
"INTEREST ACCOUNT" is a separate investment account of ours into which purchase
payments may be invested or Account Value may be transferred.
"INTEREST ACCOUNT VALUE" is the sum of the value of each Interest Sub-Account on
any particular day.
An "INTEREST SUB-ACCOUNT" is established when purchase payments are invested or
amounts are transferred to the Interest Account. The value of each Interest
Sub-Account is equal to the amount invested, increased by interest and reduced
by any withdrawals or transfers from, or charges assessed against the Interest
Sub-Account.
"MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT" is a positive or negative adjustment that may apply to
withdrawals or transfers, whether in whole or in part, and amounts applied to an
income plan, from an Interest Sub-Account before the end of a Guarantee Period.
"NET ASSET VALUE" is the price of one share of an investment portfolio.
"SATISFACTORY NOTICE" is a notice or request authorized by you, in a form
satisfactory to us, received at our Customer Service Center.
"SUB-ACCOUNT" includes both Variable Sub-Accounts and Interest Sub-Accounts,
unless the context indicates otherwise.
"SURRENDER VALUE" is the amount you receive upon surrender of this Contract
before the Income Date. It is your Account Value, plus or minus any applicable
Market Value Adjustment, and less any applicable surrender charges or other
charges shown in the Schedule.
"VALUATION DATE" is the date at the end of a Valuation Period when each Variable
Sub-Account is valued.
"VALUATION PERIOD" is the period between one calculation of an Accumulation Unit
value and the next calculation. Normally, we calculate Accumulation Units daily
when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading and we are open for
business. We can delay this calculation if an emergency exists, making disposal
or fair valuation of assets in the Variable Account not reasonably practicable,
or the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) permits the delay. We may change
when we calculate the Accumulation Unit value by giving you 30 days notice, or
such notice as may be required by law.
"VARIABLE ACCOUNT" is a separate investment account of ours into which purchase
payments may be invested or Account Value may be transferred. The Variable
Account is shown in the Schedule.
"VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUE" is the sum of the value of each Variable Sub-Account on
a Valuation Date.
"VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT" is a division of the Variable Account that invests in
shares of a particular investment portfolio. The value of a Variable Sub-Account
is determined by multiplying (a) times (b) where:
(a) equals the number of Accumulation Units held in the Variable
Sub-Account; and
(b) equals the value of the Accumulation Unit for the Variable
Sub-Account.
"WE", "US" OR "OUR" is Sage Life Assurance of America, Inc.
"YOU" OR "YOUR" is the Owner of this Contract. Your name appears in the
Schedule. You are entitled to exercise all rights under this Contract. However,
if you designate an irrevocable beneficiary, you may need that beneficiary's
consent before you exercise your rights under this Contract. The death of any
Owner before the Income Date initiates payment of the death benefit.
Page 4
<PAGE> 5
MAKING PURCHASE PAYMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT - You must make the initial purchase payment in order
to put this Contract in force. The amount of your initial purchase payment is
shown in the Schedule.
ADDITIONAL PURCHASE PAYMENTS - After the initial purchase payment, additional
purchase payments may be made at any time while this Contract is in force and
before the Income Date. The amount of any additional purchase payments may vary
but are subject to limits described in the Schedule.
ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS AMONG THE VARIABLE AND INTEREST ACCOUNTS -
Subject to limits described in the Schedule, you tell us how to allocate your
purchase payment, less any applicable taxes, by notifying us of your choices.
You specified how to allocate your initial purchase payment in your application
for this Contract. Initial purchase payments allocated to the Interest Account
will be invested in Interest Sub-Accounts with the Guarantee Periods that you
specified in your application. We may, however, require that an initial purchase
payment allocated to a Variable Sub-Account be invested in the Designated
Sub-Account shown in the Schedule during the Free Look Period. At the end of the
Free Look Period, if your initial purchase payment was allocated to the
Designated Sub-Account by us, we will transfer the value of the Designated
Sub-Account to the Sub-Account(s) you specified in your application. For the
purpose of processing transfers from the Designated Sub-Account, the Free Look
Period will end 15 days after this Contract Date.
Subject to our rules, you may tell us how to allocate any additional purchase
payments. If you do not tell us, they will be allocated in the same manner as
your most recent purchase payment.
CANCELLATION OF CONTRACT - If you have not made a purchase payment for more than
2 years and your Account Value is less than $2,000 on a Contract Anniversary, we
may cancel this Contract and pay you the Surrender Value as though you had made
a full withdrawal. We will send you written notice at your address of record.
You will be allowed 61 days from the date we mail you the notice to submit an
additional purchase payment to us in an amount not less than the difference
between $2,000 and the Account Value on the last Contract Anniversary. The
additional purchase payment is subject to the limits and minimums shown in the
Schedule.
VARIABLE ACCOUNT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VARIABLE ACCOUNT - A variable account is an investment account we maintain
separate from our General Account and any other separate investment accounts we
may have. We own the assets in a variable account. A variable account will not
be charged with liabilities that arise from any other business that we conduct.
We may transfer to our General Account assets that exceed the reserves and other
liabilities of a variable account.
A variable account may invest in mutual funds, unit investment trusts and other
investment portfolios. Such a variable account is treated as a unit investment
trust under Federal securities laws and is registered with the SEC under the
Investment Company Act of 1940.
We may offer certain series or variable accounts that may not be registered with
the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933. Any such series or variable account,
if offered, will be described in the applicable offering document.
The Variable Account for this Contract is shown in the Schedule. The laws of our
state of domicile govern this Variable Account.
Page 5
<PAGE> 6
VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS - A unit investment trust variable account includes
variable sub-accounts, each investing in a designated investment portfolio. The
sub-accounts and the investment portfolios in which they invest are specified in
the prospectus or offering document. Income, gains or losses, realized and
unrealized from assets in each variable sub-account are credited to or charged
against that variable sub-account without regard to other income, gains or
losses in the other sub-accounts or our other income, gains or losses.
CHANGES WITHIN THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT - We may, from time to time, make additional
Variable Sub-Accounts available to you. These Sub-Accounts will invest in
investment portfolios we find suitable for this Contract. We also have the right
to eliminate Sub-Accounts, to combine two or more Sub-Accounts or to substitute
a new investment portfolio for the portfolio in which a Sub-Account invests.
Such an action may become necessary if, in our judgment, a portfolio or
Sub-Account no longer suits the purposes of this Contract. This may happen due
to a change in laws or regulations, or a change in a portfolio's or
Sub-Account's investment objectives or restrictions, or because the portfolio or
Sub-Account is no longer available for investment, or for some other reason. We
will get prior approval from the insurance department of our state of domicile
before taking such action. If required, this approval process will be on file
with the insurance department of the jurisdiction in which this Contract is
delivered. We will also get any required approval from the SEC and any other
required approvals before taking such an action.
Subject to any required regulatory approvals, we reserve the right to transfer
assets of the Variable Sub-Accounts that we determine to be associated with the
class of contracts to which this Contract belongs, to another variable account
or variable sub-account.
When permitted by law, we reserve the right to:
1. Deregister the Variable Account under the Investment Company Act
of 1940;
2. Operate the Variable Account as a management company under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, if it is operating as a unit
investment trust;
3. Operate the Variable Account as a unit investment trust under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, if it is operating as a Managed
Separate Account;
4. Restrict or eliminate any voting rights of Owners, or other
persons who have voting rights as to the Variable Account;
5. Combine the Variable Account with other separate investment
accounts; and
6. Combine a Variable Sub-Account with another Variable Sub-Account.
If any actions we take result in a material change in the underlying investments
of a Variable Sub-Account in which you are invested, we will notify you of the
change. You may then choose a new Sub-Account.
ACCUMULATION UNITS - We keep track of the value of each of your Variable
Sub-Accounts by crediting you with Accumulation Units for each Sub-Account. The
number of Accumulation Units credited to you for each Sub-Account is determined
by dividing (a) by (b) where:
(a) is the dollar amount allocated to that Sub-Account; and
(b) is the value of the Accumulation Unit for that Sub-Account for
the Valuation Date on which the purchase payment or transferred
amount is invested in that Sub-Account.
Accumulation Units will be adjusted for any transfers and will be canceled on
payment of a death benefit, a withdrawal, a surrender, the application of
Account Value to an income plan on the Income Date, or assessment of charges
shown in the Schedule (other than the variable sub-account charges) based on
their value for the Valuation Period in which the transaction occurs.
Page 6
<PAGE> 7
VALUE OF ACCUMULATION UNITS - The Accumulation Unit value for any Valuation
Period is determined by multiplying (a) by (b) where:
(a) is the Accumulation Unit value for the immediately preceding
Valuation Period; and
(b) is the "net investment factor" for the Variable Sub-Account for
the Valuation Period for which the value is being determined.
The value of an Accumulation Unit may increase, decrease or remain the same from
one Valuation Period to the next.
NET INVESTMENT FACTOR - The net investment factor for a Variable Sub-Account is
an index that measures the investment performance of that Sub-Account from one
Valuation Period to the next. The net investment factor for any Valuation Period
is determined by dividing (a) by (b), and then subtracting (c) where:
(a) is the net result of:
(i) the Net Asset Value per share of the investment
portfolio share in which the Sub-Account invests
determined at the end of the current Valuation Period;
plus
(ii) the per share amount of any dividend or capital gains
distribution made by that investment portfolio on shares
held in the Sub-Account if the "ex-dividend" date occurs
during the current Valuation Period; and plus or minus
(iii) a per share charge or credit for any taxes reserved for,
which is determined by us to have resulted from the
operations of that Sub-Account;
(b) is the Net Asset Value per share of the investment portfolio
share in which the Sub-Account invests determined at the end
of the immediately preceding Valuation Period; and
(c) is the daily variable sub-account charges shown in the
Schedule (adjusted for the number of days in the Valuation
Period).
The net investment factor may be more or less than, or equal to, one.
INTEREST ACCOUNT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTEREST ACCOUNT - The Interest Account is a separate investment account under
state insurance law. It is maintained separate from our General Account and
separate from any other separate investment account that we may have. We own the
assets in the Interest Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our obligations
under (and the values and benefits under) the Interest Account option of this
Contract do not vary as a function of the investment performance of the Interest
Account. Owners and Beneficiaries with rights under this Contract do not
participate in the investment gains or losses of the assets of the Interest
Account. Such gains or losses accrue solely to us. We retain the risk that the
value of the assets in the Interest Account may fall below the reserves and
other liabilities that we must maintain in connection with our obligations under
the Interest Account option of this Contract. In such event, we will transfer
assets from our General Account to the Interest Account to make up the
difference. The Interest Account will not be charged with liabilities that arise
from any other business that we conduct. We may transfer to our General Account
assets that exceed the reserves and other liabilities of the Interest Account.
The Interest Account is not required to be registered with the SEC as an
investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
INTEREST SUB-ACCOUNT - We will establish a separate Interest Sub-Account for you
each time you allocate amounts to the Interest Account. Amounts invested in
these Interest Sub-Accounts earn interest at the Guaranteed Interest Rate in
effect on the date the amounts are allocated.
Page 7
<PAGE> 8
GUARANTEE PERIODS - Each Interest Sub-Account is guaranteed an interest rate for
a period we refer to as a Guarantee Period. The Guaranteed Interest Rate for an
Interest Sub-Account is effective for the entire Guarantee Period. The length of
a Guarantee Period is measured from the end of the calendar month in which the
amount is allocated to the Interest Sub-Account. The last day of the Guarantee
Period is its Expiry Date. Withdrawals or transfers from all or part of an
Interest Sub-Account, and amounts applied to an income plan, made prior to the
Expiry Date of a Guarantee Period may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
We will notify you at least thirty days prior to an Expiry Date of your options
for renewal, which include:
1. electing a new Guarantee Period from among those then offered by
us, but excluding any that extend beyond your Income Date; or
2. transferring the value of the Interest Sub-Account to one or more
Variable Sub-Accounts.
If we do not receive Satisfactory Notice prior to the Expiry Date, we will
transfer the value of the expiring Interest Sub-Account to the Designated
Sub-Account shown in the Schedule.
GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES - Periodically, we will declare Guaranteed Interest
Rates for then available Guarantee Periods. These rates will be guaranteed for
the duration of the respective Guarantee Periods. Guaranteed Interest Rates will
never be less than the Minimum Guaranteed Interest Rate shown in the Schedule.
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT - A Market Value Adjustment may be applied to
withdrawals, transfers or amounts applied to an income plan when taken from an
Interest Sub-Account prior to its Expiry Date. A Market Value Adjustment is
applied separately to each Interest Sub-Account.
A Market Value Adjustment is determined by multiplying the amount withdrawn,
transferred or applied to an income plan by the following factor:
N/365
[(1+I)/(1+J+.0025)] -- 1
Where:
- I is the Index Rate for a maturity equal to the Interest Sub-Account's
Guarantee Period;
- J is the Index Rate for a maturity equal to the time remaining
(rounded up to the next full year) in the Interest Sub-Account's
Guarantee Period; and
- N is the remaining number of days in the Guarantee Period at the time
of calculation.
If there is no Index Rate for the maturity needed to calculate I or J, straight
line interpolation between the Index Rate of the next highest and next lowest
maturities will be used to determine that Index Rate. If the maturity is one
year or less, we will use the Index Rate for a one-year maturity.
Market Value Adjustments will be applied as follows:
1. The Market Value Adjustment will be applied to the amount
withdrawn, transferred or applied to an income plan before
deduction of any applicable surrender charge.
2. For a partial withdrawal or partial transfer, the Market Value
Adjustment will be calculated on the total amount that must be
withdrawn or transferred in order to provide the amount
requested.
3. If the Market Value Adjustment is negative, it is deducted
from any remaining value in the Interest Sub-Account. Any
remaining Market Value Adjustment is deducted from the amount
Page 8
<PAGE> 9
withdrawn, transferred or applied to an income plan.
4. If the Market Value Adjustment is positive, it is added to any
remaining value in the Interest Sub-Account. In the case of
surrender or full transfer, or if the full amount of the
Interest Sub-Account is applied to an income plan, the Market
Value Adjustment is added to the amount withdrawn, transferred
or applied to an income plan.
TRANSFERS AMONG ACCOUNTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prior to the Income Date and while the Annuitant is living, you may transfer
Account Value among Sub-Accounts. Certain restrictions may apply during the Free
Look Period. To make a transfer, you must give us Satisfactory Notice. Transfers
generally take effect when we receive the notice. The number of free transfers
that we allow each Contract Year is shown in the Charges section of the
Schedule. Restrictions for transfers are shown in the Schedule. A transfer from
an Interest Sub-Account may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
WITHDRAWING ALL OR PART OF YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prior to the Income Date and while the Annuitant is living, you may withdraw all
or part of your Account Value by giving us Satisfactory Notice. The minimum
withdrawal is shown in the Schedule.
If you request a withdrawal of all of your Account Value, we will terminate this
Contract and pay you the Surrender Value. This amount may also be applied to the
income plans subject to any restrictions described in this Contract. Unless
specified otherwise, we will make partial withdrawals as described in the
Schedule. Withdrawals generally take effect on the date we receive Satisfactory
Notice.
If you make a withdrawal from this Contract in excess of the Free Withdrawal
Amount described in the Schedule, a surrender charge may be assessed. Surrender
charges are described in the Schedule. A withdrawal from the Interest Account
may also be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
EXCESS WITHDRAWALS - If a withdrawal is made for an amount greater than the Free
Withdrawal Amount, a surrender charge may be applicable. For purposes of
calculating the surrender charge only, purchase payments will be liquidated in
whole or in part on a "first-in-first-out-basis." This means we liquidate
purchase payments in the order they were made: the oldest unliquidated purchase
payment first, the next oldest unliquidated purchase payment second, etc., until
all purchase payments have been liquidated.
The surrender charge as to any liquidated purchase payment is determined by
multiplying the amount of the purchase payment being liquidated by the
applicable percentage shown in the Schedule. The total surrender charge will be
the sum of the surrender charges for each purchase payment being liquidated.
In a partial withdrawal, the surrender charge is deducted from the Account Value
remaining after you are paid the amount requested. The amount requested from a
Sub-Account may not exceed the value of that Sub-Account less any applicable
surrender charge. In a complete withdrawal (or surrender of this Contract), it
is deducted from the amount otherwise payable.
CHARGES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The types and amounts of charges and when and how they are deducted are
described in the Schedule.
Page 9
<PAGE> 10
OWNER, ANNUITANT AND BENEFICIARY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE OWNER - You are the Owner of this Contract. You have the rights and options
described in this Contract, including but not limited to the right to receive
the income payments beginning on the Income Date. One or more people may own
this Contract.
THE ANNUITANT - Unless another Annuitant is shown in the Schedule, you are also
the Annuitant. You may name a Contingent Annuitant. You will be the Contingent
Annuitant unless you name someone else. If there are joint Owners, we will treat
the youngest Owner as the Contingent Annuitant, unless you elect otherwise.
If you are not the Annuitant and the Annuitant dies before the Income Date, the
Contingent Annuitant becomes the Annuitant. If the Annuitant dies and no
Contingent Annuitant has been named, we will allow you sixty days to designate
someone other than yourself as Annuitant.
THE BENEFICIARY - We pay the death benefit to the primary Beneficiary (unless
there are joint Owners in which case proceeds are payable to the surviving
Owner). If the primary Beneficiary dies before the Owner, the death benefit is
paid to the Contingent Beneficiary, if any. If there is no surviving
Beneficiary, we pay the death benefit to the Owner's estate.
One or more persons may be named as primary Beneficiary or Contingent
Beneficiary. We will assume any death benefit is to be paid in equal shares to
the multiple surviving Beneficiaries unless you specify otherwise.
You have the right to change Beneficiaries. However, if you designate the
primary Beneficiary as irrevocable, you may need the consent of that irrevocable
Beneficiary to exercise the rights and options under this Contract.
CHANGE OF OWNER, BENEFICIARY OR ANNUITANT - During your lifetime and while this
Contract is in force you can transfer ownership of this Contract or change the
Beneficiary, or change the Annuitant. (However, the Annuitant cannot be changed
after the Income Date.) To make any of these changes, you must send us
Satisfactory Notice. If accepted, any change in Owner, Beneficiary or Annuitant
will take effect on the date you signed the notice. Any of these changes will
not affect any payment made or action taken by us before our acceptance. A
CHANGE OF OWNER MAY BE A TAXABLE EVENT and may also affect the amount of death
benefit payable under this Contract.
DEATH BENEFITS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEATH BENEFIT BEFORE THE INCOME DATE - If any Owner dies before the Income Date,
we will pay the Beneficiary the greatest of the following:
(a) the Account Value determined as of the day we receive proof
of death; or
(b) 100% of the sum of all purchase payments made to this
Contract, reduced by any prior withdrawals (including any
associated surrender charge and Market Value Adjustment
incurred); or
(c) the Highest Anniversary Value.
HIGHEST ANNIVERSARY VALUE - The Highest Anniversary Value is equal to the
greatest anniversary value attained from the following:
Upon our receipt of proof of death, we will calculate an anniversary
value for each Contract Anniversary before the Owner's death
excluding, however, Contract Anniversaries that come after the Owner
attains age 80. An anniversary value is equal to the Account Value
on this Contract
Page 10
<PAGE> 11
Anniversary, increased by the dollar amount of any purchase payments
made since that Contract Anniversary and reduced for any withdrawals
(including any associated surrender charge and Market Value
Adjustment incurred) taken since that anniversary. This reduction
will be made in proportion to the reduction in the Account Value
that results from a withdrawal.
MULTIPLE OWNERS - If there are multiple Owners, the age of the oldest Owner will
be used to determine the death benefit.
DEATH BENEFIT WHEN NO NATURAL OWNERS - If there is no Owner who is a natural
person, we will treat the Annuitant as Owner for the purpose of paying the death
benefit, and the Annuitant's age will determine the death benefit payable to the
Beneficiary.
REQUIRED DISTRIBUTION OF PROCEEDS ON THE DEATH OF THE OWNER - The three
sub-sections indented below are required to qualify this Contract as an annuity
contract under Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Where the terms of these three sub-sections are in conflict with any other
sections or sub-sections of this Contract, these three sub-sections will
control. We reserve the right to amend or administer this Contract as necessary
to comply with the applicable tax requirements. These three sub-sections and
this Contract should be construed so that they comply with the applicable tax
requirements.
DEATH BENEFIT OPTIONS BEFORE INCOME DATE - In the event any Owner
dies before the Income Date, the death benefit may be taken in one
sum, in which case this Contract will terminate. Such sum shall be
paid within five years of the Owner's death unless one of the
options for continuation of this Contract below is elected by the
person entitled to make that election.
CONTRACT CONTINUATION OPTION - If the death benefit is not taken in
one sum immediately, this Contract will continue subject to the
following provisions:
1. If there are joint Owners, the surviving Owner becomes the
new Owner. Otherwise, the Beneficiary becomes the new Owner.
2. Unless specified otherwise, any excess of the death benefit
over the Account Value will be allocated to and among the
Variable and Interest Accounts in proportion to their values
as of the date on which the death benefit is determined. We
will establish a new Interest Sub-Account for any allocation
to the Interest Account based on the Guarantee Period you
then elect.
3. No additional purchase payments may be applied to this
Contract.
4. If the new Owner is not the deceased Owner's spouse, the
entire interest in this Contract must be distributed under
one of the following options:
a. The entire interest in this Contract must be
distributed over the life of the new Owner, or over a
period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the
new Owner, with distributions beginning within one year
of the Owner's death; or
b. The entire interest in this Contract must be
distributed within 5 years of the Owner's death.
5. If the new Owner is the deceased Owner's spouse, this
Contract will continue with the surviving spouse as the new
Owner. The surviving spouse may name a new Beneficiary. If
no Beneficiary is so named, the surviving spouse's estate
will be the Beneficiary. Upon the death of the surviving
spouse, the death benefit will equal the Account Value as of
the date we receive proof of the spouse's death, and the
entire interest in this Contract must be distributed to the
new Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of 4 (a)
or 4 (b) above.
If there is more than one Beneficiary, the foregoing provisions
will independently apply to each Beneficiary.
Page 11
<PAGE> 12
DEATH BENEFIT ON OR AFTER THE INCOME DATE - If any Owner dies on or
after the Income Date but before the time the entire interest in
this Contract has been distributed, the remaining portion will be
distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution
being used as of the date of the Owner's death.
If income payments have been selected based on an income plan
providing for payments for a guaranteed period, and the Annuitant
dies on or after the Income Date, we will make the remaining
guaranteed payments to the Beneficiary. Any remaining payments will
be made as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as
of the date of the Annuitant's death. If no Beneficiary is living,
we will commute any unpaid guaranteed payments to a single sum (on
the basis of the interest rate used in determining the payments) and
pay that single sum to the estate of the last to die of the
Annuitant or the Beneficiary.
PROOF OF DEATH - Proof of death must be received at our Customer Service Center
before we will pay any death benefit. We will accept one of the following items:
1. An original certified copy of an official death Contract; or
2. An original certified copy of a decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction as to the finding of death; or
3. Any other proof satisfactory to us.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ENTIRE CONTRACT - This Contract including any attached riders, endorsements,
amendments and the application constitutes the entire contract between you and
us. All statements made by you, or any Owner, or any Annuitant will be deemed
representations and not warranties.
ASSIGNMENT - You may assign this Contract at any time prior to the Income Date.
No assignment will be binding on us unless we receive Satisfactory Notice. We
will not be liable for any payments made or actions we take before the
assignment is accepted by us. An absolute assignment will revoke the interest of
any revocable Beneficiary. We will not be responsible for the validity of any
assignment. AN ASSIGNMENT MAY BE A TAXABLE EVENT.
CLAIMS OF CREDITORS - To the extent permitted by law, no benefits payable under
this Contract will be subject to the claims of your, the Beneficiary's, or the
Annuitant's creditors.
MISSTATEMENT AND PROOF OF AGE, SEX OR SURVIVAL - We may require proof of age,
sex or survival of any person upon whose age, sex or survival any payments
depend. If the age or sex of the Annuitant has been misstated, or if the age of
the Owner has been misstated, the benefits will be those that the Account Value
applied would have provided for the correct age and sex. If we have made
incorrect income payments, the amount of any underpayment will be paid
immediately. The amount of any overpayment will be deducted from future income
payments.
NO DIVIDENDS PAYABLE - This Contract is non-participating and does not share in
any distribution of our surplus. We will not pay any dividends.
INCONTESTABILITY - This Contract is incontestable from its Contract Date.
REQUIRED REPORTS - We will furnish a report to you as often as required by law,
but at least once each Contract Year before the Income Date. The report will
show the number of Accumulation Units credited to each Variable Sub-Account in
which you are invested and the corresponding Accumulation Unit value as of the
date of the report. It will also show your Interest Account Value.
Page 12
<PAGE> 13
MORTALITY AND EXPENSES - Our actual mortality and expense experience will not
affect the amount of any income payments or any other values under this
Contract.
TAXES BASED UPON PURCHASE PAYMENT OR VALUE - If there is a law or change in law
assessing taxes against us based upon purchase payments or value of this
Contract, we reserve the right to charge you and all similarly situated Owners
proportionately for that tax. This would include a tax based upon our realized
net capital gains in the Variable Sub-Accounts and on earnings in the Interest
Account, on which we are not currently taxed.
PAYMENTS WE MAY DEFER - We may not be able to determine the value of the assets
of the Variable Sub-Accounts because:
1. The New York Stock Exchange is closed for trading;
2. The SEC determines that a state of emergency exists;
3. An order or pronouncement of the SEC permits a delay for the
protection of Owners; or
4. The check used to pay the purchase payment has not cleared
through the banking system. This may take up to 15 days.
If this happens, we may delay:
1. Determination and payment of the Surrender Value;
2. Determination and payment of any death benefit if death
occurs before the Income Date;
3. Transfers of the Account Value; or
4. Application of the Account Value under an income plan.
We reserve the right to delay payment of amounts from the Interest Account for
up to six months. If deferred 30 days or more, the amount deferred will earn
interest at a rate not less than the Minimum Deferral Interest Rate shown in the
Interest Account section of the Schedule.
AUTHORITY TO MAKE AGREEMENTS - All agreements made by us must be signed by one
of our officers. No other person, including an insurance agent or broker, can
change the terms of this Contract or make any agreement binding on us.
REQUIRED NOTE ON OUR COMPUTATIONS - We have filed a detailed statement of our
computations with the insurance supervisory officials in the appropriate
jurisdictions. The values are not less than those required by the laws of those
states or jurisdictions. Any benefit provided by an attached rider will not
increase these values unless otherwise stated in that rider.
ANNUITY INCOME BENEFITS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHOOSING AN INCOME DATE AND INCOME PLAN - On the Income Date, if the Annuitant
is alive and this Contract is in force, income payments will begin under the
income plan you have chosen. If you have not chosen an income plan, the option
shown in the Schedule will automatically apply. If you have not selected an
Income Date, the Maximum Income Date shown in the Schedule will automatically
apply.
You may choose or change an income plan or the Income Date by giving us
Satisfactory Notice at least 30 days before the Income Date. However, any Income
Date must meet the restrictions described in the Schedule.
Once income payments have begun, we reserve the right to disallow further
changes without our prior approval.
Page 13
<PAGE> 14
MINIMUM AMOUNTS - If the amount available to apply under any variable or fixed
option is less than the minimum amount shown in the Schedule, we reserve the
right to pay such amount in a lump sum in lieu of the payment otherwise provided
for.
Income payments will be made monthly unless quarterly, semi-annual or annual
payments are chosen by giving us Satisfactory Notice at least 30 days before the
Income Date. However, if at any time the payment becomes less than the minimum
income payment shown in the Schedule, we reserve the right to reduce the
frequency of payment to an interval that results in each payment being at least
equal to the minimum income payment. In no event will the interval be less
frequent than annual.
ALLOCATION OF ANNUITY - At the time you elect the income plan, you may also
elect to have the Account Value applied to provide a Variable Income Annuity, a
Fixed Income Annuity, or a combination of both. Unless you specify otherwise, we
will provide either variable or fixed, or a combination of variable and fixed
income payments in proportion to the Sub-Accounts in which you are invested as
of a date not more than 5 Valuation Days before the due date of the first income
payment. If any applicable purchase payment taxes are then due us, we will also
deduct them proportionately.
VARIABLE INCOME ANNUITY
AMOUNT OF FIRST VARIABLE PAYMENT - The Income Tables shown in the Schedule are
used to determine the first monthly variable income payment for an assumed
investment rate of 3%. The Income Tables show the dollar amount of the first
monthly variable income payment that can be purchased with each $1,000 applied.
The assumed investment rates we currently allow are shown on the Schedule.
VALUE OF INCOME UNITS - The Income Unit value for any Valuation Period is
determined by multiplying (a) by (b), and then dividing by (c) where:
(a) is the Income Unit value for the immediately preceding Valuation
Period;
(b) is the "net investment factor" for the Variable Sub-Account for the
Valuation Period for which the value is being determined; and
(c) is the daily equivalent of the assumed investment rate for the number
of days in the Valuation Period.
The value of an Income Unit may increase, decrease or remain the same from one
Valuation Period to the next.
NUMBER OF INCOME UNITS - We determine the number of Income Units in each
Variable Sub-Account by dividing the first monthly variable income payment
attributable to that Sub-Account by its Income Unit value as of a date not more
than 5 Valuation Days before the due date of the first variable income payment.
AMOUNT OF SECOND AND SUBSEQUENT VARIABLE PAYMENTS - The dollar amount of the
second and subsequent variable income payments may change with the investment
performance of the Variable Sub-Accounts. The total amount of each variable
income payment will be equal to the sum of the variable income payments in each
Variable Sub-Account. The dollar amount of each payment for a Variable
Sub-Account is determined by multiplying the number of Income Units by the
Income Unit value for the Variable Sub-Account for the Valuation Period which
ends on a consistently applied date not more than 5 Valuation Days before the
payment is due.
We guarantee that the dollar amount of each payment after the first will not be
affected by variations in our expenses or mortality experience.
Page 14
<PAGE> 15
EXCHANGE OF INCOME UNITS - After the Income Date, if there is an exchange of
value of a designated number of Income Units of particular Variable Sub-Accounts
into other Income Units, the value will be such that the dollar amount of income
payment made on the date of exchange would be unaffected by the exchange.
FIXED INCOME ANNUITY
A Fixed Income Annuity is an annuity with income payments that remain fixed as
to dollar amount throughout the payment period. The Income Tables shown in the
Schedule are used to determine the monthly fixed income payment. The Income
Tables show the dollar amount of the monthly fixed income payment that can be
purchased with each $1,000 applied.
INCOME PLANS
The following is a list of income plans we guarantee to make available.
INCOME PLAN 1. LIFE ANNUITY - An annuity payable during the lifetime of the
Annuitant and terminating with the last payment preceding the death of the
Annuitant.
INCOME PLAN 2. LIFE ANNUITY WITH 10 OR 20 YEARS CERTAIN - An annuity payable
during the lifetime of the Annuitant with the provision that payments will be
made for a minimum of 10 or 20 years, as elected.
INCOME PLAN 3. JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR ANNUITY - An annuity payable during the
joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a designated second person, and thereafter
during the remaining lifetime of the survivor, ceasing with the last payment
prior to the death of the survivor.
INCOME PLAN 4. PAYMENTS FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD CERTAIN - An amount payable for
the number of years selected which may be from 5 to 30 years.
INCOME PLAN 5. ANNUITY PLAN - An amount can be used to purchase any single
premium annuity we offer on the Income Date for which you and the Annuitant are
eligible.
Page 15
<PAGE> 16
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Page 16
<PAGE> 17
SCHEDULE
Contract No.: 123456789
Owner: JOHN DOE
Issue Age/Sex: 35/MALE Contract Date: 1/1/1998
Annuitant: JOHN DOE
Issue Age/Sex: 35/MALE Income Date: 1/1/2038
Initial Purchase
Payment: $[10,000] :
This Schedule sets forth additional information that relates to the provisions
in this Contract with the corresponding headings.
MAKING PURCHASE PAYMENTS
The Designated Sub-Account is the [Money Market Sub-Account].
No purchase payment, whether initial or additional, may be allocated such that
any Sub-Account would have a value less than $250.
Additional purchase payments are subject to the following limits:
1. [Non-qualified plan: Additional purchase payments may be made until
the earlier of the year in which you attain age 85 or the year in
which the Annuitant attains age 85.]
2. [Qualified plan: Additional purchase payments may be made until the
year in which you attain age 70 1/2, except rollover contributions may
be made until the year in which you attain age 85.]
3. The minimum additional purchase payment we will accept is $250.
4. Our prior approval is required before you make a purchase payment that
causes the Account Value of all annuities that you maintain with us to
exceed $1,000,000.
VARIABLE ACCOUNT
The Variable Account for this Contract is [The Sage Variable Annuity Account A].
[It is a unit investment trust variable account.]
INTEREST ACCOUNT
The Interest Account for this Contract is [The Sage Fixed Interest Account A.]
The Minimum Guaranteed Interest Rate is 3%.
The Minimum Deferral Interest Rate is 3%.
The Designated Sub-Account is the [Money Market Sub-Account]. It is not part of
the Interest Account.
Index Rate: The Index Rate is the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity Series as
reported in Federal Reserve Bulletin Release H.15. We currently base the Index
Rate for a calendar week on the reported rate for the preceding calendar week.
We reserve the right to set it less frequently but in no event less often than
monthly.
Page 17
<PAGE> 18
TRANSFERS AMONG ACCOUNTS
The minimum amount that can be transferred is $250. However, if less remains in
a Sub-Account, that amount may be transferred. If a transfer request would
reduce the Account Value remaining in a Sub-Account below $250, we will treat
the transfer request as a request to transfer the entire amount.
Your transfer request must clearly state the Sub-Accounts from which and to
which transfers are to be made.
We reserve the right to limit, upon notice, the maximum number of transfers you
may make to one per calendar month or 12 per Contract Year.
After the Income Date, we reserve the right to:
1. disallow transfers from the Interest Account to the Variable Account,
or from the Variable Account to the Interest Account; and
2. limit the maximum number of transfers between Variable Sub-Accounts to
1 per Contract Year.
WITHDRAWING ALL OR PART OF YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE
The Free Withdrawal Amount is the greater of (a) and (b) where:
(a) is the excess of 10% of the total purchase payments over 100% of all
prior withdrawals in that Contract Year; and
(b) is the excess of the Account Value on the date of withdrawal over the
unliquidated purchase payments.
The minimum amount that can be withdrawn is $250. If a withdrawal request would
reduce the Account Value remaining in a Sub-Account below $250, we will treat
the withdrawal request as a request to withdraw the entire amount.
If a requested withdrawal would reduce the Account Value below $2,000, we
reserve the right to treat the request as a withdrawal of only the excess over
$2,000.
Unless you specify otherwise, we will make withdrawals proportionately from all
Sub-Accounts in which you are invested.
Page 18
<PAGE> 19
CHARGES
SURRENDER CHARGE - A surrender charge may be imposed upon surrender of this
Contract or when an Excess Withdrawal is made. A Market Value Adjustment, if
any, is applied before calculating the surrender charge. The surrender charge is
applied to each purchase payment and is a percentage of each purchase payment as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Maximum
Certificate Surrender Charge
Year Percentage
---- ----------
<S> <C>
1 7%
2 7%
3 6%
4 5%
5 4%
6 3%
7 1%
8+ 0%
</TABLE>
TRANSFER CHARGE - We reserve the right to charge a maximum of $25 for each
transfer after the 12th in a Contract Year. Each request is considered to be one
transfer regardless of the number of Sub-Accounts affected by the transfer. The
transfer charge will be deducted proportionately from all Sub-Accounts from
which the transfer is made.
ADMINISTRATION CHARGE - $40 a year. This charge is incurred at the beginning of
each Contract Year and deducted on each Contract Anniversary or upon surrender.
The charge will be waived:
1. if the Account Value is at least $50,000 at the time of deduction; or
2. beginning on and after the 8th Contract Anniversary.
PURCHASE PAYMENT TAX CHARGE - The amount of any state and local taxes levied by
any governmental entity on purchase payments may be deducted from the Account
Value when such taxes are incurred. We reserve the right to defer the collection
of this charge and deduct it against your Account Value on the surrender of this
Contract, or Excess Withdrawal, or application of the Account Value to provide
income payments.
ASSET-BASED CHARGES - We deduct asset-based charges to compensate us for
assuming mortality and expense risks, and certain administrative expenses. Prior
to the Income Date asset-based charges are calculated as a percentage of the
Variable Account Value on the date of deduction. On this Contract Date, and
monthly thereafter, the asset-based charges are deducted in proportion to the
Variable Sub-Accounts in which you are invested. The maximum charges are:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Asset-Based Charges Annual Charge Monthly Charge
------------------- ------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
Contract Years 1-7 1.40% .116667%
Contract Years 8+ 1.25% .104167%
</TABLE>
We also deduct asset-based charges on the effective date of any transfer from
the Interest Account, or allocation of purchase payment to the Variable Account,
based on the amount transferred or allocated, and based on the number of days
remaining until the next date of deduction.
Page 19
<PAGE> 20
VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT CHARGES - On and after the Income Date we deduct the
asset-based charges above from the assets in each Variable Sub-Account on a
daily basis. The maximum charges are:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Variable Sub-Account Charges Annual Charge Daily Charge
---------------------------- ------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Contract Years 1-7 1.40% .0038626%
Contract Years 8+ 1.25% .0034462%
</TABLE>
CHARGE DEDUCTION RULES - Unless otherwise specified above, charges are deducted
from the Account Value proportionately from all Sub-Accounts in which you are
invested.
ANNUITY INCOME BENEFITS
If you have not chosen an income plan, Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain will
automatically apply.
The Maximum Income Date is the first day of the first calendar month following
the Annuitant's 95th birthday.
We reserve the right to require that the Income Date be at least 2 years after
this Contract Date.
The minimum amount that can be applied under any Variable or Fixed Income
Annuity is $5,000.
The minimum income payment is $100.
We currently allow assumed investment rates of 3% and 5%. If you do not specify
one of these rates when you choose an income plan, the assumed investment rate
will be 3%.
Values for other ages, and for other payment periods, joint life combinations,
or assumed investment rates that we offer (Tables below assume 3%) are available
on request. Monthly income payments are shown for each $1,000 applied.
Page 20
<PAGE> 21
INCOME TABLE FOR A FIXED PERIOD
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Monthly Monthly Monthly
Fixed Period Income Fixed Period Income Fixed Period Income
of Years Payment of Years Payment of Years Payment
-------- ------- -------- ------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
11 $8.88 21 $5.33
12 8.26 22 5.16
13 7.73 23 5.00
14 7.28 24 4.85
5 17.95 15 6.89 25 4.72
6 15.18 16 6.54 26 4.60
7 13.20 17 6.24 27 4.49
8 11.71 18 5.98 28 4.38
9 10.56 19 5.74 29 4.28
10 9.64 20 5.53 30 4.19
</TABLE>
INCOME TABLE FOR LIFE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Male/Female Male/Female Male/Female
Age Life Only 10 Years Certain 20 Years Certain
--- --------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
50 4.28 / 3.92 $4.24 / 3.90 $4.10 / 3.84
55 4.72 / 4.27 4.64 / 4.24 4.40 / 4.12
60 5.31 / 4.74 5.17 / 4.68 4.73 / 4.45
65 6.13 / 5.38 5.84 / 5.25 5.04 / 4.81
70 7.28 / 6.29 6.65 / 6.00 5.29 / 5.14
75 8.90 / 7.62 7.53 / 6.92 5.43 / 5.37
80 11.19 / 9.62 8.37 / 7.93 5.50 / 5.48
85 14.36 / 12.63 9.00 / 8.77 5.52 / 5.52
</TABLE>
RIDERS
Accidental Death Benefit Rider
The Maximum Accidental Death Benefit is $250,000.
Page 21
<PAGE> 22
[SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC. LOGO]
Member of Sage Insurance Group
FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT
Surrender Values while you are living and prior to the Income Date.
Income Payments begin on the Income Date
Nonparticipating
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 4(a)(iii)
[SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC. LOGO]
Member of Sage Insurance Group
A Stock Company
Home Office Customer Service Center
300 Atlantic Street [P. O. Box 1234
Stamford, CT 06901 Wethersfield CT 06109-1234
1-888-502-7243]
PLEASE READ THIS CONTRACT CAREFULLY. This group contract is a legal contract
between the Contractholder and Sage Life Assurance of America, Inc. The
Contractholder has the rights described in the Contract. The Owner and Annuitant
are named in each Certificate. We will make Income Payments beginning on the
Income Date shown in each Certificate if the Annuitant is living on that date.
RIGHT TO EXAMINE A CERTIFICATE:
EACH OWNER MAY RETURN HIS OR HER CERTIFICATE TO US OR THE AGENT WHO SOLD IT TO
THE OWNER WITHIN 10 DAYS AFTER RECEIPT OF IT (THE FREE LOOK PERIOD). WHEN WE
RECEIVE THE RETURNED CERTIFICATE, WE WILL PROMPTLY REFUND TO THE OWNER HIS OR
HER ACCOUNT VALUE PLUS ANY CHARGES SHOWN IN THE SCHEDULE THAT WE HAVE DEDUCTED
FROM SUCH ACCOUNT VALUE ON OR BEFORE THE DATE THE RETURNED CERTIFICATE WAS
RECEIVED BY US, OR IF GREATER AND REQUIRED BY THE LAW OF THE OWNER'S STATE, THE
INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT.
ALL PAYMENTS AND VALUES, WHEN BASED ON THE INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF THE VARIABLE
ACCOUNT, MAY INCREASE OR DECREASE, DEPENDING ON INVESTMENT RESULTS AND ARE NOT
GUARANTEED AS TO DOLLAR AMOUNT. ALL PAYMENTS AND VALUES BASED ON THE FIXED
ACCOUNT MAY BE SUBJECT TO A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT, THE OPERATION OF WHICH MAY
CAUSE SUCH PAYMENTS AND VALUES TO INCREASE OR DECREASE.
[SIG]
Chairman
GROUP FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED COMBINATION FIXED AND
VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT
Surrender Values while the Owner is living and prior to the Income Date.
Income Payments begin on the Income Date
Nonparticipating
DVA(MGC)-9712
<PAGE> 2
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<S> <C>
DEFINITIONS..................................................................................3
MAKING PURCHASE PAYMENTS.....................................................................5
VARIABLE ACCOUNT.............................................................................5
FIXED ACCOUNT................................................................................7
TRANSFERS AMONG ACCOUNTS.....................................................................9
WITHDRAWING ALL OR PART OF THE OWNER'S ACCOUNT VALUE.........................................9
CHARGES......................................................................................9
OWNER, ANNUITANT AND BENEFICIARY............................................................10
DEATH BENEFITS..............................................................................10
GENERAL PROVISIONS..........................................................................12
ANNUITY INCOME BENEFITS.....................................................................14
SCHEDULE....................................................................................17
</TABLE>
Page 2
<PAGE> 3
DEFINITIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"ACCOUNT VALUE" is the entire amount we hold under a Certificate for the Owner
before the Income Date. It is equal to the sum of the Variable Account Value and
the Fixed Account Value.
"ACCUMULATION UNIT" is the unit of measure we use before the Income Date to keep
track of the value of each Variable Sub-Account.
"ANNUITANT" is the natural person whose age determines the Maximum Income Date
and the amount and duration of income payments involving life contingencies. The
Annuitant may also be the person to whom any payment will be made starting on
the Income Date. The Annuitant's name appears in the Certificate Schedule.
"BENEFICIARY" is the person or persons to whom we pay a death benefit if any
Owner dies prior to the Income Date.
"CERTIFICATE DATE" is the date a Certificate is issued at our Customer Service
Center. The Certificate Date is shown in the Certificate Schedule. While a
Certificate is in force, every anniversary of the Certificate Date is a
CERTIFICATE ANNIVERSARY, and each and every consecutive twelve-month period
beginning on the Certificate Date and each Certificate Anniversary is a
CERTIFICATE YEAR.
"CONTINGENT ANNUITANT" is the natural person who becomes the Annuitant if the
Annuitant dies prior to the Income Date.
"CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY" is the person that becomes the Beneficiary if the named
Beneficiary dies prior to the Income Date.
"CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER" is where we provide service to the Owner. The mailing
address and telephone number of the Customer Service Center are shown on the
first page of a Certificate.
"EXCESS WITHDRAWAL" is a withdrawal of Account Value that exceeds the Free
Withdrawal Amount.
"EXPIRY DATE" is the last day in a Guarantee Period.
"FIXED ACCOUNT" is a separate investment account of ours into which purchase
payments may be invested or Account Value may be transferred.
"FIXED ACCOUNT VALUE" is the sum of the value of each Fixed Sub-Account on any
particular day.
A "FIXED SUB-ACCOUNT" is established when purchase payments are invested or
amounts are transferred to the Fixed Account. The value of each Fixed
Sub-Account is equal to the amount invested, increased by interest and reduced
by any withdrawals or transfers from, or charges assessed against the Fixed
Sub-Account.
"FREE WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT" is the maximum amount that can be withdrawn in a
Certificate Year without being subject to a surrender charge. This amount is
described in the Schedule.
"GENERAL ACCOUNT" consists of all our assets other than those held in any
separate investment accounts.
"GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE" is the effective annual interest rate we will credit
for a specified Guarantee Period. The Guaranteed Interest Rate will never be
less than the minimum shown in the Schedule.
"GUARANTEE PERIOD" is a period of years for which a specified effective annual
interest rate is guaranteed by us. Interest is credited daily at a rate to yield
the declared annual Guaranteed Interest Rate.
Page 3
<PAGE> 4
"HOME OFFICE" is our main office. The mailing address is shown on the first page
of a Certificate.
"INCOME DATE" is the date when income payments under a Certificate commence.
This date is shown in the Certificate Schedule.
"INCOME UNIT" is the unit of measure we use to calculate the amount of income
payments under the Variable Income Annuity.
"MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT" is a positive or negative adjustment that may apply to
withdrawals or transfers, whether in whole or in part, and amounts applied to an
income plan, from a Fixed Sub-Account before the end of a Guarantee Period.
"NET ASSET VALUE" is the price of one share of an investment portfolio.
"OWNER" is the Owner of a Certificate. The Owner's name appears in the
Certificate Schedule. The Owner is entitled to exercise all rights under his or
her Certificate. However, if the Owner designates an irrevocable beneficiary,
the Owner may need that beneficiary's consent before he or she may exercise the
Owner's rights under a Certificate. The death of any Owner before the Income
Date initiates payment of the death benefit.
"SATISFACTORY NOTICE" is a notice or request authorized by the Owner, in a form
satisfactory to us, received at our Customer Service Center.
"SUB-ACCOUNT" includes both Variable Sub-Accounts and Fixed Sub-Accounts, unless
the context indicates otherwise.
"SURRENDER VALUE" is the amount the Owner receives upon surrender of his or her
Certificate before the Income Date. It is the Owner's Account Value, plus or
minus any applicable Market Value Adjustment, and less any applicable surrender
charges or other charges shown in the Schedule.
"VALUATION DATE" is the date at the end of a Valuation Period when each Variable
Sub-Account is valued.
"VALUATION PERIOD" is the period between one calculation of an Accumulation Unit
value and the next calculation. Normally, we calculate Accumulation Units daily
when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading and we are open for
business. We can delay this calculation if an emergency exists, making disposal
or fair valuation of assets in the Variable Account not reasonably practicable,
or the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) permits the delay. We may change
when we calculate the Accumulation Unit value by giving the Owner 30 days
notice, or such notice as may be required by law.
"VARIABLE ACCOUNT" is a separate investment account of ours into which purchase
payments may be invested or Account Value may be transferred. The Variable
Account is shown in the Schedule.
"VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUE" is the sum of the value of each Variable Sub-Account on
a Valuation Date.
"VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT" is a division of the Variable Account that invests in
shares of a particular investment portfolio. The value of a Variable Sub-Account
is determined by multiplying (a) times (b) where:
(a) equals the number of Accumulation Units held in the Variable
Sub-Account; and
(b) equals the value of the Accumulation Unit for the Variable
Sub-Account.
"WE", "US" OR "OUR" is Sage Life Assurance of America, Inc.
Page 4
<PAGE> 5
MAKING PURCHASE PAYMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT - The Owner must make the initial purchase payment in
order to put a Certificate in force. The amount of the Owner's initial purchase
payment is shown in the Certificate Schedule.
ADDITIONAL PURCHASE PAYMENTS - After the initial purchase payment, additional
purchase payments may be made at any time while a Certificate is in force and
before the Income Date. The amount of any additional purchase payments may vary
but are subject to limits described in the Schedule.
ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS AMONG THE VARIABLE AND FIXED ACCOUNTS - Subject
to limits described in the Schedule, the Owner tells us how to allocate the
Owner's purchase payment, less any applicable taxes, by notifying us of the
Owner's choices. The Owner specified how to allocate the Owner's initial
purchase payment in the Owner's application for a Certificate. Initial purchase
payments allocated to the Fixed Account will be invested in Fixed Sub-Accounts
with the Guarantee Periods that the Owner specified in the Owner's application.
We may, however, require that an initial purchase payment allocated to a
Variable Sub-Account be invested in the Designated Sub-Account shown in the
Schedule during the Free Look Period. At the end of the Free Look Period, if the
Owner's initial purchase payment was allocated to the Designated Sub-Account by
us, we will transfer the value of the Designated Sub-Account to the
Sub-Account(s) the Owner specified in the Owner's application. For the purpose
of processing transfers from the Designated Sub-Account, the Free Look Period
will end 15 days after the Certificate Date.
Subject to our rules, the Owner may tell us how to allocate any additional
purchase payments. If the Owner does not tell us, they will be allocated in the
same manner as the Owner's most recent purchase payment.
CANCELLATION OF CERTIFICATE - If the Owner has not made a purchase payment for
more than [2] years and the Owner's Account Value is less than [$2,000] on a
Certificate Anniversary, we may cancel a Certificate and pay the Owner the
Surrender Value as though the Owner had made a full withdrawal. We will send the
Owner written notice at the Owner's address of record. The Owner will be allowed
61 days from the date we mail the Owner the notice to submit an additional
purchase payment to us in an amount not less than the difference between
[$2,000] and the Account Value on the last Certificate Anniversary. The
additional purchase payment is subject to the limits and minimums shown in the
Schedule.
VARIABLE ACCOUNT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VARIABLE ACCOUNT - A variable account is an investment account we maintain
separate from our General Account and any other separate investment accounts we
may have. We own the assets in a variable account. A variable account will not
be charged with liabilities that arise from any other business that we conduct.
We may transfer to our General Account assets that exceed the reserves and other
liabilities of a variable account.
A variable account may invest in mutual funds, unit investment trusts and other
investment portfolios. Such a variable account is treated as a unit investment
trust under Federal securities laws and is registered with the SEC under the
Investment Company Act of 1940.
We may offer certain series or variable accounts that may not be registered with
the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933. Any such series or variable account,
if offered, will be described in the applicable offering document.
The Variable Account for a Certificate is shown in the Schedule. The laws of our
state of domicile govern this Variable Account.
Page 5
<PAGE> 6
VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS - A unit investment trust variable account includes
variable sub-accounts, each investing in a designated investment portfolio. The
sub-accounts and the investment portfolios in which they invest are specified in
the prospectus or offering document. Income, gains or losses, realized and
unrealized from assets in each variable sub-account are credited to or charged
against that variable sub-account without regard to other income, gains or
losses in the other sub-accounts or our other income, gains or losses.
CHANGES WITHIN THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT - We may, from time to time, make additional
Variable Sub-Accounts available to the Owner. These Sub-Accounts will invest in
investment portfolios we find suitable for the Group Contract. We also have the
right to eliminate Sub-Accounts, to combine two or more Sub-Accounts or to
substitute a new investment portfolio for the portfolio in which a Sub-Account
invests. Such an action may become necessary if, in our judgment, a portfolio or
Sub-Account no longer suits the purposes of the Group Contract. This may happen
due to a change in laws or regulations, or a change in a portfolio's or
Sub-Account's investment objectives or restrictions, or because the portfolio or
Sub-Account is no longer available for investment, or for some other reason. We
will get prior approval from the insurance department of our state of domicile
before taking such action. If required, this approval process will be on file
with the insurance department of the jurisdiction in which the Group Contract is
delivered. We will also get any required approval from the SEC and any other
required approvals before taking such an action.
Subject to any required regulatory approvals, we reserve the right to transfer
assets of the Variable Sub-Accounts that we determine to be associated with the
class of Group Contracts to which the Group Contract belongs, to another
variable account or variable sub-account.
When permitted by law, we reserve the right to:
1. Deregister the Variable Account under the Investment Company Act of
1940;
2. Operate the Variable Account as a management company under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, if it is operating as a unit
investment trust;
3. Operate the Variable Account as a unit investment trust under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, if it is operating as a
Managed Separate Account;
4. Restrict or eliminate any voting rights of Owners, or other persons
who have voting rights as to the Variable Account;
5. Combine the Variable Account with other separate investment accounts;
and
6. Combine a Variable Sub-Account with another Variable Sub-Account.
If any actions we take result in a material change in the underlying investments
of a Variable Sub-Account in which an Owner is invested, we will notify the
Owner of the change. The Owner may then choose a new Sub-Account.
ACCUMULATION UNITS - We keep track of the value of each of the Owner's Variable
Sub-Accounts by crediting the Owner with Accumulation Units for each
Sub-Account. The number of Accumulation Units credited to the Owner for each
Sub-Account is determined by dividing (a) by (b) where:
(a) is the dollar amount allocated to that Sub-Account; and
(b) is the value of the Accumulation Unit for that Sub-Account for the
Valuation Date on which the purchase payment or transferred amount is
invested in that Sub-Account.
Accumulation Units will be adjusted for any transfers and will be canceled on
payment of a death benefit, a withdrawal, a surrender, the application of
Account Value to an income plan on the Income Date, or assessment of charges
shown in the Schedule (other than the variable sub-account charges) based on
their value for the Valuation Period in which the transaction occurs.
Page 6
<PAGE> 7
VALUE OF ACCUMULATION UNITS - The Accumulation Unit value for any Valuation
Period is determined by multiplying (a) by (b) where:
(a) is the Accumulation Unit value for the immediately preceding Valuation
Period; and
(b) is the "net investment factor" for the Variable Sub-Account for the
Valuation Period for which the value is being determined.
The value of an Accumulation Unit may increase, decrease or remain the same from
one Valuation Period to the next.
NET INVESTMENT FACTOR - The net investment factor for a Variable Sub-Account is
an index that measures the investment performance of that Sub-Account from one
Valuation Period to the next. The net investment factor for any Valuation Period
is determined by dividing (a) by (b), and then subtracting (c) where:
(a) is the net result of:
(i) the Net Asset Value per share of the investment portfolio share
in which the Sub-Account invests determined at the end of the
current Valuation Period; plus
(ii) the per share amount of any dividend or capital gains
distribution made by that investment portfolio on shares held
in the Sub-Account if the "ex-dividend" date occurs during the
current Valuation Period; and plus or minus
(iii) a per share charge or credit for any taxes reserved for, which
is determined by us to have resulted from the operations of
that Sub-Account;
(b) is the Net Asset Value per share of the investment portfolio share in
which the Sub-Account invests determined at the end of the immediately
preceding Valuation Period; and
(c) is the daily variable sub-account charges shown in the Schedule
(adjusted for the number of days in the Valuation Period).
The net investment factor may be more or less than, or equal to, one.
FIXED ACCOUNT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED ACCOUNT - The Fixed Account is a separate investment account under state
insurance law. It is maintained separate from our General Account and separate
from any other separate investment account that we may have. We own the assets
in the Fixed Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our obligations under (and
the values and benefits under) the Fixed Account option of a Certificate do not
vary as a function of the investment performance of the Fixed Account. Owners
and Beneficiaries with rights under a Certificate do not participate in the
investment gains or losses of the assets of the Fixed Account. Such gains or
losses accrue solely to us. We retain the risk that the value of the assets in
the Fixed Account may fall below the reserves and other liabilities that we must
maintain in connection with our obligations under the Fixed Account option of a
Certificate. In such event, we will transfer assets from our General Account to
the Fixed Account to make up the difference. The Fixed Account will not be
charged with liabilities that arise from any other business that we conduct. We
may transfer to our General Account assets that exceed the reserves and other
liabilities of the Fixed Account. The Fixed Account is not required to be
registered with the SEC as an investment company under the Investment Company
Act of 1940.
FIXED SUB-ACCOUNT - We will establish a separate Fixed Sub-Account for the Owner
each time the Owner allocate amounts to the Fixed Account. Amounts invested in
these Fixed Sub-Accounts earn interest at the Guaranteed Interest Rate in effect
on the date the amounts are allocated.
Page 7
<PAGE> 8
GUARANTEE PERIODS - Each Fixed Sub-Account is guaranteed an interest rate for a
period we refer to as a Guarantee Period. The Guaranteed Interest Rate for a
Fixed Sub-Account is effective for the entire Guarantee Period. The length of a
Guarantee Period is measured from the end of the calendar month in which the
amount is allocated to the Fixed Sub-Account. The last day of the Guarantee
Period is its Expiry Date. Withdrawals or transfers from all or part of a Fixed
Sub-Account, and amounts applied to an income plan, made prior to the Expiry
Date of a Guarantee Period may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
We will notify the Owner at least thirty days prior to an Expiry Date of the
Owner's options for renewal, which include:
1. electing a new Guarantee Period from among those then offered by us,
but excluding any that extend beyond the Owner's Income Date; or
2. transferring the value of the Fixed Sub-Account to one or more
Variable Sub-Accounts.
If we do not receive Satisfactory Notice prior to the Expiry Date, we will
transfer the value of the expiring Fixed Sub-Account to the Designated
Sub-Account shown in the Schedule.
GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES - Periodically, we will declare Guaranteed Interest
Rates for then available Guarantee Periods. These rates will be guaranteed for
the duration of the respective Guarantee Periods. Guaranteed Interest Rates will
never be less than the Minimum Guaranteed Interest Rate shown in the Schedule.
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT - A Market Value Adjustment may be applied to
withdrawals, transfers or amounts applied to an income plan when taken from a
Fixed Sub-Account prior to its Expiry Date. A Market Value Adjustment is applied
separately to each Fixed Sub-Account.
A Market Value Adjustment is determined by multiplying the amount withdrawn,
transferred or applied to an income plan by the following factor:
N/365
[(1+I)/(1+J+.0025)] -- 1
Where:
- I is the Index Rate for a maturity equal to the Fixed Sub-Account's
Guarantee Period;
- J is the Index Rate for a maturity equal to the time remaining
(rounded up to the next full year) in the Fixed Sub-Account's
Guarantee Period; and
- N is the remaining number of days in the Guarantee Period at the time
of calculation.
If there is no Index Rate for the maturity needed to calculate I or J, straight
line interpolation between the Index Rate of the next highest and next lowest
maturities will be used to determine that Index Rate. If the maturity is one
year or less, we will use the Index Rate for a one-year maturity.
Market Value Adjustments will be applied as follows:
- The Market Value Adjustment will be applied to the amount withdrawn,
transferred or applied to an income plan before deduction of any
applicable surrender charge.
- For a partial withdrawal or partial transfer, the Market Value
Adjustment will be calculated on the total amount that must be
withdrawn or transferred in order to provide the amount requested.
- If the Market Value Adjustment is negative, it is deducted from any
remaining value in the Fixed Sub-Account. Any remaining Market Value
Adjustment is deducted from the amount
Page 8
<PAGE> 9
withdrawn, transferred or applied to an income plan.
- If the Market Value Adjustment is positive, it is added to any
remaining value in the Fixed Sub-Account. In the case of surrender or
full transfer, or if the full amount of the Fixed Sub-Account is
applied to an income plan, the Market Value Adjustment is added to the
amount withdrawn, transferred or applied to an income plan.
TRANSFERS AMONG ACCOUNTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prior to the Income Date and while the Annuitant is living, the Owner may
transfer Account Value among Sub-Accounts. Certain restrictions may apply during
the Free Look Period. To make a transfer, the Owner must give us Satisfactory
Notice. Transfers generally take effect when we receive the notice. The number
of free transfers that we allow each Certificate Year is shown in the Charges
section of the Schedule. Restrictions for transfers are shown in the Schedule. A
transfer from a Fixed Sub-Account may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
WITHDRAWING ALL OR PART OF THE OWNER'S ACCOUNT VALUE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prior to the Income Date and while the Annuitant is living, the Owner may
withdraw all or part of the Owner's Account Value by giving us Satisfactory
Notice. The minimum withdrawal is shown in the Schedule.
If the Owner request a withdrawal of all of the Owner's Account Value, we will
terminate the Certificate and pay the Owner the Surrender Value. This amount may
also be applied to the income plans subject to any restrictions described in a
Certificate. Unless specified otherwise, we will make partial withdrawals as
described in the Schedule. Withdrawals generally take effect on the date we
receive Satisfactory Notice.
If the Owner makes a withdrawal from a Certificate in excess of the Free
Withdrawal Amount described in the Schedule, a surrender charge may be assessed.
Surrender charges are described in the Schedule. A withdrawal from the Fixed
Account may also be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
EXCESS WITHDRAWALS - If a withdrawal is made for an amount greater than the Free
Withdrawal Amount, a surrender charge may be applicable. For purposes of
calculating the surrender charge only, purchase payments will be liquidated in
whole or in part on a "first-in-first-out-basis." This means we liquidate
purchase payments in the order they were made: the oldest unliquidated purchase
payment first, the next oldest unliquidated purchase payment second, etc., until
all purchase payments have been liquidated.
The surrender charge as to any liquidated purchase payment is determined by
multiplying the amount of the purchase payment being liquidated by the
applicable percentage shown in the Schedule. The total surrender charge will be
the sum of the surrender charges for each purchase payment being liquidated.
In a partial withdrawal, the surrender charge is deducted from the Account Value
remaining after the Owner is paid the amount requested. The amount requested
from a Sub-Account may not exceed the value of that Sub-Account less any
applicable surrender charge. In a complete withdrawal (or surrender of a
Certificate), it is deducted from the amount otherwise payable.
CHARGES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The types and amounts of charges and when and how they are deducted are
described in the Schedule. Charges under this Group Contract and the
Certificates may be reduced or eliminated when certain sales or administration
of the Group Contract result in savings or reduction of expenses and or risks.
Page 9
<PAGE> 10
OWNER, ANNUITANT AND BENEFICIARY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE OWNER - The Owner has the rights and options described in this Group
Contract, including but not limited to the right to receive income payments
beginning on the Income Date. One or more people may own a Certificate.
THE ANNUITANT - Unless another Annuitant is shown in the Schedule, the Owner is
also the Annuitant. The Owner may name a Contingent Annuitant. The Owner will be
the Contingent Annuitant unless the Owner names someone else. If there are joint
Owners, we will treat the youngest Owner as the Contingent Annuitant, unless the
Owner elects otherwise.
If the Owner is not the Annuitant and the Annuitant dies before the Income Date,
the Contingent Annuitant becomes the Annuitant. If the Annuitant dies and no
Contingent Annuitant has been named, we will allow the Owner sixty days to
designate someone other than himself or herself as Annuitant.
THE BENEFICIARY - We pay the death benefit to the primary Beneficiary (unless
there are joint Owners in which case proceeds are payable to the surviving
Owner). If the primary Beneficiary dies before the Owner, the death benefit is
paid to the Contingent Beneficiary, if any. If there is no surviving
Beneficiary, we pay the death benefit to the Owner's estate.
One or more persons may be named as primary Beneficiary or Contingent
Beneficiary. We will assume any death benefit is to be paid in equal shares to
the multiple surviving Beneficiaries unless the Owner specifies otherwise.
The Owner has the right to change Beneficiaries. However, if the Owner
designates the primary Beneficiary as irrevocable, the Owner may need the
consent of that irrevocable Beneficiary to exercise the rights and options under
a Certificate.
CHANGE OF OWNER, BENEFICIARY OR ANNUITANT - During the Owner's lifetime and
while a Certificate is in force the Owner can transfer ownership of a
Certificate or change the Beneficiary, or change the Annuitant. (However, the
Annuitant cannot be changed after the Income Date.) To make any of these
changes, the Owner must send us Satisfactory Notice. If accepted, any change in
Owner, Beneficiary or Annuitant will take effect on the date the Owner signed
the notice. Any of these changes will not affect any payment made or action
taken by us before our acceptance. A CHANGE OF OWNER MAY BE A TAXABLE EVENT and
may also affect the amount of death benefit payable under a Certificate.
DEATH BENEFITS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEATH BENEFIT BEFORE THE INCOME DATE - If any Owner dies before the Income Date,
we will pay the Beneficiary the greatest of the following:
(a) the Account Value determined as of the day we receive proof of
death; or
(b) 100% of the sum of all purchase payments made to a Certificate,
reduced by any prior withdrawals (including any associated
surrender charge and Market Value Adjustment incurred); or
(c) the Highest Anniversary Value.
HIGHEST ANNIVERSARY VALUE - The Highest Anniversary Value is equal to the
greatest anniversary value attained from the following:
Upon our receipt of proof of death, we will calculate an anniversary
value for each Certificate Anniversary before the Owner's death
excluding, however, Certificate Anniversaries that come after the
Owner attains age 80. An anniversary value is equal to the Account
Value on a
Page 10
<PAGE> 11
Certificate Anniversary, increased by the dollar amount
of any purchase payments made since that Certificate Anniversary and
reduced for any withdrawals (including any associated surrender
charge and Market Value Adjustment incurred) taken since that
anniversary. This reduction will be made in proportion to the
reduction in the Account Value that results from a withdrawal.
MULTIPLE OWNERS - If there are multiple Owners, the age of the oldest Owner will
be used to determine the death benefit.
DEATH BENEFIT WHEN NO NATURAL OWNERS - If there is no Owner who is a natural
person, we will treat the Annuitant as Owner for the purpose of paying the death
benefit, and the Annuitant's age will determine the death benefit payable to the
Beneficiary.
REQUIRED DISTRIBUTION OF PROCEEDS ON THE DEATH OF THE OWNER - The three
sub-subsections indicated below are required to qualify a Certificate as an
annuity contract under Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended. Where the terms of these three sub-sections are in conflict with any
other sections or sub-sections of a Certificate, these three sub-sections will
control. We reserve the right to amend or administer the Group Contract and any
Certificate as necessary to comply with the applicable tax requirements. These
three sub-sections and each Certificate should be construed so that they comply
with the applicable tax requirements.
DEATH BENEFIT OPTIONS BEFORE INCOME DATE - In the event any Owner
dies before the Income Date, the death benefit may be taken in one
sum, in which case that Certificate will terminate. Such sum shall
be paid within five years of the Owner's death unless one of the
options for continuation of the Certificate below is elected by the
person entitled to make that election.
CERTIFICATE CONTINUATION OPTION - If the death benefit is not taken
in one sum immediately, the Certificate will continue subject to the
following provisions:
1. If there are joint Owners, the surviving Owner becomes the
new Owner. Otherwise, the Beneficiary becomes the new Owner.
2. Unless specified otherwise, any excess of the death benefit
over the Account Value will be allocated to and among the
Variable and Fixed Accounts in proportion to their values as
of the date on which the death benefit is determined. We
will establish a new Fixed Sub-Account for any allocation to
the Fixed Account based on the Guarantee Period the Owner
then elects.
3. No additional purchase payments may be applied to a
Certificate.
4. If the new Owner is not the deceased Owner's spouse, the
entire interest in h a Certificate must be distributed under
one of the following options:
a. The entire interest in a Certificate must be
distributed over the life of the new Owner, or over a
period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the
new Owner, with distributions beginning within one year
of the Owner's death; or
b. The entire interest in a Certificate must be
distributed within 5 years of the Owner's death.
5. If the new Owner is the deceased Owner's spouse, a
Certificate will continue with the surviving spouse as the
new Owner. The surviving spouse may name a new Beneficiary.
If no Beneficiary is so named, the surviving spouse's estate
will be the Beneficiary. Upon the death of the surviving
spouse, the death benefit will equal the Account Value as of
the date we receive proof of the spouse's death, and the
entire interest in a Certificate must be distributed to the
new Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of 4 (a)
or 4 (b) above.
If there is more than one Beneficiary, the foregoing provisions will
independently apply to each Beneficiary.
Page 11
<PAGE> 12
DEATH BENEFIT ON OR AFTER THE INCOME DATE - If any Owner dies on or
after the Income Date but before the time the entire interest in a
Certificate has been distributed, the remaining portion will be
distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution
being used as of the date of the Owner's death.
If income payments have been selected based on an income plan
providing for payments for a guaranteed period, and the Annuitant
dies on or after the Income Date, we will make the remaining
guaranteed payments to the Beneficiary. Any remaining payments will
be made as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as
of the date of the Annuitant's death. If no Beneficiary is living,
we will commute any unpaid guaranteed payments to a single sum (on
the basis of the interest rate used in determining the payments) and
pay that single sum to the estate of the last to die of the
Annuitant or the Beneficiary.
PROOF OF DEATH - Proof of death must be received at our Customer Service Center
before we will pay any death benefit. We will accept one of the following items:
1. An original certified copy of an official death certificate; or
2. An original certified copy of a decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction as to the finding of death; or
3. Any other proof satisfactory to us.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ENTIRE CONTRACT - This Group Contract including any attached riders,
endorsements, amendments, and the application of the Contractholder constitutes
the entire contract between the Contractholder and us. All statements made by
the Contractholder, or any Owner will be deemed representations and not
warranties.
ASSIGNMENT - The Owner may assign a Certificate at any time prior to the Income
Date. No assignment will be binding on us unless we receive Satisfactory Notice.
We will not be liable for any payments made or actions we take before the
assignment is accepted by us. An absolute assignment will revoke the interest of
any revocable Beneficiary. We will not be responsible for the validity of any
assignment. AN ASSIGNMENT MAY BE A TAXABLE EVENT.
CLAIMS OF CREDITORS - To the extent permitted by law, no benefits payable under
a Certificate will be subject to the claims of the Owner's, the Beneficiary's,
or the Annuitant's creditors.
MISSTATEMENT AND PROOF OF AGE, SEX OR SURVIVAL - We may require proof of age,
sex or survival of any person upon whose age, sex or survival any payments
depend. If the age or sex of the Annuitant has been misstated, or if the age of
the Owner has been misstated, the benefits will be those that the Account Value
applied would have provided for the correct age and sex. If we have made
incorrect income payments, the amount of any underpayment will be paid
immediately. The amount of any overpayment will be deducted from future income
payments.
NO DIVIDENDS PAYABLE - A Certificate is non-participating and does not share in
any distribution of our surplus. We will not pay any dividends.
INCONTESTABILITY - This Group Contract is incontestable from its Effective Date.
A Certificate is incontestable from its Certificate Date.
REQUIRED REPORTS - We will furnish a report to the Owner as often as required by
law, but at least once each Certificate Year before the Income Date. The report
will show the number of Accumulation Units credited to each Variable Sub-Account
in which the Owner is invested and the corresponding
Page 12
<PAGE> 13
Accumulation Unit value as of the date of the report. It will also show the
Owner's Fixed Account Value.
MORTALITY AND EXPENSES - Our actual mortality and expense experience will not
affect the amount of any income payments or any other values under a
Certificate.
TAXES BASED UPON PURCHASE PAYMENT OR VALUE - If there is a law or change in law
assessing taxes against us based upon purchase payments or value of a
Certificate, we reserve the right to charge the Owner and all similarly situated
Owners proportionately for that tax. This would include a tax based upon our
realized net capital gains in the Variable Sub-Accounts and on earnings in the
Fixed Account, on which we are not currently taxed.
PAYMENTS WE MAY DEFER - We may not be able to determine the value of the assets
of the Variable Sub-Accounts because:
1. The New York Stock Exchange is closed for trading;
2. The SEC determines that a state of emergency exists;
3. An order or pronouncement of the SEC permits a delay for the
protection of Owners; or
4. The check used to pay the purchase payment has not cleared
through the banking system. This may take up to 15 days.
If this happens, we may delay:
1. Determination and payment of the Surrender Value;
2. Determination and payment of any death benefit if death occurs
before the Income Date;
3. Transfers of the Account Value; or
4. Application of the Account Value under an income plan.
We reserve the right to delay payment of amounts from the Fixed Account for up
to six months. If deferred 30 days or more, the amount deferred will earn
interest at a rate not less than the Minimum Deferral Interest Rate shown in the
Fixed Account section of the Schedule.
AUTHORITY TO MAKE AGREEMENTS - All agreements made by us must be signed by one
of our officers. No other person, including an insurance agent or broker, can
change the terms of this Group Certificate or a Certificate or make any
agreement binding on us. However, we can, with the agreement of the Group
Contractholder, make changes to the Group Contract and a Certificate without an
Owner's consent.
REQUIRED NOTE ON OUR COMPUTATIONS - We have filed a detailed statement of our
computations with the insurance supervisory officials in the appropriate
jurisdictions. The values are not less than those required by the laws of those
states or jurisdictions. Any benefit provided by an attached rider will not
increase these values unless otherwise stated in that rider.
CERTIFICATES - We will furnish Certificates to the Owners. Each Certificate will
summarize provisions of this Group Contract affecting an individual Owner.
FACTS RELATING TO COVERAGE - At any reasonable time we will have the right to
inspect any records of the Contractholder and plan sponsor which relate to this
Group Contract.
DISCONTINUANCE OF GROUP CONTRACT - This Group Contract may be discontinued by us
or the Contractholder. The party who initiates the discontinuance will send a
notice to each Owner of record, at his or her last known address, at least 15
days prior to the date of discontinuance. No new Owners will be accepted and no
additional purchase payments will be accepted on or after the date notice of the
discontinuance is received or sent by us, whichever is applicable.
Page 13
<PAGE> 14
ANNUITY INCOME BENEFITS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHOOSING AN INCOME DATE AND INCOME PLAN - On the Income Date, if the Annuitant
is alive and a Certificate is in force, income payments will begin under the
income plan the Owner has chosen. If the Owner has not chosen an income plan,
the option shown in the Schedule will automatically apply. If the Owner has not
selected an Income Date, the Maximum Income Date shown in the Schedule will
automatically apply.
The Owner may choose or change an income plan or the Income Date by giving us
Satisfactory Notice at least 30 days before the Income Date. However, any Income
Date must meet the restrictions described in the Schedule.
Once income payments have begun, we reserve the right to disallow further
changes without our prior approval.
MINIMUM AMOUNTS - If the amount available to apply under any variable or fixed
option is less than the minimum amount shown in the Schedule, we reserve the
right to pay such amount in a lump sum in lieu of the payment otherwise provided
for.
Income payments will be made monthly unless quarterly, semi-annual or annual
payments are chosen by giving us Satisfactory Notice at least 30 days before the
Income Date. However, if at any time the payment becomes less than the minimum
income payment shown in the Schedule, we reserve the right to reduce the
frequency of payment to an interval that results in each payment being at least
equal to the minimum income payment. In no event will the interval be less
frequent than annual.
ALLOCATION OF ANNUITY - At the time the Owner elects the income plan, the Owner
may also elect to have the Account Value applied to provide a Variable Income
Annuity, a Fixed Income Annuity, or a combination of both. Unless the Owner
specifies otherwise, we will provide either variable or fixed, or a combination
of variable and fixed income payments in proportion to the Sub-Accounts in which
the Owner is invested as of a date not more than [5] Valuation Days before the
due date of the first income payment. If any applicable purchase payment taxes
are then due us, we will also deduct them proportionately.
VARIABLE INCOME ANNUITY
AMOUNT OF FIRST VARIABLE PAYMENT - The Income Tables shown in the Schedule are
used to determine the first monthly variable income payment for an assumed
investment rate of 3%. The Income Tables show the dollar amount of the first
monthly variable income payment that can be purchased with each $1,000 applied.
The assumed investment rates we currently allow are shown on the Schedule.
VALUE OF INCOME UNITS - The Income Unit value for any Valuation Period is
determined by multiplying (a) by (b), and then dividing by (c) where:
(a) is the Income Unit value for the immediately preceding Valuation
Period;
(b) is the "net investment factor" for the Variable Sub-Account for
the Valuation Period for which the value is being determined; and
(c) is the daily equivalent of the assumed investment rate for the
number of days in the Valuation Period.
The value of an Income Unit may increase, decrease or remain the same from one
Valuation Period to the next.
NUMBER OF INCOME UNITS - We determine the number of Income Units in each
Variable Sub-Account by dividing the first monthly variable income payment
attributable to that Sub-Account by its Income Unit value as of a date not more
than [5] Valuation Days before the due date of the first variable income
payment.
Page 14
<PAGE> 15
AMOUNT OF SECOND AND SUBSEQUENT VARIABLE PAYMENTS - The dollar amount of the
second and subsequent variable income payments may change with the investment
performance of the Variable Sub-Accounts. The total amount of each variable
income payment will be equal to the sum of the variable income payments in each
Variable Sub-Account. The dollar amount of each payment for a Variable
Sub-Account is determined by multiplying the number of Income Units by the
Income Unit value for the Variable Sub-Account for the Valuation Period which
ends on a consistently applied date not more than [5] Valuation Days before the
payment is due.
We guarantee that the dollar amount of each payment after the first will not be
affected by variations in our expenses or mortality experience.
EXCHANGE OF INCOME UNITS - After the Income Date, if there is an exchange of
value of a designated number of Income Units of particular Variable Sub-Accounts
into other Income Units, the value will be such that the dollar amount of income
payment made on the date of exchange would be unaffected by the exchange.
FIXED INCOME ANNUITY
A Fixed Income Annuity is an annuity with income payments that remain fixed as
to dollar amount throughout the payment period. The Income Tables shown in the
Schedule are used to determine the monthly fixed income payment. The Income
Tables show the dollar amount of the monthly fixed income payment that can be
purchased with each $1,000 applied.
INCOME PLANS
The following is a list of income plans we guarantee to make available.
INCOME PLAN 1. LIFE ANNUITY - An annuity payable during the lifetime of the
Annuitant and terminating with the last payment preceding the death of the
Annuitant.
INCOME PLAN 2. LIFE ANNUITY WITH 10 OR 20 YEARS CERTAIN - An annuity payable
during the lifetime of the Annuitant with the provision that payments will be
made for a minimum of 10 or 20 years, as elected.
INCOME PLAN 3. JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR ANNUITY - An annuity payable during the
joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a designated second person, and thereafter
during the remaining lifetime of the survivor, ceasing with the last payment
prior to the death of the survivor.
INCOME PLAN 4. PAYMENTS FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD CERTAIN - An amount payable for
the number of years selected which may be from 5 to 30 years.
INCOME PLAN 5. ANNUITY PLAN - An amount can be used to purchase any single
premium annuity we offer on the Income Date for which the Owner and the
Annuitant are eligible.
Page 15
<PAGE> 16
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Page 16
<PAGE> 17
SCHEDULE
Group Contract No.: 123456789 Effective Date: 1/1/1998
Contractholder: ABC TRUST
Issued In: ILLINOIS (and subject to its laws)
This Schedule sets forth additional information that relates to the provisions
in this Group Contract with the corresponding headings.
MAKING PURCHASE PAYMENTS
The Designated Sub-Account is the [Money Market Sub-Account].
No purchase payment, whether initial or additional, may be allocated such that
any Sub-Account would have a value less than [$250].
Additional purchase payments are subject to the following limits:
1. [Non-qualified plan: Additional purchase payments may be made
until the earlier of the year in which the Owner attains age [85]
or the year in which the Annuitant attains age [85].]
2. [Qualified plan: Additional purchase payments may be made until
the year in which the Owner attains age [70 1/2], except rollover
contributions may be made until the year in which the Owner
attains age [85].]
3. The minimum additional purchase payment we will accept is [$250].
4. Our prior approval is required before the Owner makes a purchase
payment that causes the Account Value of all annuities that the
Owner maintains with us to exceed [$1,000,000].
VARIABLE ACCOUNT
The Variable Account for a Certificate is [The Sage Variable Annuity Account A].
[It is a unit investment trust variable account.]
FIXED ACCOUNT
The Fixed Account for the Certificate is [The Sage Fixed Interest Account A.]
The Minimum Guaranteed Interest Rate is [3%].
The Minimum Deferral Interest Rate is [3%].
The Designated Sub-Account is the [Money Market Sub-Account]. It is not part of
the Fixed Account.
Index Rate: [The Index Rate is the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity Series as
reported in Federal Reserve Bulletin Release H.15. We currently base the Index
Rate for a calendar week on the reported rate for the preceding calendar week.
We reserve the right to set it less frequently but in no event less often than
monthly.]
Page 17
<PAGE> 18
TRANSFERS AMONG ACCOUNTS
The minimum amount that can be transferred is [$250]. However, if less remains
in a Sub-Account, that amount may be transferred. If a transfer request would
reduce the Account Value remaining in a Sub-Account below [$250], we will treat
the transfer request as a request to transfer the entire amount.
The Owner's transfer request must clearly state the Sub-Accounts from which and
to which transfers are made.
We reserve the right to limit, upon notice, the maximum number of transfers the
Owner may make to [one] per calendar month or [12] per Certificate Year.
After the Income Date, we reserve the right to:
1. disallow transfers from the Fixed Account to the Variable
Account, or from the Variable Account to the Fixed Account; and
2. limit the maximum number of transfers between Variable
Sub-Accounts to [1] per Certificate Year.
WITHDRAWING ALL OR PART OF THE OWNER'S ACCOUNT VALUE
The Free Withdrawal Amount is the greater of (a) and (b) where:
[(a) is the excess of 10% of the total purchase payments over 100% of
all prior withdrawals in that Certificate Year; and
(b) is the excess of the Account Value on the date of withdrawal over
the unliquidated purchase payments.]
The minimum amount that can be withdrawn is [$250]. If a withdrawal request
would reduce the Account Value remaining in a Sub-Account below [$250], we will
treat the withdrawal request as a request to withdraw the entire amount.
If a requested withdrawal would reduce the Account Value below [$2,000], we
reserve the right to treat the request as a withdrawal of only the excess over
[$2,000].
Unless the Owner specifies otherwise, we will make withdrawals [proportionately
from all Sub-Accounts in which the Owner is invested].
Page 18
<PAGE> 19
CHARGES
SURRENDER CHARGE - A surrender charge may be imposed upon surrender of a
Certificate or when an Excess Withdrawal is made. A Market Value Adjustment, if
any, is applied before calculating the surrender charge. The surrender charge is
applied to each purchase payment and is a percentage of each purchase payment as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Complete Years Maximum
Elapsed Since Surrender Charge
Payment Accepted Percentage
---------------- ----------
<S> <C>
[0 7%
1 7%
2 6%
3 5%
4 4%
5 3%
6 1%
7+ 0%]
</TABLE>
OR
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Maximum
Certificate Surrender Charge
Year Percentage
----------- ----------
<S> <C>
[1 7%
2 7%
3 6%
4 5%
5 4%
6 3%
7 1%
8+ 0%]
</TABLE>
OR
The maximum surrender charge percentage is 0% for all Certificate Years.
TRANSFER CHARGE - We reserve the right to charge a maximum of [$25] for each
transfer after the [12th] in a Certificate Year. Each request is considered to
be one transfer regardless of the number of Sub-Accounts affected by the
transfer. The transfer charge will be deducted proportionately from the
Sub-Accounts from which the transfer is made.
ADMINISTRATION CHARGE - [$40] a year. This charge is incurred at the beginning
of each Certificate Year and deducted on each Certificate Anniversary or upon
surrender. The charge will be waived:
1. if the Account Value is at least [$50,000] at the time of
deduction; or
2. beginning on and after the [8th] Certificate Anniversary.
PURCHASE PAYMENT TAX CHARGE - The amount of any state and local taxes levied by
any governmental entity on purchase payments may be deducted from the Account
Value when such taxes are incurred. We reserve the right to defer the collection
of this charge and deduct it against the Owner's Account Value on the surrender
of a Certificate, or Excess Withdrawal, or application of the Account Value to
provide income payments.
Page 19
<PAGE> 20
ASSET-BASED CHARGES - We deduct asset-based charges to compensate us for
assuming mortality and expense risks, and certain administrative expenses.
[Prior to the Income Date] asset-based charges are calculated as a percentage of
the Variable Account Value on the date of deduction. On the Certificate Date,
and monthly thereafter, the asset-based charges are deducted in proportion to
the Variable Sub-Accounts in which THE OWNER are invested. The maximum charges
are:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Asset-Based Charges Annual Charge Monthly Charge
- ------------------- ------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
Certificate Years 1-7 [1.40% .116667%
Certificate Years 8+ 1.25% .104167%]
</TABLE>
We also deduct asset-based charges on the effective date of any transfer from
the Fixed Account, or allocation of purchase payment to the Variable Account,
based on the amount transferred or allocated, and based on the number of days
remaining until the next date of deduction.
VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT CHARGES - [On and after the Income Date] we deduct the
asset-based charges above from the assets in each Variable Sub-Account on a
daily basis. The maximum charges are:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Variable Sub-Account Charges Annual Charge Daily Charge
- ---------------------------- ------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Certificate Years 1-7 [1.40% .0038626%
Certificate Years 8+ 1.25% .0034462%]
</TABLE>
CHARGE DEDUCTION RULES - Unless otherwise specified above, charges are deducted
from the Account Value charges [proportionately from all Sub-Accounts in which
you are invested.] invested.
ANNUITY INCOME BENEFITS
If the Owner has not chosen an income plan, [Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain]
will automatically apply.
The Maximum Income Date is the first day of the first calendar month following
the Annuitant's [95th] birthday.
We reserve the right to require that the Income Date be at least [2 years] after
the Certificate Date.
The minimum amount that can be applied under any Variable or Fixed Income
Annuity is [$5,000].
The minimum income payment is [$100].
We currently allow assumed investment rates of [3%] and [6%]. If the Owner does
not specify one of these rates when the Owner chooses an income plan, the
assumed investment rate will be [3%].
Values for other ages, and for other payment periods, joint life combinations,
or assumed investment rates that we offer (Tables below assume 3%) are available
on request. Monthly income payments are shown for each $1,000 applied.
Page 20
<PAGE> 21
INCOME TABLE FOR A FIXED PERIOD
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Monthly Monthly Monthly
Fixed Period Income Fixed Period Income Fixed Period Income
of Years Payment of Years Payment of Years Payment
-------- ------- -------- ------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
11 $8.88 21 $5.33
12 8.26 22 5.16
13 7.73 23 5.00
14 7.28 24 4.85
5 17.95 15 6.89 25 4.72
6 15.18 16 6.54 26 4.60
7 13.20 17 6.24 27 4.49
8 11.71 18 5.98 28 4.38
9 10.56 19 5.74 29 4.28
10 9.64 20 5.53 30 4.19
</TABLE>
INCOME TABLE FOR LIFE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Male/Female Male/Female Male/Female
Age Life Only 10 Years Certain 20 Years Certain
--- --------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
50 4.28 / 3.92 $4.24 / 3.90 $4.10 / 3.84
55 4.72 / 4.27 4.64 / 4.24 4.40 / 4.12
60 5.31 / 4.74 5.17 / 4.68 4.73 / 4.45
65 6.13 / 5.38 5.84 / 5.25 5.04 / 4.81
70 7.28 / 6.29 6.65 / 6.00 5.29 / 5.14
75 8.90 / 7.62 7.53 / 6.92 5.43 / 5.37
80 11.19 / 9.62 8.37 / 7.93 5.50 / 5.48
85 14.36 / 12.63 9.00 / 8.77 5.52 / 5.52
</TABLE>
RIDERS
Accidental Death Benefit Rider
The Maximum Accidental Death Benefit is [$250,000].
Page 21
<PAGE> 22
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Page 22
<PAGE> 23
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Page 23
<PAGE> 24
[SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC. LOGO]
Member of Sage Insurance Group
A Stock Company
GROUP FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED COMBINATION FIXED AND
VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT
Surrender Values while the Owner is living and prior to the Income Date.
Income Payments begin on the Income Date
Nonparticipating
Page 24
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 4(a)(iv)
[SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC. LOGO]
Member of Sage Insurance Group
A Stock Company
Home Office Customer Service Center
300 Atlantic Street [P. O. Box 1234
Stamford, CT 06901 Wethersfield, CT 06109-1234
1-888-502-7243]
Sage Life Assurance of America, Inc. has issued this Certificate to you. We
certify that you and the Annuitant named in the Schedule are covered under the
Group Contract described in the Schedule. This Certificate becomes effective on
the Certificate Date shown in the Schedule.
This Certificate describes your benefits and rights under the provisions of the
Group Contract. The Group Contract is the agreement under which benefits are
paid and you may obtain a copy by sending us a written request.
RIGHT TO EXAMINE THIS CERTIFICATE:
IF FOR ANY REASON YOU ARE NOT SATISFIED WITH THIS CERTIFICATE, YOU MAY RETURN IT
TO US OR THE AGENT WHO SOLD IT TO YOU WITHIN 10 DAYS AFTER YOU RECEIVE IT (THE
FREE LOOK PERIOD). WHEN WE RECEIVE IT, WE WILL PROMPTLY REFUND YOU THE ACCOUNT
VALUE PLUS ANY CHARGES SHOWN IN THE SCHEDULE THAT WE HAVE DEDUCTED FROM THE
ACCOUNT VALUE ON OR BEFORE THE DATE THE RETURNED CERTIFICATE WAS RECEIVED BY US,
OR IF GREATER AND REQUIRED BY THE LAW OF YOUR STATE, THE INITIAL PURCHASE
PAYMENT.
ALL PAYMENTS AND VALUES, WHEN BASED ON THE INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF THE VARIABLE
ACCOUNT, MAY INCREASE OR DECREASE, DEPENDING ON THIS CERTIFICATE'S INVESTMENT
RESULTS AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO DOLLAR AMOUNT. ALL PAYMENTS AND VALUES
BASED ON THE FIXED ACCOUNT MAY BE SUBJECT TO A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT, THE
OPERATION OF WHICH MAY CAUSE SUCH PAYMENTS AND VALUES TO INCREASE OR DECREASE.
[SIG]
Chairman
FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED COMBINATION FIXED AND VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTIFICATE
Surrender Values while you are living and prior to the Income Date.
Income Payments begin on the Income Date
Nonparticipating
DVA-C-9712
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
DEFINITIONS..........................................................................3
MAKING PURCHASE PAYMENTS.............................................................5
VARIABLE ACCOUNT.....................................................................5
FIXED ACCOUNT........................................................................7
TRANSFERS AMONG ACCOUNTS.............................................................9
WITHDRAWING ALL OR PART OF YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE........................................9
CHARGES..............................................................................9
OWNER, ANNUITANT AND BENEFICIARY....................................................10
DEATH BENEFITS......................................................................10
GENERAL PROVISIONS..................................................................12
ANNUITY INCOME BENEFITS.............................................................13
SCHEDULE............................................................................17
</TABLE>
Page 2
<PAGE> 3
DEFINITIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"ACCOUNT VALUE" is the entire amount we hold under this Certificate for you
before the Income Date. It is equal to the sum of the Variable Account Value and
the Fixed Account Value.
"ACCUMULATION UNIT" is the unit of measure we use before the Income Date to keep
track of the value of each Variable Sub-Account.
"ANNUITANT" is the natural person whose age determines the Maximum Income Date
and the amount and duration of income payments involving life contingencies. The
Annuitant may also be the person to whom any payment will be made starting on
the Income Date. The Annuitant's name appears in the Schedule.
"BENEFICIARY" is the person or persons to whom we pay a death benefit if any
Owner dies prior to the Income Date.
"CERTIFICATE DATE" is the date this Certificate is issued at our Customer
Service Center. The Certificate Date is shown in the Schedule. While this
Certificate is in force, every anniversary of the Certificate Date is a
CERTIFICATE ANNIVERSARY, and each and every consecutive twelve-month period
beginning on the Certificate Date and each Certificate Anniversary is a
CERTIFICATE YEAR.
"CONTINGENT ANNUITANT" is the natural person who becomes the Annuitant if the
Annuitant dies prior to the Income Date.
"CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY" is the person that becomes the Beneficiary if the named
Beneficiary dies prior to the Income Date.
"CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER" is where we provide service to you. The mailing
address and telephone number of the Customer Service Center are shown on the
first page of this Certificate.
"EXCESS WITHDRAWAL" is a withdrawal of Account Value that exceeds the Free
Withdrawal Amount.
"EXPIRY DATE" is the last day in a Guarantee Period.
"FIXED ACCOUNT" is a separate investment account of ours into which purchase
payments may be invested or Account Value may be transferred.
"FIXED ACCOUNT VALUE" is the sum of the value of each Fixed Sub-Account on any
particular day.
A "FIXED SUB-ACCOUNT" is established when purchase payments are invested or
amounts are transferred to the Fixed Account. The value of each Fixed
Sub-Account is equal to the amount invested, increased by interest and reduced
by any withdrawals or transfers from, or charges assessed against the Fixed
Sub-Account.
"FREE WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT" is the maximum amount that can be withdrawn in a
Certificate Year without being subject to a surrender charge. This amount is
described in the Schedule.
"GENERAL ACCOUNT" consists of all our assets other than those held in any
separate investment accounts.
"GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE" is the effective annual interest rate we will credit
for a specified Guarantee Period. The Guaranteed Interest Rate will never be
less than the minimum shown in the Schedule.
"GUARANTEE PERIOD" is a period of years for which a specified effective annual
interest rate is guaranteed by us. Interest is credited daily at a rate to yield
the declared annual Guaranteed Interest Rate.
Page 3
<PAGE> 4
"HOME OFFICE" is our main office. The mailing address is shown on the first page
of this Certificate.
"INCOME DATE" is the date when income payments under this Certificate commence.
This date is shown in the Schedule.
"INCOME UNIT" is the unit of measure we use to calculate the amount of income
payments under the Variable Income Annuity.
"MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT" is a positive or negative adjustment that may apply to
withdrawals or transfers, whether in whole or in part, and amounts applied to an
income plan, from a Fixed Sub-Account before the end of a Guarantee Period.
"NET ASSET VALUE" is the price of one share of an investment portfolio.
"SATISFACTORY NOTICE" is a notice or request authorized by you, in a form
satisfactory to us, received at our Customer Service Center.
"SUB-ACCOUNT" includes both Variable Sub-Accounts and Fixed Sub-Accounts, unless
the context indicates otherwise.
"SURRENDER VALUE" is the amount you receive upon surrender of this Certificate
before the Income Date. It is your Account Value, plus or minus any applicable
Market Value Adjustment, and less any applicable surrender charges or other
charges shown in the Schedule.
"VALUATION DATE" is the date at the end of a Valuation Period when each Variable
Sub-Account is valued.
"VALUATION PERIOD" is the period between one calculation of an Accumulation Unit
value and the next calculation. Normally, we calculate Accumulation Units daily
when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading and we are open for
business. We can delay this calculation if an emergency exists, making disposal
or fair valuation of assets in the Variable Account not reasonably practicable,
or the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) permits the delay. We may change
when we calculate the Accumulation Unit value by giving you 30 days notice, or
such notice as may be required by law.
"VARIABLE ACCOUNT" is a separate investment account of ours into which purchase
payments may be invested or Account Value may be transferred. The Variable
Account is shown in the Schedule.
"VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUE" is the sum of the value of each Variable Sub-Account on
a Valuation Date.
"VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT" is a division of the Variable Account that invests in
shares of a particular investment portfolio. The value of a Variable Sub-Account
is determined by multiplying (a) times (b) where:
(a) equals the number of Accumulation Units held in the Variable
Sub-Account; and
(b) equals the value of the Accumulation Unit for the Variable
Sub-Account.
"WE", "US" OR "OUR" is Sage Life Assurance of America, Inc.
"YOU" OR "YOUR" is the Owner of this Certificate. Your name appears in the
Schedule. You are entitled to exercise all rights under this Certificate.
However, if you designate an irrevocable beneficiary, you may need that
beneficiary's consent before you exercise your rights under this Certificate.
The death of any Owner before the Income Date initiates payment of the death
benefit.
Page 4
<PAGE> 5
MAKING PURCHASE PAYMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT - You must make the initial purchase payment in order
to put this Certificate in force. The amount of your initial purchase payment is
shown in the Schedule.
ADDITIONAL PURCHASE PAYMENTS - After the initial purchase payment, additional
purchase payments may be made at any time while this Certificate is in force and
before the Income Date. The amount of any additional purchase payments may vary
but are subject to limits described in the Schedule.
ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS AMONG THE VARIABLE AND FIXED ACCOUNTS - Subject
to limits described in the Schedule, you tell us how to allocate your purchase
payment, less any applicable taxes, by notifying us of your choices. You
specified how to allocate your initial purchase payment in your application for
this Certificate. Initial purchase payments allocated to the Fixed Account will
be invested in Fixed Sub-Accounts with the Guarantee Periods that you specified
in your application. We may, however, require that an initial purchase payment
allocated to a Variable Sub-Account be invested in the Designated Sub-Account
shown in the Schedule during the Free Look Period. At the end of the Free Look
Period, if your initial purchase payment was allocated to the Designated
Sub-Account by us, we will transfer the value of the Designated Sub-Account to
the Sub-Account(s) you specified in your application. For the purpose of
processing transfers from the Designated Sub-Account, the Free Look Period will
end 15 days after the Certificate Date.
Subject to our rules, you may tell us how to allocate any additional purchase
payments. If you do not tell us, they will be allocated in the same manner as
your most recent purchase payment.
CANCELLATION OF CERTIFICATE - If you have not made a purchase payment for more
than [2] years and your Account Value is less than [$2,000] on a Certificate
Anniversary, we may cancel this Certificate and pay you the Surrender Value as
though you had made a full withdrawal. We will send you written notice at your
address of record. You will be allowed 61 days from the date we mail you the
notice to submit an additional purchase payment to us in an amount not less than
the difference between [$2,000] and the Account Value on the last Certificate
Anniversary. The additional purchase payment is subject to the limits and
minimums shown in the Schedule.
VARIABLE ACCOUNT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VARIABLE ACCOUNT - A variable account is an investment account we maintain
separate from our General Account and any other separate investment accounts we
may have. We own the assets in a variable account. A variable account will not
be charged with liabilities that arise from any other business that we conduct.
We may transfer to our General Account assets that exceed the reserves and other
liabilities of a variable account.
A variable account may invest in mutual funds, unit investment trusts and other
investment portfolios. Such a variable account is treated as a unit investment
trust under Federal securities laws and is registered with the SEC under the
Investment Company Act of 1940.
We may offer certain series or variable accounts that may not be registered with
the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933. Any such series or variable account,
if offered, will be described in the applicable offering document.
The Variable Account for this Certificate is shown in the Schedule. The laws of
our state of domicile govern this Variable Account.
Page 5
<PAGE> 6
VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS - A unit investment trust variable account includes
variable sub-accounts, each investing in a designated investment portfolio. The
sub-accounts and the investment portfolios in which they invest are specified in
the prospectus or offering document. Income, gains or losses, realized and
unrealized from assets in each variable sub-account are credited to or charged
against that variable sub-account without regard to other income, gains or
losses in the other sub-accounts or our other income, gains or losses.
CHANGES WITHIN THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT - We may, from time to time, make additional
Variable Sub-Accounts available to you. These Sub-Accounts will invest in
investment portfolios we find suitable for the Group Contract. We also have the
right to eliminate Sub-Accounts, to combine two or more Sub-Accounts or to
substitute a new investment portfolio for the portfolio in which a Sub-Account
invests. Such an action may become necessary if, in our judgment, a portfolio or
Sub-Account no longer suits the purposes of the Group Contract. This may happen
due to a change in laws or regulations, or a change in a portfolio's or
Sub-Account's investment objectives or restrictions, or because the portfolio or
Sub-Account is no longer available for investment, or for some other reason. We
will get prior approval from the insurance department of our state of domicile
before taking such action. If required, this approval process will be on file
with the insurance department of the jurisdiction in which the Group Contract is
delivered. We will also get any required approval from the SEC and any other
required approvals before taking such an action.
Subject to any required regulatory approvals, we reserve the right to transfer
assets of the Variable Sub-Accounts that we determine to be associated with the
class of Group Contracts to which the Group Contract belongs, to another
variable account or variable sub-account.
When permitted by law, we reserve the right to:
1. Deregister the Variable Account under the Investment Company Act
of 1940;
2. Operate the Variable Account as a management company under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, if it is operating as a unit
investment trust;
3. Operate the Variable Account as a unit investment trust under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, if it is operating as a Managed
Separate Account;
4. Restrict or eliminate any voting rights of Owners, or other
persons who have voting rights as to the Variable Account;
5. Combine the Variable Account with other separate investment
accounts; and
6. Combine a Variable Sub-Account with another Variable Sub-Account.
If any actions we take result in a material change in the underlying investments
of a Variable Sub-Account in which you are invested, we will notify you of the
change. You may then choose a new Sub-Account.
ACCUMULATION UNITS - We keep track of the value of each of your Variable
Sub-Accounts by crediting you with Accumulation Units for each Sub-Account. The
number of Accumulation Units credited to you for each Sub-Account is determined
by dividing (a) by (b) where:
(a) is the dollar amount allocated to that Sub-Account; and
(b) is the value of the Accumulation Unit for that Sub-Account for
the Valuation Date on which the purchase payment or transferred
amount is invested in that Sub-Account.
Accumulation Units will be adjusted for any transfers and will be canceled on
payment of a death benefit, a withdrawal, a surrender, the application of
Account Value to an income plan on the Income Date, or assessment of charges
shown in the Schedule (other than the variable sub-account charges) based on
their value for the Valuation Period in which the transaction occurs.
Page 6
<PAGE> 7
VALUE OF ACCUMULATION UNITS - The Accumulation Unit value for any Valuation
Period is determined by multiplying (a) by (b) where:
(a) is the Accumulation Unit value for the immediately preceding
Valuation Period; and
(b) is the "net investment factor" for the Variable Sub-Account for
the Valuation Period for which the value is being determined.
The value of an Accumulation Unit may increase, decrease or remain the same from
one Valuation Period to the next.
NET INVESTMENT FACTOR - The net investment factor for a Variable Sub-Account is
an index that measures the investment performance of that Sub-Account from one
Valuation Period to the next. The net investment factor for any Valuation Period
is determined by dividing (a) by (b), and then subtracting (c) where:
(a) is the net result of:
(i) the Net Asset Value per share of the investment portfolio
share in which the Sub-Account invests determined at the
end of the current Valuation Period; plus
(ii) the per share amount of any dividend or capital gains
distribution made by that investment portfolio on shares
held in the Sub-Account if the "ex-dividend" date occurs
during the current Valuation Period; and plus or minus
(iii) a per share charge or credit for any taxes reserved for,
which is determined by us to have resulted from the
operations of that Sub-Account;
(b) is the Net Asset Value per share of the investment portfolio
share in which the Sub-Account invests determined at the end of
the immediately preceding Valuation Period; and
(c) is the daily variable sub-account charges shown in the Schedule
(adjusted for the number of days in the Valuation Period).
The net investment factor may be more or less than, or equal to, one.
FIXED ACCOUNT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED ACCOUNT - The Fixed Account is a separate investment account under state
insurance law. It is maintained separate from our General Account and separate
from any other separate investment account that we may have. We own the assets
in the Fixed Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our obligations under (and
the values and benefits under) the Fixed Account option of this Certificate do
not vary as a function of the investment performance of the Fixed Account.
Owners and Beneficiaries with rights under this Certificate do not participate
in the investment gains or losses of the assets of the Fixed Account. Such gains
or losses accrue solely to us. We retain the risk that the value of the assets
in the Fixed Account may fall below the reserves and other liabilities that we
must maintain in connection with our obligations under the Fixed Account option
of this Certificate. In such event, we will transfer assets from our General
Account to the Fixed Account to make up the difference. The Fixed Account will
not be charged with liabilities that arise from any other business that we
conduct. We may transfer to our General Account assets that exceed the reserves
and other liabilities of the Fixed Account. The Fixed Account is not required to
be registered with the SEC as an investment company under the Investment Company
Act of 1940.
FIXED SUB-ACCOUNT - We will establish a separate Fixed Sub-Account for you each
time you allocate amounts to the Fixed Account. Amounts invested in these Fixed
Sub-Accounts earn interest at the Guaranteed Interest Rate in effect on the date
the amounts are allocated.
Page 7
<PAGE> 8
GUARANTEE PERIODS - Each Fixed Sub-Account is guaranteed an interest rate for a
period we refer to as a Guarantee Period. The Guaranteed Interest Rate for a
Fixed Sub-Account is effective for the entire Guarantee Period. The length of a
Guarantee Period is measured from the end of the calendar month in which the
amount is allocated to the Fixed Sub-Account. The last day of the Guarantee
Period is its Expiry Date. Withdrawals or transfers from all or part of a Fixed
Sub-Account, and amounts applied to an income plan, made prior to the Expiry
Date of a Guarantee Period may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
We will notify you at least thirty days prior to an Expiry Date of your options
for renewal, which include:
1. electing a new Guarantee Period from among those then offered by
us, but excluding any that extend beyond your Income Date; or
2. transferring the value of the Fixed Sub-Account to one or more
Variable Sub-Accounts.
If we do not receive Satisfactory Notice prior to the Expiry Date, we will
transfer the value of the expiring Fixed Sub-Account to the Designated
Sub-Account shown in the Schedule.
GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES - Periodically, we will declare Guaranteed Interest
Rates for then available Guarantee Periods. These rates will be guaranteed for
the duration of the respective Guarantee Periods. Guaranteed Interest Rates will
never be less than the Minimum Guaranteed Interest Rate shown in the Schedule.
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT - A Market Value Adjustment may be applied to
withdrawals, transfers or amounts applied to an income plan when taken from a
Fixed Sub-Account prior to its Expiry Date. A Market Value Adjustment is applied
separately to each Fixed Sub-Account.
A Market Value Adjustment is determined by multiplying the amount withdrawn,
transferred or applied to an income plan by the following factor:
N/365
[(1+I)/(1+J+.0025)] -- 1
Where:
- I is the Index Rate for a maturity equal to the Fixed
Sub-Account's Guarantee Period;
- J is the Index Rate for a maturity equal to the time remaining
(rounded up to the next full year) in the Fixed Sub-Account's
Guarantee Period; and
- N is the remaining number of days in the Guarantee Period at the
time of calculation.
If there is no Index Rate for the maturity needed to calculate I or J, straight
line interpolation between the Index Rate of the next highest and next lowest
maturities will be used to determine that Index Rate. If the maturity is one
year or less, we will use the Index Rate for a one-year maturity.
Market Value Adjustments will be applied as follows:
1. The Market Value Adjustment will be applied to the amount
withdrawn, transferred or applied to an income plan before
deduction of any applicable surrender charge.
2. For a partial withdrawal or partial transfer, the Market Value
Adjustment will be calculated on the total amount that must be
withdrawn or transferred in order to provide the amount
requested.
3. If the Market Value Adjustment is negative, it is deducted from
any remaining value in the Fixed Sub-Account. Any remaining
Market Value Adjustment is deducted from the amount
Page 8
<PAGE> 9
withdrawn, transferred or applied to an income plan.
4. If the Market Value Adjustment is positive, it is added to any
remaining value in the Fixed Sub-Account. In the case of
surrender or full transfer, or if the full amount of the Fixed
Sub-Account is applied to an income plan, the Market Value
Adjustment is added to the amount withdrawn, transferred or
applied to an income plan.
TRANSFERS AMONG ACCOUNTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prior to the Income Date and while the Annuitant is living, you may transfer
Account Value among Sub-Accounts. Certain restrictions may apply during the Free
Look Period. To make a transfer, you must give us Satisfactory Notice. Transfers
generally take effect when we receive the notice. The number of free transfers
that we allow each Certificate Year is shown in the Charges section of the
Schedule. Restrictions for transfers are shown in the Schedule. A transfer from
a Fixed Sub-Account may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
WITHDRAWING ALL OR PART OF YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prior to the Income Date and while the Annuitant is living, you may withdraw all
or part of your Account Value by giving us Satisfactory Notice. The minimum
withdrawal is shown in the Schedule.
If you request a withdrawal of all of your Account Value, we will terminate this
Certificate and pay you the Surrender Value. This amount may also be applied to
the income plans subject to any restrictions described in this Certificate.
Unless specified otherwise, we will make partial withdrawals as described in the
Schedule. Withdrawals generally take effect on the date we receive Satisfactory
Notice.
If you make a withdrawal from this Certificate in excess of the Free Withdrawal
Amount described in the Schedule, a surrender charge may be assessed. Surrender
charges are described in the Schedule. A withdrawal from the Fixed Account may
also be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
EXCESS WITHDRAWALS - If a withdrawal is made for an amount greater than the Free
Withdrawal Amount, a surrender charge may be applicable. For purposes of
calculating the surrender charge only, purchase payments will be liquidated in
whole or in part on a "first-in-first-out-basis." This means we liquidate
purchase payments in the order they were made: the oldest unliquidated purchase
payment first, the next oldest unliquidated purchase payment second, etc., until
all purchase payments have been liquidated.
The surrender charge as to any liquidated purchase payment is determined by
multiplying the amount of the purchase payment being liquidated by the
applicable percentage shown in the Schedule. The total surrender charge will be
the sum of the surrender charges for each purchase payment being liquidated.
In a partial withdrawal, the surrender charge is deducted from the Account Value
remaining after you are paid the amount requested. The amount requested from a
Sub-Account may not exceed the value of that Sub-Account less any applicable
surrender charge. In a complete withdrawal (or surrender of this Certificate),
it is deducted from the amount otherwise payable.
CHARGES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The types and amounts of charges and when and how they are deducted are
described in the Schedule.
Page 9
<PAGE> 10
OWNER, ANNUITANT AND BENEFICIARY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE OWNER - You are the Owner of this Certificate. You have the rights and
options described in this Certificate, including but not limited to the right to
receive the income payments beginning on the Income Date. One or more people may
own this Certificate.
THE ANNUITANT - Unless another Annuitant is shown in the Schedule, you are also
the Annuitant. You may name a Contingent Annuitant. You will be the Contingent
Annuitant unless you name someone else. If there are joint Owners, we will treat
the youngest Owner as the Contingent Annuitant, unless you elect otherwise.
If you are not the Annuitant and the Annuitant dies before the Income Date, the
Contingent Annuitant becomes the Annuitant. If the Annuitant dies and no
Contingent Annuitant has been named, we will allow you sixty days to designate
someone other than yourself as Annuitant.
THE BENEFICIARY - We pay the death benefit to the primary Beneficiary (unless
there are joint Owners in which case proceeds are payable to the surviving
Owner). If the primary Beneficiary dies before the Owner, the death benefit is
paid to the Contingent Beneficiary, if any. If there is no surviving
Beneficiary, we pay the death benefit to the Owner's estate.
One or more persons may be named as primary Beneficiary or Contingent
Beneficiary. We will assume any death benefit is to be paid in equal shares to
the multiple surviving Beneficiaries unless you specify otherwise.
You have the right to change Beneficiaries. However, if you designate the
primary Beneficiary as irrevocable, you may need the consent of that irrevocable
Beneficiary to exercise the rights and options under this Certificate.
CHANGE OF OWNER, BENEFICIARY OR ANNUITANT - During your lifetime and while this
Certificate is in force you can transfer ownership of this Certificate or change
the Beneficiary, or change the Annuitant. (However, the Annuitant cannot be
changed after the Income Date.) To make any of these changes, you must send us
Satisfactory Notice. If accepted, any change in Owner, Beneficiary or Annuitant
will take effect on the date you signed the notice. Any of these changes will
not affect any payment made or action taken by us before our acceptance. A
CHANGE OF OWNER MAY BE A TAXABLE EVENT and may also affect the amount of death
benefit payable under this Certificate.
DEATH BENEFITS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEATH BENEFIT BEFORE THE INCOME DATE - If any Owner dies before the Income Date,
we will pay the Beneficiary the greatest of the following:
(a) the Account Value determined as of the day we receive proof of
death; or
(b) 100% of the sum of all purchase payments made to this
Certificate, reduced by any prior withdrawals (including any
associated surrender charge and Market Value Adjustment
incurred); or
(c) the Highest Anniversary Value.
HIGHEST ANNIVERSARY VALUE - The Highest Anniversary Value is equal to the
greatest anniversary value attained from the following:
Upon our receipt of proof of death, we will calculate an anniversary
value for each Certificate Anniversary before the Owner's death
excluding, however, Certificate Anniversaries that come after the
Owner attains age 80. An anniversary value is equal to the Account
Value on a
Page 10
<PAGE> 11
Certificate Anniversary, increased by the dollar amount of any
purchase payments made since that Certificate Anniversary and
reduced for any withdrawals (including any associated surrender
charge and Market Value Adjustment incurred) taken since that
anniversary. This reduction will be made in proportion to the
reduction in the Account Value that results from a withdrawal.
MULTIPLE OWNERS - If there are multiple Owners, the age of the oldest Owner will
be used to determine the death benefit.
DEATH BENEFIT WHEN NO NATURAL OWNERS - If there is no Owner who is a natural
person, we will treat the Annuitant as Owner for the purpose of paying the death
benefit, and the Annuitant's age will determine the death benefit payable to the
Beneficiary.
REQUIRED DISTRIBUTION OF PROCEEDS ON THE DEATH OF THE OWNER - The three
sub-sections indented below are required to qualify this Certificate as an
annuity contract under Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended. Where the terms of these three sub-sections are in conflict with any
other sections or sub-sections of this Certificate, these three sub-sections
will control. We reserve the right to amend or administer this Certificate as
necessary to comply with the applicable tax requirements. These three
sub-sections and this Certificate should be construed so that they comply with
the applicable tax requirements.
DEATH BENEFIT OPTIONS BEFORE INCOME DATE - In the event any Owner
dies before the Income Date, the death benefit may be taken in one
sum, in which case this Certificate will terminate. Such sum shall
be paid within five years of the Owner's death unless one of the
options for continuation of this Certificate below is elected by the
person entitled to make that election.
CERTIFICATE CONTINUATION OPTION - If the death benefit is not
taken in one sum immediately, the Certificate will continue
subject to the following provisions:
1. If there are joint Owners, the surviving Owner becomes the
new Owner. Otherwise, the Beneficiary becomes the new Owner.
2. Unless specified otherwise, any excess of the death benefit
over the Account Value will be allocated to and among the
Variable and Fixed Accounts in proportion to their values as
of the date on which the death benefit is determined. We
will establish a new Fixed Sub-Account for any allocation to
the Fixed Account based on the Guarantee Period you then
elect.
3. No additional purchase payments may be applied to this
Certificate.
4. If the new Owner is not the deceased Owner's spouse, the
entire interest in this Certificate must be distributed
under one of the following options:
a. The entire interest in this Certificate must be
distributed over the life of the new Owner, or over a
period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the
new Owner, with distributions beginning within one year
of the Owner's death; or
b. The entire interest in this Certificate must be
distributed within 5 years of the Owner's death.
5. If the new Owner is the deceased Owner's spouse, this
Certificate will continue with the surviving spouse as the
new Owner. The surviving spouse may name a new Beneficiary.
If no Beneficiary is so named, the surviving spouse's estate
will be the Beneficiary. Upon the death of the surviving
spouse, the death benefit will equal the Account Value as of
the date we receive proof of the spouse's death, and the
entire interest in this Certificate must be distributed to
the new Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of 4
(a) or 4 (b) above.
If there is more than one Beneficiary, the foregoing provisions
will independently apply to each Beneficiary.
Page 11
<PAGE> 12
DEATH BENEFIT ON OR AFTER THE INCOME DATE - If any Owner dies on or
after the Income Date but before the time the entire interest in
this Certificate has been distributed, the remaining portion will be
distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution
being used as of the date of the Owner's death.
If income payments have been selected based on an income plan
providing for payments for a guaranteed period, and the Annuitant
dies on or after the Income Date, we will make the remaining
guaranteed payments to the Beneficiary. Any remaining payments will
be made as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as
of the date of the Annuitant's death. If no Beneficiary is living,
we will commute any unpaid guaranteed payments to a single sum (on
the basis of the interest rate used in determining the payments) and
pay that single sum to the estate of the last to die of the
Annuitant or the Beneficiary.
PROOF OF DEATH - Proof of death must be received at our Customer Service Center
before we will pay any death benefit. We will accept one of the following items:
1. An original certified copy of an official death certificate; or
2. An original certified copy of a decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction as to the finding of death; or
3. Any other proof satisfactory to us.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSIGNMENT - You may assign this Certificate at any time prior to the Income
Date. No assignment will be binding on us unless we receive Satisfactory Notice.
We will not be liable for any payments made or actions we take before the
assignment is accepted by us. An absolute assignment will revoke the interest of
any revocable Beneficiary. We will not be responsible for the validity of any
assignment. AN ASSIGNMENT MAY BE A TAXABLE EVENT.
CLAIMS OF CREDITORS - To the extent permitted by law, no benefits payable under
this Certificate will be subject to the claims of your, the Beneficiary's, or
the Annuitant's creditors.
MISSTATEMENT AND PROOF OF AGE, SEX OR SURVIVAL - We may require proof of age,
sex or survival of any person upon whose age, sex or survival any payments
depend. If the age or sex of the Annuitant has been misstated, or if the age of
the Owner has been misstated, the benefits will be those that the Account Value
applied would have provided for the correct age and sex. If we have made
incorrect income payments, the amount of any underpayment will be paid
immediately. The amount of any overpayment will be deducted from future income
payments.
NO DIVIDENDS PAYABLE - This Certificate is non-participating and does not share
in any distribution of our surplus. We will not pay any dividends.
INCONTESTABILITY - This Certificate is incontestable from its Certificate Date.
REQUIRED REPORTS - We will furnish a report to you as often as required by law,
but at least once each Certificate Year before the Income Date. The report will
show the number of Accumulation Units credited to each Variable Sub-Account in
which you are invested and the corresponding Accumulation Unit value as of the
date of the report. It will also show your Fixed Account Value.
MORTALITY AND EXPENSES - Our actual mortality and expense experience will not
affect the amount of any income payments or any other values under this
Certificate.
Page 12
<PAGE> 13
TAXES BASED UPON PURCHASE PAYMENT OR VALUE - If there is a law or change in law
assessing taxes against us based upon purchase payments or value of this
Certificate, we reserve the right to charge you and all similarly situated
Owners proportionately for that tax. This would include a tax based upon our
realized net capital gains in the Variable Sub-Accounts and on earnings in the
Fixed Account, on which we are not currently taxed.
PAYMENTS WE MAY DEFER - We may not be able to determine the value of the assets
of the Variable Sub-Accounts because:
1. The New York Stock Exchange is closed for trading;
2. The SEC determines that a state of emergency exists;
3. An order or pronouncement of the SEC permits a delay for the
protection of Owners; or
4. The check used to pay the purchase payment has not cleared
through the banking system. This may take up to 15 days.
If this happens, we may delay:
1. Determination and payment of the Surrender Value;
2. Determination and payment of any death benefit if death occurs
before the Income Date;
3. Transfers of the Account Value; or
4. Application of the Account Value under an income plan.
We reserve the right to delay payment of amounts from the Fixed Account for up
to six months. If deferred 30 days or more, the amount deferred will earn
interest at a rate not less than the Minimum Deferral Interest Rate shown in the
Fixed Account section of the Schedule.
AUTHORITY TO MAKE AGREEMENTS - All agreements made by us must be signed by one
of our officers. No other person, including an insurance agent or broker, can
change the terms of this Certificate or make any agreement binding on us.
However, we can, with the agreement of the Group Contractholder, make changes to
the Group Contract and this Certificate without your consent.
REQUIRED NOTE ON OUR COMPUTATIONS - We have filed a detailed statement of our
computations with the insurance supervisory officials in the appropriate
jurisdictions. The values are not less than those required by the laws of those
states or jurisdictions. Any benefit provided by an attached rider will not
increase these values unless otherwise stated in that rider.
ANNUITY INCOME BENEFITS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHOOSING AN INCOME DATE AND INCOME PLAN - On the Income Date, if the Annuitant
is alive and this Certificate is in force, income payments will begin under the
income plan you have chosen. If you have not chosen an income plan, the option
shown in the Schedule will automatically apply. If you have not selected an
Income Date, the Maximum Income Date shown in the Schedule will automatically
apply.
You may choose or change an income plan or the Income Date by giving us
Satisfactory Notice at least 30 days before the Income Date. However, any Income
Date must meet the restrictions described in the Schedule.
Once income payments have begun, we reserve the right to disallow further
changes without our prior approval.
MINIMUM AMOUNTS - If the amount available to apply under any variable or fixed
option is less than the minimum amount shown in the Schedule, we reserve the
right to pay such amount in a lump sum in lieu of the payment otherwise provided
for.
Page 13
<PAGE> 14
Income payments will be made monthly unless quarterly, semi-annual or annual
payments are chosen by giving us Satisfactory Notice at least 30 days before the
Income Date. However, if at any time the payment becomes less than the minimum
income payment shown in the Schedule, we reserve the right to reduce the
frequency of payment to an interval that results in each payment being at least
equal to the minimum income payment. In no event will the interval be less
frequent than annual.
ALLOCATION OF ANNUITY - At the time you elect the income plan, you may also
elect to have the Account Value applied to provide a Variable Income Annuity, a
Fixed Income Annuity, or a combination of both. Unless you specify otherwise, we
will provide either variable or fixed, or a combination of variable and fixed
income payments in proportion to the Sub-Accounts in which you are invested as
of a date not more than [5] Valuation Days before the due date of the first
income payment. If any applicable purchase payment taxes are then due us, we
will also deduct them proportionately.
VARIABLE INCOME ANNUITY
AMOUNT OF FIRST VARIABLE PAYMENT - The Income Tables shown in the Schedule are
used to determine the first monthly variable income payment for an assumed
investment rate of 3%. The Income Tables show the dollar amount of the first
monthly variable income payment that can be purchased with each $1,000 applied.
The assumed investment rates we currently allow are shown on the Schedule.
VALUE OF INCOME UNITS - The Income Unit value for any Valuation Period is
determined by multiplying (a) by (b), and then dividing by (c) where:
(a) is the Income Unit value for the immediately preceding Valuation
Period;
(b) is the "net investment factor" for the Variable Sub-Account for the
Valuation Period for which the value is being determined; and
(c) is the daily equivalent of the assumed investment rate for the number
of days in the Valuation Period.
The value of an Income Unit may increase, decrease or remain the same from one
Valuation Period to the next.
NUMBER OF INCOME UNITS - We determine the number of Income Units in each
Variable Sub-Account by dividing the first monthly variable income payment
attributable to that Sub-Account by its Income Unit value as of a date not more
than [5] Valuation Days before the due date of the first variable income
payment.
AMOUNT OF SECOND AND SUBSEQUENT VARIABLE PAYMENTS - The dollar amount of the
second and subsequent variable income payments may change with the investment
performance of the Variable Sub-Accounts. The total amount of each variable
income payment will be equal to the sum of the variable income payments in each
Variable Sub-Account. The dollar amount of each payment for a Variable
Sub-Account is determined by multiplying the number of Income Units by the
Income Unit value for the Variable Sub-Account for the Valuation Period which
ends on a consistently applied date not more than [5] Valuation Days before the
payment is due.
We guarantee that the dollar amount of each payment after the first will not be
affected by variations in our expenses or mortality experience.
EXCHANGE OF INCOME UNITS - After the Income Date, if there is an exchange of
value of a designated number of Income Units of particular Variable Sub-Accounts
into other Income Units, the value will be such that the dollar amount of income
payment made on the date of exchange would be unaffected by the exchange.
Page 14
<PAGE> 15
FIXED INCOME ANNUITY
A Fixed Income Annuity is an annuity with income payments that remain fixed as
to dollar amount throughout the payment period. The Income Tables shown in the
Schedule are used to determine the monthly fixed income payment. The Income
Tables show the dollar amount of the monthly fixed income payment that can be
purchased with each $1,000 applied.
INCOME PLANS
The following is a list of income plans we guarantee to make available.
INCOME PLAN 1. LIFE ANNUITY - An annuity payable during the lifetime of the
Annuitant and terminating with the last payment preceding the death of the
Annuitant.
INCOME PLAN 2. LIFE ANNUITY WITH 10 OR 20 YEARS CERTAIN - An annuity payable
during the lifetime of the Annuitant with the provision that payments will be
made for a minimum of 10 or 20 years, as elected.
INCOME PLAN 3. JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR ANNUITY - An annuity payable during the
joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a designated second person, and thereafter
during the remaining lifetime of the survivor, ceasing with the last payment
prior to the death of the survivor.
INCOME PLAN 4. PAYMENTS FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD CERTAIN - An amount payable for
the number of years selected which may be from 5 to 30 years.
INCOME PLAN 5. ANNUITY PLAN - An amount can be used to purchase any single
premium annuity we offer on the Income Date for which you and the Annuitant are
eligible.
Page 15
<PAGE> 16
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Page 16
<PAGE> 17
SCHEDULE
Group Contract No.: 123456789 Certificate No.: 987654
Owner: JOHN DOE Certificate Date: 1/1/1998
Issue Age/Sex: 35/MALE
Annuitant: JOHN DOE
Issue Age/Sex: 35/MALE Income Date: 1/1/2038
Initial Purchase Automatic Annuity [INCOME PLAN 2 WITH
Payment: $[10,000] Income Plan: 10 YEARS CERTAIN]
This Schedule sets forth additional information that relates to the provisions
in this Certificate with the corresponding headings.
MAKING PURCHASE PAYMENTS
The Designated Sub-Account is the [Money Market Sub-Account].
No purchase payment, whether initial or additional, may be allocated such that
any Sub-Account would have a value less than [$250].
Additional purchase payments are subject to the following limits:
1. [Non-qualified plan: Additional purchase payments may be made
until the earlier of the year in which you attain age [85] or the
year in which the Annuitant attains age [85].]
2. [Qualified plan: Additional purchase payments may be made until
the year in which you attain age [70 1/2], except rollover
contributions may be made until the year in which you attain age
[85].]
3. The minimum additional purchase payment we will accept is [$250].
4. Our prior approval is required before you make a purchase payment
that causes the Account Value of all annuities that you maintain
with us to exceed [$1,000,000].
VARIABLE ACCOUNT
The Variable Account for this Certificate is [The Sage Variable Annuity Account
A]. [It is a unit investment trust variable account.]
FIXED ACCOUNT
The Fixed Account for this Certificate is [The Sage Fixed Interest Account A.]
The Minimum Guaranteed Interest Rate is [3%].
The Minimum Deferral Interest Rate is [3%].
The Designated Sub-Account is the [Money Market Sub-Account]. It is not part of
the Fixed Account.
Index Rate: [The Index Rate is the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity Series as
reported in Federal Reserve Bulletin Release H.15. We currently base the Index
Rate for a calendar week on the reported rate for the preceding calendar week.
We reserve the right to set it less frequently but in no event less often than
monthly.]
Page 17
<PAGE> 18
TRANSFERS AMONG ACCOUNTS
The minimum amount that can be transferred is [$250]. However, if less remains
in a Sub-Account, that amount may be transferred. If a transfer request would
reduce the Account Value remaining in a Sub-Account below [$250], we will treat
the transfer request as a request to transfer the entire amount.
Your transfer request must clearly state the Sub-Accounts from which and to
which transfers are to be made.
We reserve the right to limit, upon notice, the maximum number of transfers you
may make to [one] per calendar month or [12] per Certificate Year.
After the Income Date, we reserve the right to:
1. disallow transfers from the Fixed Account to the Variable
Account, or from the Variable Account to the Fixed Account; and
2. limit the maximum number of transfers between Variable
Sub-Accounts to [1] per Certificate Year.
WITHDRAWING ALL OR PART OF YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE
The Free Withdrawal Amount is the greater of (a) and (b) where:
[(a) is the excess of 10% of the total purchase payments over 100% of
all prior withdrawals in that Certificate Year; and
(b) is the excess of the Account Value on the date of withdrawal over
the unliquidated purchase payments.]
The minimum amount that can be withdrawn is [$250]. If a withdrawal request
would reduce the Account Value remaining in a Sub-Account below [$250], we will
treat the withdrawal request as a request to withdraw the entire amount.
If a requested withdrawal would reduce the Account Value below [$2,000], we
reserve the right to treat the request as a withdrawal of only the excess over
[$2,000].
Unless you specify otherwise, we will make withdrawals [proportionately from all
Sub-Accounts in which you are invested.]
Page 18
<PAGE> 19
CHARGES
SURRENDER CHARGE - A surrender charge may be imposed upon surrender of this
Certificate or when an Excess Withdrawal is made. A Market Value Adjustment, if
any, is applied before calculating the surrender charge. The surrender charge is
applied to each purchase payment and is a percentage of each purchase payment as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Complete Years Maximum
Elapsed Since Surrender Charge
Payment Accepted Percentage
---------------- ----------
<S> <C>
[0 7%
1 7%
2 6%
3 5%
4 4%
5 3%
6 1%
7+ 0%]
</TABLE>
OR
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Maximum
Certificate Surrender Charge
Year Percentage
---- ----------
<S> <C>
[1 7%
2 7%
3 6%
4 5%
5 4%
6 3%
7 1%
8+ 0%]
</TABLE>
OR
The maximum surrender charge percentage is 0% for all Certificate Years.
TRANSFER CHARGE - We reserve the right to charge a maximum of [$25] for each
transfer after the [12th] in a Certificate Year. Each request is considered to
be one transfer regardless of the number of Sub-Accounts affected by the
transfer. The transfer charge will be deducted proportionately from all
Sub-Accounts from which the transfer is made.
ADMINISTRATION CHARGE - [$40] a year. This charge is incurred at the beginning
of each Certificate Year and deducted on each Certificate Anniversary or upon
surrender. The charge will be waived:
1. if the Account Value is at least [$50,000] at the time of
deduction; or
2. beginning on and after the [8th] Certificate Anniversary.
PURCHASE PAYMENT TAX CHARGE - The amount of any state and local taxes levied by
any governmental entity on purchase payments may be deducted from the Account
Value when such taxes are incurred. We reserve the right to defer the collection
of this charge and deduct it against your Account Value on the surrender of this
Certificate, or Excess Withdrawal, or application of the Account Value to
provide income payments.
Page 19
<PAGE> 20
ASSET-BASED CHARGES - We deduct asset-based charges to compensate us for
assuming mortality and expense risks, and certain administrative expenses.
[Prior to the Income Date] asset-based charges are calculated as a percentage of
the Variable Account Value on the date of deduction. On the Certificate Date,
and monthly thereafter, the asset-based charges are deducted in proportion to
the Variable Sub-Accounts in which you are invested. The maximum charges are:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Asset-Based Charges Annual Charge Monthly Charge
- ------------------- ------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
Certificate Years 1-7 [1.40% .116667%
Certificate Years 8+ 1.25% .104167%]
</TABLE>
We also deduct asset-based charges on the effective date of any transfer from
the Fixed Account, or allocation of purchase payment to the Variable Account,
based on the amount transferred or allocated, and based on the number of days
remaining until the next date of deduction.
VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT CHARGES - [On and after the Income Date] we deduct the
asset-based charges above from the assets in each Variable Sub-Account on a
daily basis. The maximum charges are:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Variable Sub-Account Charges Annual Charge Daily Charge
- ---------------------------- ------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Certificate Years 1-7 [1.40% .0038626%
Certificate Years 8+ 1.25% .0034462%]
</TABLE>
CHARGE DEDUCTION RULES - Unless otherwise specified above, charges are deducted
from the Account Value [proportionately from all Sub-Accounts in which you are
invested.]
ANNUITY INCOME BENEFITS
If you have not chosen an income plan, [Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain] will
automatically apply.
The Maximum Income Date is the first day of the first calendar month following
the Annuitant's [95th] birthday.
We reserve the right to require that the Income Date be at least [2 years] after
the Certificate Date.
The minimum amount that can be applied under any Variable or Fixed Income
Annuity is [$5,000].
The minimum income payment is [$100].
We currently allow assumed investment rates of [3%] and [6%]. If you do not
specify one of these rates when you choose an income plan, the assumed
investment rate will be [3%].
Values for other ages, and for other payment periods, joint life combinations,
or assumed investment rates that we offer (Tables below assume 3%) are available
on request. Monthly income payments are shown for each $1,000 applied.
Page 20
<PAGE> 21
INCOME TABLE FOR A FIXED PERIOD
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Monthly Monthly Monthly
Fixed Period Income Fixed Period Income Fixed Period Income
of Years Payment of Years Payment of Years Payment
-------- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
11 $8.88 21 $5.33
12 8.26 22 5.16
13 7.73 23 5.00
14 7.28 24 4.85
5 17.95 15 6.89 25 4.72
6 15.18 16 6.54 26 4.60
7 13.20 17 6.24 27 4.49
8 11.71 18 5.98 28 4.38
9 10.56 19 5.74 29 4.28
10 9.64 20 5.53 30 4.19
</TABLE>
INCOME TABLE FOR LIFE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Male/Female Male/Female Male/Female
Age Life Only 10 Years Certain 20 Years Certain
--- --------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
50 4.28 / 3.92 $4.24 / 3.90 $4.10 / 3.84
55 4.72 / 4.27 4.64 / 4.24 4.40 / 4.12
60 5.31 / 4.74 5.17 / 4.68 4.73 / 4.45
65 6.13 / 5.38 5.84 / 5.25 5.04 / 4.81
70 7.28 / 6.29 6.65 / 6.00 5.29 / 5.14
75 8.90 / 7.62 7.53 / 6.92 5.43 / 5.37
80 11.19 / 9.62 8.37 / 7.93 5.50 / 5.48
85 14.36 / 12.63 9.00 / 8.77 5.52 / 5.52
</TABLE>
RIDERS
Accidental Death Benefit Rider
The Maximum Accidental Death Benefit is [$250,000].
Page 21
<PAGE> 22
[SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC. LOGO]
Member of Sage Insurance Group
FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED COMBINATION FIXED AND VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTIFICATE
Surrender Values while you are living and prior to the Income Date.
Income Payments begin on the Income Date
Nonparticipating
Page 22
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 4(b)(i)
[SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC. LOGO]
MEMBER OF SAGE INSURANCE
INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITY RIDER
GENERAL
This Rider is made part of the Contract to which it is attached. The Contract as
amended is intended to qualify as an individual retirement annuity under Section
408(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").
APPLICABLE PROVISIONS
The following provisions apply and replace any contrary provisions of the
Contract:
1. You shall be the Owner. Any provision of the Contract that would allow
joint ownership, or that would allow more than one person to share
distributions, is deleted.
2. The Contract is not transferable or assignable (other than pursuant to
a divorce decree in accordance with applicable law) and is established
for the exclusive benefit of you and your Beneficiaries. It may not be
sold, assigned, alienated, or pledged as collateral for a loan or as
security.
3. Your entire interest in the Contract shall be nonforfeitable.
4. Premium payments shall be in cash. The following premium payments shall
be accepted under this Contract:
a. Rollover contributions described in Code Sections 402(c),
403(a)(4), 403(b)(8) and 408(d)(3);
b. Amounts transferred from another individual retirement account or
annuity;
c. Other premium payments in an amount not in excess of $2,000 for
any year;
[d. Contributions pursuant to a Simplified Employee Pension as
provided in Code Section 408(k)].
You shall have the sole responsibility for determining whether any
premium payment meets applicable income tax requirements.
5. This Contract does not require fixed premium payments. Any refund of
premiums (other than those attributable to excess contributions) will
be applied before the close of the calendar year following the year of
the refund toward the payment of additional premiums or the purchase of
additional benefits.
6. The Income Date is the date your entire Account Value will be
distributed or commence to be distributed to you. Your Income Date
shall be no later than April 1 of the calendar year following the
calendar year in which you attain age 70 1/2. You shall have the sole
responsibility for electing a distribution that complies with this
Rider and applicable law.
7. With respect to any amount which becomes payable under the Contract
during your lifetime, such payment shall commence on or before the
Income Date and shall be payable in substantially equal amounts, no
less frequently than annually. Payments shall be made in the following
manner:
a. in a lump sum; or
Page 1
DVA-IRA-9712
<PAGE> 2
b. over your life; or
c. over the lives of you and your designated beneficiary; or
d. over a period certain not exceeding your life expectancy; or
e. over a period certain not exceeding the joint and last survivor
expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.
If your entire interest is to be distributed in other than a lump sum,
then the minimum amount to be distributed each year (commencing with
the calendar year following the calendar year in which you attain age
70 1/2 and each year thereafter) shall be determined in accordance
with Code Sections 408(b)(3) and 401(a)(9), including the incidental
death benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G), and the
regulations thereunder including the minimum distribution incidental
benefit requirement of Proposed Treasury Regulation Section
1.401(a)(9)-2. Payments must be either nonincreasing or may increase
only as provided in Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-1,
Q&A F-3.
8. If you die after distribution of your interest has commenced, the
remaining portion of such interest will continue to be distributed at
least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used prior
to your death.
If you die before distribution has begun, your entire interest in the
Contract must be distributed no later than December 31 of the calendar
year in which the fifth anniversary of your death occurs. However,
proceeds which are payable to a named beneficiary who is a natural
person may be distributed in substantially equal installments over the
lifetime of the beneficiary or a period certain not exceeding the life
expectancy of the beneficiary provided such distribution begins not
later than December 31 of the calendar year in which the first
anniversary of your death occurs. If the beneficiary is your surviving
spouse, the surviving spouse may elect not later than December 31 of
the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of your death occurs
to receive equal or substantially equal payments over the life or life
expectancy of the surviving spouse commencing at any date prior to the
date on which you would have attained age 70 1/2. Minimum payments
will be calculated in accordance with Code Sections 408(b)(3) and the
regulations thereunder.
For the purposes of this requirement, any amount paid to any of your
children will be treated as if it had been paid to your surviving
spouse if the remainder of the interest becomes payable to the
surviving spouse when the child reaches the age of majority.
If the beneficiary is your surviving spouse, the spouse may treat the
Contract as the spouse's own IRA. This election will be deemed to have
been made if the surviving spouse makes a regular IRA contribution to
the Contract, makes a rollover to or from the Contract, or fails to
elect any of the above distribution options.
If you die before your entire interest has been distributed, no
additional premiums will be accepted under this Contract after your
death unless the beneficiary is your surviving spouse.
9. For purposes of the foregoing provisions, life expectancy and
joint and last survivor expectancy shall be determined by use of the
expected return multiples in Table V and VI of Treasury Regulation
Section 1.72-9 in accordance with Code Section 408(b)(3) and the
regulations thereunder. In the case of distributions under paragraph
7 of this Rider, the life expectancy of you and your beneficiary will
be initially determined on the basis of your attained ages in the
year you reach 70 1/2. In the case of distribution under paragraph
8 of this Rider, life expectancy will be initially determined on the
basis of your beneficiary's attained age in the year distributions
are required to commence. Unless you (or your spouse) elects
otherwise prior to the time distributions are required to commence,
your life expectancy and, if applicable, your spouse's life
expectancy will be recalculated annually based on your attained ages
in the year for which the required distribution is being determined.
The life expectancy of a nonspouse beneficiary will not
Page 2
<PAGE> 3
be recalculated.
The annual distribution required to be made by your Income Date is for
the calendar year in which you reached age 70 1/2. Annual payments
for subsequent years, including the year in which your Income Date
occurs, must be made by December 31 of that year. The amount
distributed for each year shall equal or exceed the annuity value as of
the close of business on December 31 of the preceding year, divided by
the applicable life expectancy or joint and last survivor expectancy.
You may satisfy the minimum distribution requirements under Code
Section 408(b)(3) by receiving a distribution from one IRA that is
equal to the amount required to satisfy the minimum distribution
requirement for two or more IRAs. For this purpose, if you own two or
more IRAs, you may use the alternative method described in Notice
88-38, 1988-1 C.B. 524, to satisfy the minimum distribution
requirements.
You or your beneficiary, as applicable, shall have the sole
responsibility for requesting a distribution that complies with this
Rider and applicable law.
MODIFICATIONS
We reserve the right to amend the Contract or this Rider to the extent necessary
to qualify as an individual retirement annuity for federal income tax purposes.
CHARGE FOR THIS RIDER
There is no charge for this Rider.
EFFECTIVE DATE
This Rider is effective as of the Contract Date.
TERMINATION
This Rider will terminate on the date of the first to occur of the following
events:
1. The Contract is surrendered.
2. The entire interest in the Contract has been distributed.
3. You request the termination of this Rider.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
All of the terms used in this Rider have the same meanings as in the Contract
unless otherwise clearly indicated in this Rider. This Rider is subject to all
the exclusions, definitions and provisions of the Contract which are not
inconsistent with the terms of this Rider.
[SIG]
Chairman
Page 3
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 4(b)(ii)
[SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC. LOGO]
MEMBER OF SAGE INSURANCE GROUP
INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITY RIDER
GENERAL
This Rider is made part of the Group Contract/Certificate to which it is
attached. The Certificate as amended is intended to qualify as an individual
retirement annuity under Section 408(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code").
APPLICABLE PROVISIONS
The following provisions apply and replace any contrary provisions of the
Certificate:
1. You shall be the Owner. Any provision of the Certificate that would
allow joint ownership, or that would allow more than one person to
share distributions, is deleted.
2. The Certificate is not transferable or assignable (other than pursuant
to a divorce decree in accordance with applicable law) and is
established for the exclusive benefit of you and your Beneficiaries. It
may not be sold, assigned, alienated, or pledged as collateral for a
loan or as security.
3. Your entire interest in the Certificate shall be nonforfeitable.
4. Premium payments shall be in cash. The following premium payments shall
be accepted under this Certificate:
a. Rollover contributions described in Code Sections 402(c),
403(a)(4), 403(b)(8) and 408(d)(3);
b. Amounts transferred from another individual retirement account or
annuity;
c. Other premium payments in an amount not in excess of $2,000 for any
year;
[d. Contributions pursuant to a Simplified Employee Pension as
provided in Code Section 408(k)].
You shall have the sole responsibility for determining whether any
premium payment meets applicable income tax requirements.
5. This Certificate does not require fixed premium payments. Any refund of
premiums (other than those attributable to excess contributions) will
be applied before the close of the calendar year following the year of
the refund toward the payment of additional premiums or the purchase of
additional benefits.
6. The Income Date is the date your entire Account Value will be
distributed or commence to be distributed to you. Your Income Date
shall be no later than April 1 of the calendar year following the
calendar year in which you attain age 70 1/2. You shall have the sole
responsibility for electing a distribution that complies with this
Rider and applicable law.
7. With respect to any amount which becomes payable under the Certificate
during your lifetime, such payment shall commence on or before the
Income Date and shall be payable in substantially equal amounts, no
less frequently than annually. Payments shall be made in the following
manner:
a. in a lump sum; or
Page 1
DVA-C-IRA-9712
<PAGE> 2
b. over your life; or
c. over the lives of you and your designated beneficiary; or
d. over a period certain not exceeding your life expectancy; or
e. over a period certain not exceeding the joint and last survivor
expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.
If your entire interest is to be distributed in other than a lump sum,
then the minimum amount to be distributed each year (commencing with
the calendar year following the calendar year in which you attain age
70 1/2 and each year thereafter) shall be determined in accordance
with Code Sections 408(b)(3) and 401(a)(9), including the incidental
death benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G), and the
regulations thereunder including the minimum distribution incidental
benefit requirement of Proposed Treasury Regulation Section
1.401(a)(9)-2. Payments must be either nonincreasing or may increase
only as provided in Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-1,
Q&A F-3.
8. If you die after distribution of your interest has commenced, the
remaining portion of such interest will continue to be distributed at
least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used prior
to your death.
If you die before distribution has begun, your entire interest in the
Certificate must be distributed no later than December 31 of the
calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of your death occurs.
However, proceeds which are payable to a named beneficiary who is a
natural person may be distributed in substantially equal installments
over the lifetime of the beneficiary or a period certain not exceeding
the life expectancy of the beneficiary provided such distribution
begins not later than December 31 of the calendar year in which the
first anniversary of your death occurs. If the beneficiary is your
surviving spouse, the surviving spouse may elect not later than
December 31 of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of your
death occurs to receive equal or substantially equal payments over the
life or life expectancy of the surviving spouse commencing at any date
prior to the date on which you would have attained age 70 1/2.
Minimum payments will be calculated in accordance with Code Sections
408(b)(3) and the regulations thereunder.
For the purposes of this requirement, any amount paid to any of your
children will be treated as if it had been paid to your surviving
spouse if the remainder of the interest becomes payable to the
surviving spouse when the child reaches the age of majority.
If the beneficiary is your surviving spouse, the spouse may treat the
Certificate as the spouse's own IRA. This election will be deemed to
have been made if the surviving spouse makes a regular IRA contribution
to the Certificate, makes a rollover to or from the Certificate, or
fails to elect any of the above distribution options.
If you die before your entire interest has been distributed, no
additional premiums will be accepted under this Certificate after your
death unless the beneficiary is your surviving spouse.
9. For purposes of the foregoing provisions, life expectancy and
joint and last survivor expectancy shall be determined by use of the
expected return multiples in Table V and VI of Treasury Regulation
Section 1.72-9 in accordance with Code Section 408(b)(3) and the
regulations thereunder. In the case of distributions under paragraph
7 of this Rider, the life expectancy of you and your beneficiary will
be initially determined on the basis of your attained ages in the
year you reach 70 1/2. In the case of distribution under paragraph
8 of this Rider, life expectancy will be initially determined on the
basis of your beneficiary's attained age in the year distributions
are required to commence. Unless you (or your spouse) elects
otherwise prior to the time distributions are required to commence,
your life expectancy and, if applicable, your spouse's life
expectancy will be recalculated annually based on your attained ages
in the year for which the
Page 2
<PAGE> 3
required distribution is being determined. The life expectancy of a
nonspouse beneficiary will not be recalculated.
The annual distribution required to be made by your Income Date is for
the calendar year in which you reached age 70 1/2. Annual payments
for subsequent years, including the year in which your Income Date
occurs, must be made by December 31 of that year. The amount
distributed for each year shall equal or exceed the annuity value as of
the close of business on December 31 of the preceding year, divided by
the applicable life expectancy or joint and last survivor expectancy.
You may satisfy the minimum distribution requirements under Code
Section 408(b)(3) by receiving a distribution from one IRA that is
equal to the amount required to satisfy the minimum distribution
requirement for two or more IRAs. For this purpose, if you own two or
more IRAs, you may use the alternative method described in Notice
88-38, 1988-1 C.B. 524, to satisfy the minimum distribution
requirements.
You or your beneficiary, as applicable, shall have the sole
responsibility for requesting a distribution that complies with this
Rider and applicable law.
MODIFICATIONS
We reserve the right to amend the Certificate or this Rider to the extent
necessary to qualify as an individual retirement annuity for federal income tax
purposes.
CHARGE FOR THIS RIDER
There is no charge for this Rider.
EFFECTIVE DATE
This Rider is effective as of the Certificate Date.
TERMINATION
This Rider will terminate on the date of the first to occur of the following
events:
1. The Certificate is surrendered.
2. The entire interest in the Certificate has been distributed.
3. You request the termination of this Rider.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
All of the terms used in this Rider have the same meanings as in the Group
Contract and Certificate unless otherwise clearly indicated in this Rider. This
Rider is subject to all the exclusions, definitions and provisions of the Group
Contract and the Certificate which are not inconsistent with the terms of this
Rider.
[SIG]
Chairman
Page 3
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 4(b)(iii)
[SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC. LOGO]
MEMBER OF SAGE INSURANCE GROUP
SIMPLE INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITY RIDER
GENERAL
This Rider is made part of the Contract to which it is attached. The Contract as
amended is intended to qualify as a SIMPLE individual retirement annuity under
Section 408(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").
APPLICABLE PROVISIONS
The following provisions apply and replace any contrary provisions of the
Contract:
1. You shall be the Owner. Any provision of the Contract that would
allow joint ownership, or that would allow more than one person to
share distributions, is deleted.
2. The Contract is not transferable or assignable (other than pursuant
to a divorce decree in accordance with applicable law) and is
established for the exclusive benefit of you and your Beneficiaries.
It may not be sold, assigned, alienated, or pledged as collateral
for a loan or as security.
3. Your entire interest in the Contract shall be nonforfeitable.
4. This Contract will accept only cash premium payments made on your
behalf pursuant to the terms of a SIMPLE IRA plan described in Code
Section 408(p). A rollover contribution or a transfer of assets from
another of your SIMPLE IRAs will also be accepted.
You shall have the sole responsibility for determining whether any
premium payment meets applicable income tax requirements.
If contributions made on your behalf pursuant to a SIMPLE IRA plan
maintained by your employer are received directly by us from the
employer, we will provide the employer with the summary description
required by Code Section 408(l)(2).
5. This Contract does not require fixed premium payments. Any refund of
premiums (other than those attributable to excess contributions)
will be applied before the close of the calendar year following the
year of the refund toward the payment of additional premiums or the
purchase of additional benefits.
6. The Income Date is the date your entire Account Value will be
distributed or commence to be distributed to you. Your Income Date
shall be no later than April 1 of the calendar year following the
calendar year in which you attain age 70 1/2. You shall have the
sole responsibility for electing a distribution that complies with
this Rider and applicable law.
7. With respect to any amount which becomes payable under the Contract
during your lifetime, such payment shall commence on or before the
Income Date and shall be payable in substantially equal amounts, no
less frequently than annually. Payments shall be made in the
following manner:
a. in a lump sum; or
b. over your life; or
Page 1
DVA-(S)IRA-9712
<PAGE> 2
c. over the lives of you and your designated beneficiary; or
d. over a period certain not exceeding your life expectancy; or
e. over a period certain not exceeding the joint and last
survivor expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.
If your entire interest is to be distributed in other than a lump
sum, then the minimum amount to be distributed each year (commencing
with the calendar year following the calendar year in which you
attain age 70 1/2 and each year thereafter) shall be determined in
accordance with Code Sections 408(b)(3) and 401(a)(9), including the
incidental death benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G),
and the regulations thereunder including the minimum distribution
incidental benefit requirement of Proposed Treasury Regulation
Section 1.401(a)(9)-2. Payments must be either nonincreasing or may
increase only as provided in Proposed Treasury Regulation Section
1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A F-3.
8. If you die after distribution of your interest has commenced, the
remaining portion of such interest will continue to be distributed
at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used
prior to your death.
If you die before distribution has begun, your entire interest in
the Contract must be distributed no later than December 31 of the
calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of your death occurs.
However, proceeds which are payable to a named beneficiary who is a
natural person may be distributed in substantially equal
installments over the lifetime of the beneficiary or a period
certain not exceeding the life expectancy of the beneficiary
provided such distribution begins not later than December 31 of the
calendar year in which the first anniversary of your death occurs.
If the beneficiary is your surviving spouse, the surviving spouse
may elect not later than December 31 of the calendar year in which
the fifth anniversary of your death occurs to receive equal or
substantially equal payments over the life or life expectancy of the
surviving spouse commencing at any date prior to the date on which
you would have attained age 70 1/2. Minimum payments will be
calculated in accordance with Code Sections 408(b)(3) and the
regulations thereunder.
For the purposes of this requirement, any amount paid to any of your
children will be treated as if it had been paid to your surviving
spouse if the remainder of the interest becomes payable to the
surviving spouse when the child reaches the age of majority.
If the beneficiary is your surviving spouse, the spouse may treat
the Contract as the spouse's own IRA. This election will be deemed
to have been made if the surviving spouse makes a regular IRA
contribution to the Contract, makes a rollover to or from the
Contract, or fails to elect any of the above distribution options.
If you die before your entire interest has been distributed, no
additional premiums will be accepted under this Contract after your
death unless the beneficiary is your surviving spouse.
9. For purposes of the foregoing provisions, life expectancy and joint
and last survivor expectancy shall be determined by use of the
expected return multiples in Table V and VI of Treasury Regulation
Section 1.72-9 in accordance with Code Section 408(b)(3) and the
regulations thereunder. In the case of distributions under paragraph
7 of this Rider, the life expectancy of you and your beneficiary
will be initially determined on the basis of your attained ages in
the year you reach 70 1/2. In the case of distribution under
paragraph 8 of this Rider, life expectancy will be initially
determined on the basis of your beneficiary's attained age in the
year distributions are required to commence. Unless you (or your
spouse) elects otherwise prior to the time distributions are
required to commence, your life expectancy and, if applicable, your
spouse's life expectancy will be recalculated annually based on your
attained ages in the year for which the required distribution is
being determined. The life expectancy of a nonspouse beneficiary
will not be recalculated.
Page 2
<PAGE> 3
The annual distribution required to be made by your Income Date is
for the calendar year in which you reached age 70 1/2. Annual
payments for subsequent years, including the year in which your
Income Date occurs, must be made by December 31 of that year. The
amount distributed for each year shall equal or exceed the annuity
value as of the close of business on December 31 of the preceding
year, divided by the applicable life expectancy or joint and last
survivor expectancy.
You may satisfy the minimum distribution requirements under Code
Section 408(b)(3) by receiving a distribution from one IRA that is
equal to the amount required to satisfy the minimum distribution
requirement for two or more IRAs. For this purpose, if you own two
or more IRAs, you may use the alternative method described in Notice
88-38, 1988-1 C.B. 524, to satisfy the minimum distribution
requirements.
You or your beneficiary, as applicable, shall have the sole
responsibility for requesting a distribution that complies with this
Rider and applicable law.
10. Prior to the expiration of the 2-year period beginning on the date
you first participated in any SIMPLE IRA plan maintained by your
employer, any rollover or transfer by you of funds from this SIMPLE
IRA must be made to another SIMPLE IRA. Any distribution of funds to
you during this 2-year period may be subject to a 25 percent
additional tax if you do not roll over the amount distributed into
another SIMPLE IRA. After the expiration of this 2-year period, you
may roll over or transfer funds to any IRA that is qualified under
Code Sections 408(a) or 408(b).
MODIFICATIONS
We reserve the right to amend the Contract or this Rider to the extent necessary
to qualify as an individual retirement annuity for federal income tax purposes.
CHARGE FOR THIS RIDER
There is no charge for this Rider.
EFFECTIVE DATE
This Rider is effective as of the Contract Date.
TERMINATION
This Rider will terminate on the date of the first to occur of the following
events:
1. The Contract is surrendered.
2. The entire interest in the Contract has been distributed.
3. You request the termination of this Rider.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
All of the terms used in this Rider have the same meanings as in the Contract
unless otherwise clearly indicated in this Rider. This Rider is subject to all
the exclusions, definitions and provisions of the Contract which are not
inconsistent with the terms of this Rider.
[SIG]
Chairman
Page 3
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 4(b)(iv)
[SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC. LOGO]
SIMPLE INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITY RIDER
GENERAL
This Rider is made part of the Group Contract/Certificate to which it is
attached. The Certificate as amended is intended to qualify as a SIMPLE
individual retirement annuity under Section 408(b) of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code").
APPLICABLE PROVISIONS
The following provisions apply and replace any contrary provisions of the
Certificate:
1. You shall be the Owner. Any provision of the Certificate that would
allow joint ownership, or that would allow more than one person to
share distributions, is deleted.
2. The Certificate is not transferable or assignable (other than pursuant
to a divorce decree in accordance with applicable law) and is
established for the exclusive benefit of you and your Beneficiaries.
It may not be sold, assigned, alienated, or pledged as collateral for
a loan or as security.
3. Your entire interest in the Certificate shall be nonforfeitable.
4. This Certificate will accept only cash premium payments made on your
behalf pursuant to the terms of a SIMPLE IRA plan described in Code
Section 408(p). A rollover contribution or a transfer of assets from
another of your SIMPLE IRAs will also be accepted.
You shall have the sole responsibility for determining whether any
premium payment meets applicable income tax requirements.
If contributions made on your behalf pursuant to a SIMPLE IRA plan
maintained by your employer are received directly by us from the
employer, we will provide the employer with the summary description
required by Code Section 408(l)(2).
5. This Certificate does not require fixed premium payments. Any refund
of premiums (other than those attributable to excess contributions)
will be applied before the close of the calendar year following the
year of the refund toward the payment of additional premiums or the
purchase of additional benefits.
6. The Income Date is the date your entire Account Value will be
distributed or commence to be distributed to you. Your Income Date
shall be no later than April 1 of the calendar year following the
calendar year in which you attain age 70 1/2. You shall have the
sole responsibility for electing a distribution that complies with
this Rider and applicable law.
7. With respect to any amount which becomes payable under the Certificate
during your lifetime, such payment shall commence on or before the
Income Date and shall be payable in substantially equal amounts, no
less frequently than annually. Payments shall be made in the
following manner:
a. in a lump sum; or
b. over your life; or
DVA-C-(S)IRA-9712
<PAGE> 2
c. over the lives of you and your designated beneficiary; or
d. over a period certain not exceeding your life expectancy; or
e. over a period certain not exceeding the joint and last survivor
expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.
If your entire interest is to be distributed in other than a lump sum,
then the minimum amount to be distributed each year (commencing with
the calendar year following the calendar year in which you attain age
70 1/2 and each year thereafter) shall be determined in accordance with
Code Sections 408(b)(3) and 401(a)(9), including the incidental death
benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G), and the regulations
thereunder including the minimum distribution incidental benefit
requirement of Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-2.
Payments must be either nonincreasing or may increase only as provided
in Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A F-3.
8. If you die after distribution of your interest has commenced, the
remaining portion of such interest will continue to be distributed at
least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used prior
to your death.
If you die before distribution has begun, your entire interest in the
Certificate must be distributed no later than December 31 of the
calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of your death occurs.
However, proceeds which are payable to a named beneficiary who is a
natural person may be distributed in substantially equal installments
over the lifetime of the beneficiary or a period certain not exceeding
the life expectancy of the beneficiary provided such distribution
begins not later than December 31 of the calendar year in which the
first anniversary of your death occurs. If the beneficiary is your
surviving spouse, the surviving spouse may elect not later than
December 31 of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of
your death occurs to receive equal or substantially equal payments
over the life or life expectancy of the surviving spouse commencing at
any date prior to the date on which you would have attained age 70 1/2.
Minimum payments will be calculated in accordance with Code Sections
408(b)(3) and the regulations thereunder.
For the purposes of this requirement, any amount paid to any of your
children will be treated as if it had been paid to your surviving
spouse if the remainder of the interest becomes payable to the
surviving spouse when the child reaches the age of majority.
If the beneficiary is your surviving spouse, the spouse may treat the
Certificate as the spouse's own IRA. This election will be deemed to
have been made if the surviving spouse makes a regular IRA
contribution to the Certificate, makes a rollover to or from the
Certificate, or fails to elect any of the above distribution options.
If you die before your entire interest has been distributed, no
additional premiums will be accepted under this Certificate after your
death unless the beneficiary is your surviving spouse.
9. For purposes of the foregoing provisions, life expectancy and joint
and last survivor expectancy shall be determined by use of the
expected return multiples in Table V and VI of Treasury Regulation
Section 1.72-9 in accordance with Code Section 408(b)(3) and the
regulations thereunder. In the case of distributions under paragraph 7
of this Rider, the life expectancy of you and your beneficiary will be
initially determined on the basis of your attained ages in the year you
reach 70 1/2. In the case of distribution under paragraph 8 of this
Rider, life expectancy will be initially determined on the basis of
your beneficiary's attained age in the year distributions are required
to commence. Unless you (or your spouse) elects otherwise prior to the
time distributions are required to commence, your life expectancy and,
if applicable, your spouse's life expectancy will be recalculated
annually based on your attained ages in the year for which the required
distribution is being determined. The life expectancy of a nonspouse
beneficiary will not be recalculated.
<PAGE> 3
The annual distribution required to be made by your Income Date is for
the calendar year in which you reached age 70 1/2. Annual payments for
subsequent years, including the year in which your Income Date occurs,
must be made by December 31 of that year. The amount distributed for
each year shall equal or exceed the annuity value as of the close of
business on December 31 of the preceding year, divided by the
applicable life expectancy or joint and last survivor expectancy.
You may satisfy the minimum distribution requirements under Code
Section 408(b)(3) by receiving a distribution from one IRA that is
equal to the amount required to satisfy the minimum distribution
requirement for two or more IRAs. For this purpose, if you own two or
more IRAs, you may use the alternative method described in Notice
88-38, 1988-1 C.B. 524, to satisfy the minimum distribution
requirements.
You or your beneficiary, as applicable, shall have the sole
responsibility for requesting a distribution that complies with this
Rider and applicable law.
10. Prior to the expiration of the 2-year period beginning on the date you
first participated in any SIMPLE IRA plan maintained by your employer,
any rollover or transfer by you of funds from this SIMPLE IRA must be
made to another SIMPLE IRA. Any distribution of funds to you during
this 2-year period may be subject to a 25 percent additional tax if
you do not roll over the amount distributed into another SIMPLE IRA.
After the expiration of this 2-year period, you may roll over or
transfer funds to any IRA that is qualified under Code Sections 408(a)
or 408(b).
MODIFICATIONS
We reserve the right to amend the Certificate or this Rider to the extent
necessary to qualify as an individual retirement annuity for federal income tax
purposes.
CHARGE FOR THIS RIDER
There is no charge for this Rider.
EFFECTIVE DATE
This Rider is effective as of the Certificate Date.
TERMINATION
This Rider will terminate on the date of the first to occur of the following
events:
1. The Certificate is surrendered.
2. The entire interest in the Certificate has been distributed.
3. You request the termination of this Rider.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
All of the terms used in this Rider have the same meanings as in the Group
Contract and Certificate unless otherwise clearly indicated in this Rider.
This Rider is subject to all the exclusions, definitions and provisions of the
Group Contract and the Certificate which are not inconsistent with the terms of
this Rider.
[Sig]
Chairman
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 4(b)(v)
[SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC. LOGO]
MEMBER OF SAGE INSURANCE GROUP
ROTH INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITY RIDER
GENERAL
This Rider is made part of the Contract to which it is attached. The Contract as
amended is intended to qualify as a Roth individual retirement annuity under
Section 408A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").
APPLICABLE PROVISIONS
The following provisions apply and replace any contrary provisions of the
Contract:
1. You shall be the Owner. Any provision of the Contract that would
allow joint ownership, or that would allow more than one person to
share distributions, is deleted.
2. The Contract is not transferable or assignable (other than pursuant
to a divorce decree in accordance with applicable law) and is
established for the exclusive benefit of you and your Beneficiaries.
It may not be sold, assigned, alienated, or pledged as collateral
for a loan or as security.
3. Your entire interest in the Contract shall be nonforfeitable.
4. Premium payments shall be in cash. The following premium payments
shall be accepted under this Contract:
a. Qualified rollover contributions from another Roth IRA or
individual retirement account or annuity in accordance with
Code Sections 408(d)(3), 408A(c)(3)(B), 408A(c)(6) and
408A(e);
b. Amounts transferred from another Roth IRA or individual
retirement account or annuity;
c. Other premium payments in an amount not in excess of $2,000
for any year.
The $2,000 limit is gradually reduced to $0 between certain levels
of adjusted gross income ("AGI"). In accordance with Code Section
408A(c)(3), if you are single, the $2,000 limit is phased out
between AGI of $95,000 and $110.000; if you are married and file a
joint federal income tax return, it is phased out between $150,000
and $160,000; and if you are married and file a separate federal
income tax return, it is phased out between $0 and $10,000. Also, a
rollover or transfer from an individual retirement account or
annuity will not be permitted if your AGI for the tax year exceeds
$100,000 or if you are married and file a separate federal income
tax return. Adjusted gross income is defined in Code Section
408A(c)(3) and does not include amounts transferred or rolled over
to individual retirement annuities or accounts or Roth IRAs.
You shall have the sole responsibility for determining whether any
premium payment meets applicable income tax requirements.
5. This Contract does not require fixed premium payments. Any refund of
premiums (other than those attributable to excess contributions)
will be applied before the close of the calendar year following the
year of the refund toward the payment of additional premiums or the
purchase of additional benefits.
Page 1
DVA-(R)IRA-9712
<PAGE> 2
6. Your entire interest in the Contract must be distributed no later
than December 31 of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary
of your death occurs. However, proceeds which are payable to a named
beneficiary who is a natural person may be distributed in
substantially equal installments over the lifetime of the
beneficiary or a period certain not exceeding the life expectancy of
the beneficiary provided such distribution begins not later than
December 31 of the calendar year in which the first anniversary of
your death occurs. If the beneficiary is your surviving spouse, the
surviving spouse may elect not later than December 31 of the
calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of your death occurs to
receive equal or substantially equal payments over the life or life
expectancy of the surviving spouse commencing at any date prior to
the date on which you would have attained age 70 1/2. Minimum
payments will be calculated in accordance with Code Sections
408(b)(3) and 408A(c)(5) and the regulations thereunder.
For the purposes of this requirement, any amount paid to any of your
children will be treated as if it had been paid to your surviving
spouse if the remainder of the interest becomes payable to the
surviving spouse when the child reaches the age of majority.
If the beneficiary is your surviving spouse, the spouse may treat
the Contract as the spouse's own Roth IRA. This election will be
deemed to have been made if the surviving spouse makes a regular
Roth IRA contribution to the Contract, makes a rollover to or from
the Contract, or fails to elect any of the above distribution
options.
No additional premiums will be accepted under this Contract after
your death unless the beneficiary is your surviving spouse.
Your beneficiary shall have the sole responsibility for requesting a
distribution that complies with this Rider and applicable law.
7. For purposes of the foregoing provision, life expectancy shall be
determined by use of the expected return multiples in Table V of
Treasury Regulation Section 1.72-9 in accordance with Code Sections
408(b)(3) and 408A(c)(5) and the regulations thereunder. Life
expectancy will be initially determined on the basis of your
beneficiary's attained age in the year distributions are required to
commence. Unless your spouse elects otherwise prior to the date
distributions are required to commence, your spouse's life
expectancy will be recalculated annually based on your spouse's
attained age in the year for which the distribution is being
determined. The life expectancy of a nonspouse beneficiary will not
be recalculated.
MODIFICATIONS
We reserve the right to amend the Contract or this Rider to the extent
necessary to qualify as a Roth individual retirement annuity for federal
income tax purposes.
CHARGE FOR THIS RIDER
There is no charge for this Rider.
EFFECTIVE DATE
This Rider is effective as of the Contract Date.
TERMINATION
This Rider will terminate on the date of the first to occur of the following
events:
1. The Contract is surrendered.
2. The entire interest in the Contract has been distributed.
3. You request the termination of this Rider.
Page 2
<PAGE> 3
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
All of the terms used in this Rider have the same meanings as in the Contract
unless otherwise clearly indicated in this Rider. This Rider is subject to all
the exclusions, definitions and provisions of the Contract which are not
inconsistent with the terms of this Rider.
[SIG]
Chairman
Page 3
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 4(b)(vi)
[SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC. LOGO]
MEMBER OF SAGE INSURANCE GROUP
ROTH INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITY RIDER
GENERAL
This Rider is made part of the Group Contract/Certificate to which it is
attached. The Certificate as amended is intended to qualify as a Roth individual
retirement annuity under Section 408A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code").
APPLICABLE PROVISIONS
The following provisions apply and replace any contrary provisions of the
Certificate:
1. You shall be the Owner. Any provision of the Certificate that would
allow joint ownership, or that would allow more than one person to
share distributions, is deleted.
2. The Certificate is not transferable or assignable (other than
pursuant to a divorce decree in accordance with applicable law) and
is established for the exclusive benefit of you and your
Beneficiaries. It may not be sold, assigned, alienated, or pledged
as collateral for a loan or as security.
3. Your entire interest in the Certificate shall be nonforfeitable.
4. Premium payments shall be in cash. The following premium payments
shall be accepted under this Certificate:
a. Qualified rollover contributions from another Roth IRA or
individual retirement account or annuity in accordance with
Code Sections 408(d)(3), 408A(c)(3)(B), 408A(c)(6) and
408A(e);
b. Amounts transferred from another Roth IRA or individual
retirement account or annuity;
c. Other premium payments in an amount not in excess of $2,000
for any year.
The $2,000 limit is gradually reduced to $0 between certain levels
of adjusted gross income ("AGI"). In accordance with Code Section
408A(c)(3), if you are single, the $2,000 limit is phased out
between AGI of $95,000 and $110.000; if you are married and file a
joint federal income tax return, it is phased out between $150,000
and $160,000; and if you are married and file a separate federal
income tax return, it is phased out between $0 and $10,000. Also, a
rollover or transfer from an individual retirement account or
annuity will not be permitted if your AGI for the tax year exceeds
$100,000 or if you are married and file a separate federal income
tax return. Adjusted gross income is defined in Code Section
408A(c)(3) and does not include amounts transferred or rolled over
to individual retirement annuities or accounts or Roth IRAs.
You shall have the sole responsibility for determining whether any
premium payment meets applicable income tax requirements.
5. This Certificate does not require fixed premium payments. Any refund
of premiums (other than those attributable to excess contributions)
will be applied before the close of the calendar year following the
year of the refund toward the payment of additional premiums or the
purchase of additional benefits.
Page 1
DVA-C-(R)IRA-9712
<PAGE> 2
6.
7. Your entire interest in the Certificate must be distributed no
later than December 31 of the calendar year in which the fifth
anniversary of your death occurs. However, proceeds which are
payable to a named beneficiary who is a natural person may be
distributed in substantially equal installments over the lifetime of
the beneficiary or a period certain not exceeding the life
expectancy of the beneficiary or a period certain not exceeding the
life expectancy of the beneficiary provided such distribution begins
not later than December 31 of the calendar year in which the first
anniversary of your death occurs. If the beneficiary is your
surviving spouse, the surviving spouse may elect not later than
December 31 of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of
your death occurs to receive equal or substantially equal payments
over the life or life expectancy of the surviving spouse commencing
at any date prior to the date on which you would have attained age
70 1/2. Minimum payments will be calculated in accordance with
Code Sections 408(b)(3) and 408A(c)(5) and the regulations
thereunder.
For the purposes of this requirement, any amount paid to any of your
children will be treated as if it had been paid to your surviving
spouse if the remainder of the interest becomes payable to the
surviving spouse when the child reaches the age of majority.
If the beneficiary is your surviving spouse, the spouse may treat
the Certificate as the spouse's own Roth IRA. This election will be
deemed to have been made if the surviving spouse makes a regular
Roth IRA contribution to the Certificate, makes a rollover to or
from the Certificate, or fails to elect any of the above
distribution options.
No additional premiums will be accepted under this Certificate after
your death unless the beneficiary is your surviving spouse.
Your beneficiary shall have the sole responsibility for requesting a
distribution that complies with this Rider and applicable law.
7. For purposes of the foregoing provision, life expectancy shall be
determined by use of the expected return multiples in Table V of
Treasury Regulation Section 1.72-9 in accordance with Code Sections
408(b)(3) and 408A(c)(5) and the regulations thereunder. Life
expectancy will be initially determined on the basis of your
beneficiary's attained age in the year distributions are required to
commence. Unless your spouse elects otherwise prior to the date
distributions are required to commence, your spouse's life
expectancy will be recalculated annually based on your spouse's
attained age in the year for which the distribution is being
determined. The life expectancy of a nonspouse beneficiary will not
be recalculated.
MODIFICATIONS
We reserve the right to amend the Certificate or this Rider to the extent
necessary to qualify as a Roth individual retirement annuity for federal income
tax purposes.
CHARGE FOR THIS RIDER
There is no charge for this Rider.
EFFECTIVE DATE
This Rider is effective as of the Certificate Date.
TERMINATION
This Rider will terminate on the date of the first to occur of the following
events:
1. The Certificate is surrendered.
2. The entire interest in the Certificate has been distributed.
3. You request the termination of this Rider.
Page 2
<PAGE> 3
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
All of the terms used in this Rider have the same meanings as in the Group
Contract and Certificate unless otherwise clearly indicated in this Rider. This
Rider is subject to all the exclusions, definitions and provisions of the Group
Contract and the Certificate which are not inconsistent with the terms of this
Rider.
[SIG]
Chairman
Page 3
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 4(b)(vii)
[SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC. LOGO]
MEMBER OF SAGE INSURANCE GROUP
WAIVER OF SURRENDER CHARGE RIDER
GENERAL
This Rider is made part of the Contract to which it is attached. It provides an
additional benefit in the event you receive Qualifying Extended Medical Care or
suffer from a Qualifying Terminal Illness as defined and limited below. ("You"
means any Owner of the Contract or, if no Owner is a natural person, then the
Annuitant.)
BENEFIT
Subject to the terms and conditions stated below, we will waive any surrender
charge incurred under the Contract in the event you receive Qualifying Extended
Medical Care or suffer from a Qualifying Terminal Illness.
QUALIFYING EXTENDED MEDICAL CARE
To qualify for this waiver:
1. You must first begin receiving Qualifying Extended Medical
Care while this Rider is in force and on or after the first
Contract Anniversary.
2. You must receive such care for at least 45 days during any
continuous sixty-day period.
3. The request for a surrender or withdrawal, together with
satisfactory proof of such Qualifying Extended Medical Care,
must be received at our Customer Service Center.
4. The request and proof must be received during the term of the
care or within ninety days after the last day upon which you
received such care.
QUALIFYING TERMINAL ILLNESS
To qualify for this waiver:
1. You must be first diagnosed by a Qualifying Medical
Professional, on or after the first Contract Anniversary while
this Rider is in force, as having a Qualifying Terminal
Illness.
2. The request for the surrender or withdrawal, together with
satisfactory proof of such Qualifying Terminal Illness, must
be received at our Customer Service Center. We reserve the
right to require an examination, at our expense, by a
physician of our choice.
DEFINITIONS
"QUALIFYING EXTENDED MEDICAL CARE" means confinement in a Qualifying Hospital or
Nursing Care Facility prescribed by a Qualifying Medical Professional.
"QUALIFYING HOSPITAL OR NURSING CARE FACILITY" means a hospital or skilled or
intermediate care nursing facility licensed and operated pursuant to the laws of
the jurisdiction in which it is located.
DVA-WSC-9712
<PAGE> 2
The facility must have medical treatment available on a daily basis; and daily
medical records must be kept on each patient. Facilities whose purpose is to
provide accommodations, board or personal care services to individuals who do
not need medical or nursing care, or are mainly places for rest, do not qualify.
"QUALIFYING MEDICAL PROFESSIONAL" means a legally-qualified practitioner of the
healing arts who is acting within the scope of his or her license; is not a
resident of any Owner's or Annuitant's household; and is not a member of the
immediate family of any Owner or Annuitant.
"IMMEDIATE FAMILY" means parents, grandparents, siblings, children,
step-children, grandchildren, or their respective spouses.
"QUALIFYING TERMINAL ILLNESS" means an illness or accident, the result of which
is a diminished life expectancy of twelve months or less, as measured from the
date of first diagnosis.
CLAIMS
We must receive written proof, satisfactory to us, at our Customer Service
Center while this Rider is in force. Such proof must evidence that you received
or are receiving Qualifying Extended Medical Care, or suffer from a Qualifying
Terminal Illness.
CHARGE FOR THIS RIDER
There is no charge for this Rider.
TERMINATION
This Rider will terminate on the date of the first to occur of the following
events:
1. The Contract is surrendered or the entire Account Value is
applied under an income option.
2. The interest in the Contract is distributed due to the death of
any person.
3. You request the termination of this Rider.
TERMS
All of the terms used in this Rider have the same meanings as in the Contract
unless otherwise clearly indicated in this Rider.
[SIG]
Chariman
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 4(b)(viii)
[SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC. LOGO]
WAIVER OF SURRENDER CHARGE RIDER
GENERAL
This Rider is made part of the Group Contract/Certificate to which it is
attached. It provides an additional benefit in the event you receive
Qualifying Extended Medical Care or suffer from a Qualifying Terminal Illness
as defined and limited below. ("You" means any Owner of the Certificate; or,
if no Owner is a natural person, then the Annuitant.)
BENEFIT
Subject to the terms and conditions stated below, we will waive any surrender
charge incurred under the Certificate in the event you receive Qualifying
Extended Medical Care or suffer from a Qualifying Terminal Illness.
QUALIFYING EXTENDED MEDICAL CARE
To qualify for this waiver:
1. You must first begin receiving Qualifying Extended Medical Care
while this Rider is in force and on or after the first Certificate
Anniversary.
2. You must receive such care for at least 45 days during any
continuous sixty-day period.
3. The request for a surrender or withdrawal, together with
satisfactory proof of such Qualifying Extended Medical Care, must
be received at our Customer Service Center.
4. The request and proof must be received during the term of the care
or within ninety days after the last day upon which you received
such care.
QUALIFYING TERMINAL ILLNESS
To qualify for this waiver:
1. You must be first diagnosed by a Qualifying Medical Professional,
on or after the first Certificate Anniversary while this Rider is
in force, as having a Qualifying Terminal Illness.
2. The request for the surrender or withdrawal, together with
satisfactory proof of such Qualifying Terminal Illness, must be
received at our Customer Service Center. We reserve the right to
require an examination, at our expense, by a physician of our
choice.
DEFINITIONS
"QUALIFYING EXTENDED MEDICAL CARE" means confinement in a Qualifying Hospital
or Nursing Care Facility prescribed by a Qualifying Medical Professional.
"QUALIFYING HOSPITAL OR NURSING CARE FACILITY" means a hospital or skilled or
intermediate care nursing facility licensed and operated pursuant to the laws
of the jurisdiction in which it is located.
DVA-C-WSC-9712
<PAGE> 2
The facility must have medical treatment available on a daily basis; and daily
medical records must be kept on each patient. Facilities whose purpose is to
provide accommodations, board or personal care services to individuals who do
not need medical or nursing care, or are mainly places for rest, do not
qualify.
"QUALIFYING MEDICAL PROFESSIONAL" means a legally-qualified practitioner of the
healing arts who is acting within the scope of his or her license; is not a
resident of any Owner's or Annuitant's household; and is not a member of the
immediate family of any Owner or Annuitant.
"IMMEDIATE FAMILY" means parents, grandparents, siblings, children,
step-children, grandchildren, or their respective spouses.
"QUALIFYING TERMINAL ILLNESS" means an illness or accident, the result of which
is a diminished life expectancy of twelve months or less, as measured from the
date of first diagnosis.
CLAIMS
We must receive written proof, satisfactory to us, at our Customer Service
Center while this Rider is in force. Such proof must evidence that you
received or are receiving Qualifying Extended Medical Care, or suffer from a
Qualifying Terminal Illness.
CHARGE FOR THIS RIDER
There is no charge for this Rider.
TERMINATION
This Rider will terminate on the date of the first to occur of the following
events:
1. The Certificate is surrendered or the entire Account Value is
applied under an income option.
2. The interest in the Certificate is distributed due to the death of
any person.
3. You request the termination of this Rider.
TERMS
All of the terms used in this Rider have the same meanings as in the Group
Contract and Certificate unless otherwise clearly indicated in this Rider.
[Sig]
Chariman
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 4(b)(ix)
[SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC. LOGO]
MEMBER OF SAGE INSURANCE GROUP
ACCIDENTAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDER
GENERAL
This Rider is made part of the Contract to which it is attached. It provides an
additional benefit, the "Accidental Death Benefit," in the event of the
accidental death of the Covered Person. The Covered Person is the person whose
death causes the death benefit to be paid.
BENEFIT
Subject to the terms and conditions stated below, this Rider provides an
Accidental Death Benefit equal to the purchase payments made minus any
withdrawals (including any associated Market Value Adjustment and surrender
charge incurred) determined as of the date of the Covered Person's death, up to
a maximum amount shown in the Certificate Schedule.
CONDITIONS
1. The Covered Person's death must be an accidental death.
2. The accidental death must occur while this Rider is in
force and prior to the first Contract Anniversary after
which the Covered Person attains age 80.
3. The accidental death must occur prior to the Income Date.
4. We must receive satisfactory proof of accidental death.
ACCIDENTAL DEATH DEFINITION
Accidental death means a death resulting from a bodily injury effected solely
through external, violent, and accidental means independently and exclusively of
all other causes, with death occurring within 90 days after such injury
EXCLUSIONS
This Rider does not provide an additional benefit in the event that death
results from or relates to any of the following:
1. Sickness of mind and/or body, including related medical or
surgical treatment.
2. Overdose due to voluntary ingestion of non-prescribed drugs
and/or alcohol.
3. Suicide, while sane or insane.
4. Air travel, in any type of vehicle, except as a fare paying
passenger traveling on a regularly scheduled airline.
5. War, or any act of war, whether or not the Covered Person is
serving in the military, naval or air forces of any country or
international organization.
6. Voluntarily committing and/or attempting to commit an assault or
felony, including participation in a riot.
7. Resisting or fleeing from arrest.
DVA-ADB-9712
<PAGE> 2
SATISFACTORY PROOF OF CLAIM
We must receive written proof that the Covered Person died an accidental death
while this Rider is in force.
We will have the right to have the Covered Person's body examined and to request
an autopsy, at our expense, unless law prohibits us from doing so.
NOTICE OF CLAIM
Written notice of claim must be given to us within 30 days after an accidental
death or as soon as reasonably possible. Notice given to us at our Customer
Service Center with information sufficient to identify the Covered Person will
be considered notice to us.
PAYMENT OF CLAIM
The Accidental Death Benefit will be paid to the person or persons entitled to
receive the death benefit according to the Certificate upon receipt of the
written proof of accidental death. If we elect to have the Covered Person's body
examined and/or perform an autopsy, payment may be made after satisfactory
conclusion of the examination.
CHARGE FOR THIS RIDER
There is no charge for this Rider.
TERMINATION
This Rider will terminate on the date of the first to occur of the following
events:
1. The Accidental Death Benefit is paid.
2. The Contract is surrendered or the entire Account Value is
applied under an income option.
3. The interest in the Contract is distributed due to the death of
the Covered Person.
4. You request the termination of this Rider.
TERMS
All of the terms used in this Rider have the same meanings as in the Contract
unless otherwise clearly indicated in this Rider.
[SIG]
Chairman
<PAGE> 1
4(b)(x)
[SAGE LIFE ASSURANCE OF AMERICA, INC. LOGO]
ACCIDENTAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDER
GENERAL
This Rider is made part of the Group Contract/Certificate to which it is
attached. It provides an additional benefit, the "Accidental Death Benefit,"
in the event of the accidental death of the Covered Person. The Covered Person
is the person insured under the Certificate whose death causes the death
benefit to be paid.
BENEFIT
Subject to the terms and conditions stated below, this Rider provides an
Accidental Death Benefit equal to the purchase payments made minus any
withdrawals (including any associated Market Value Adjustment and surrender
charge incurred) determined as of the date of the Covered Person's death, up to
a maximum amount shown in the Certificate Schedule.
CONDITIONS
1. The Covered Person's death must be an accidental death.
2. The accidental death must occur while this Rider is in force and
prior to the first Certificate Anniversary after which the Covered
Person attains age 80.
3. The accidental death must occur prior to the Income Date.
4. We must receive satisfactory proof of accidental death.
ACCIDENTAL DEATH DEFINITION
Accidental death means a death resulting from a bodily injury effected solely
through external, violent, and accidental means independently and exclusively
of all other causes, with death occurring within 90 days after such injury
EXCLUSIONS
This Rider does not provide an additional benefit in the event that death
results from or relates to any of the following:
1. Sickness of mind and/or body, including related medical or
surgical treatment.
2. Overdose due to voluntary ingestion of non-prescribed drugs and/or
alcohol.
3. Suicide, while sane or insane.
4. Air travel, in any type of vehicle, except as a fare paying
passenger traveling on a regularly scheduled airline.
5. War, or any act of war, whether or not the Covered Person is
serving in the military, naval or air forces of any country or
international organization.
6. Voluntarily committing and/or attempting to commit an assault or
felony, including participation in a riot.
7. Resisting or fleeing from arrest.
DVA-C-ADB-9712
<PAGE> 2
SATISFACTORY PROOF OF CLAIM
We must receive written proof that the Covered Person died an accidental death
while this Rider is in force.
We will have the right to have the Covered Person's body examined and to
request an autopsy, at our expense, unless law prohibits us from doing so.
NOTICE OF CLAIM
Written notice of claim must be given to us within (30) days after an
accidental death or as soon as reasonably possible. Notice given to us at our
Customer Service Center with information sufficient to identify the Covered
Person will be considered notice to us.
PAYMENT OF CLAIM
The Accidental Death Benefit will be paid to the person or persons entitled to
receive the death benefit according to the Certificate upon receipt of the
written proof of accidental death. If we elect to have the Covered Person's
body examined and/or perform an autopsy, payment may be made after satisfactory
conclusion of the examination.
CHARGE FOR THIS RIDER
There is no charge for this Rider.
TERMINATION
This Rider will terminate on the date of the first to occur of the following
events:
1. The Accidental Death Benefit is paid.
2. The Certificate is surrendered or the entire Account Value is
applied under an income option.
3. The interest in the Certificate is distributed due to the death of
the Covered Person.
4. You request the termination of this Rider.
TERMS
All of the terms used in this Rider have the same meanings as in the Group
Contract and Certificate unless otherwise clearly indicated in this Rider.
[Sig]
Chairman
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT(5)(ii)
[Sage Life Assurance APPLICATION FOR
of America, Inc. logo] DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTIFICATE
Member of Sage Insurance Group Mail to: Sage Life Assurance of America, Inc.,
[P.O. Box 1234, Wethersfield, CT 06109-1234]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. PRIMARY OWNER
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
First Middle Last
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Street Address
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
City State Zip
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Birthdate (Mo/Day/Yr) [ ] M [ ] F [ ] SS# [ ] TIN#
[ ] Trustee
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phone E-Mail Address
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. ANNUITANT (SKIP IF SAME AS OWNER)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
First Middle Last
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Street Address
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
City State Zip
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Birthdate (Mo/Day/Yr) [ ] M [ ] F [ ] SS#
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phone Relationship to Primary Owner
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.A. CONTINGENT ANNUITANT (OPTIONAL)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name Relationship to Owner
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. JOINT OWNER (SKIP IF NONE)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
First Middle Last
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Street Address
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
City State Zip
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Birthdate (Mo/Day/Yr) [ ] M [ ] F [ ] SS#
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phone Relationship to Primary Owner
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. BENEFICIARY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Primary: Name(s) Relationship to Owner Percentage
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Street Address
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
City State Zip
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contingent: Name(s) Relationship to Owner Percentage
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Street Address
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
City State Zip
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. TYPE OF PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5a. [ ] Non-Qualified [ ] IRA [ ] Other
--------------
5b. If IRA: [ ] Regular Tax Year Amount $
------ ----------
Tax Year Amount $
------ ----------
[ ] Rollover Amount $
----------
[ ] Trustee to Trustee Transfer Amount $
----------
5c. Payment Via: [ ] Check [ ] Wire [ ] 1035 [ ] Qualified Transfer
5d. Optional Riders
----------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. ALLOCATION (COMPLETE 6a OR 6b)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial purchase payment $
----------------
6a. Allocate my purchase payment based on one of the following
Asset Allocation model portfolios (check box and skip to
6c.):
[[ ] 1 [ ] 2 [ ] 3 [ ] 4 [ ] 5 [ ] 6 [ ] 7 [ ] 8 [ ] 9 ]
6b. [ ] Allocate my purchase payment as follows:
VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS
---------------------
ALGER
-----
% Income & Growth
- -------
% Growth
- -------
% Small Cap
- -------
FIXED SUB-ACCOUNTS
------------------
% 1 year % 5 year
- ------- -------
% 2 year % 7 year
- ------- -------
% 3 year % 10 year
- ------- -------
% 4 year
- -------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6c. [ ] [Optional] Dollar Cost Averaging (DCA %): _______% (also
complete 7.). The sum of the Variable and Fixed Sub-Accounts, and
DCA% allocations must equal 100%.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6d. [ ] [Optional] Rebalance my Variable Sub-Account values each calendar
quarter based on 6a. or 6b.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. DOLLAR COST AVERAGING (% FROM 6c)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transfer From: Check the box (only one) that you want us to allocate the
DCA% you designated in 6c.
No. of Months: We will make level monthly transfers for the number of
months shown. Unless specified otherwise, such transfers from the Sage Money
Market will be made over a 12-month period.
Transfer To: Unless specified otherwise, monthly transfers will be
made in the same % and to the same Sub-Accounts as shown in 6b.
Transfer From No. of Months Transfer To
--------------- ------------- -----------
[ ] Sage Money Market %
-------- ------- --------
[ ] Fixed - 1 Year 12 %
------- --------
[ ] Fixed - 2 Year 24 %
------- --------
[ ] Fixed - 3 Year 36 %
------- --------
[ ] Fixed - 4 Year 48 %
------- --------
[ ] Fixed - 5 Year 60 %
------- --------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP-DVA-C-9712 Sage Group Contract No. Sage Certificate No.
--------- ---------
<PAGE> 2
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. AUTHORITY FOR TELEPHONE INSTRUCTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Telephone transfer instructions permitted: [ ] Yes [ ] No
The person authorized to make transfers and allocation changes by telephone on
my behalf is:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name
This limited authority applies only to the allocation of funds to the
Sub-Accounts and the transfer of funds between Sub-Accounts within the
Certificate and is valid until cancelled in writing by me.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. REPLACEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Will the annuity applied for replace any existing annuity or insurance policy?
[ ]Yes [ ]No
If yes, provide insurance company name and policy number and attach transfer
or exchange form.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. SPECIAL REQUESTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. CORRECTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPANY CORRECTIONS OR ADDITIONS, IF ANY
(Except in Kentucky and West Virginia)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. AGREEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I agree that, except in Kentucky and West Virginia, my acceptance of the
annuity applied for will constitute approval by me of any corrections or
additions made in item #11 above. However, I must agree in writing to any
changes in: amounts; ages; plan of annuity; and benefits. Telephone
transfers are subject to the conditions and procedures in the prospectus. I
UNDERSTAND THAT INCOME PAYMENTS AND SURRENDER VALUES, WHEN BASED UPON THE
INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF A VARIABLE ACCOUNT, ARE VARIABLE AND ARE NOT
GUARANTEED AS TO FIXED DOLLAR AMOUNT. I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIVING AND READING A
CURRENT VARIABLE ANNUITY PROSPECTUS AND I ACKNOWLEDGE READING THE DESCRIPTIONS
RELATING TO ALLOCATION ITEMS #6 AND #7 ABOVE.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date City State (REQUIRED)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature of Owner (REQUIRED)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature of Joint Owner
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature of Annuitant
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ARIZONA Notice to Applicants: Upon written request, Sage Life Assurance of
America, Inc. ("Sage Life") will provide within a reasonable time frame,
reasonable factual information about the annuity's benefits and provisions. If
for any reason the owner is not satisfied with the annuity, it may be returned
to Sage Life within 10 days after delivery and the certificate value will be
refunded.
COLORADO NOTICE TO APPLICANTS: IT IS UNLAWFUL TO KNOWINGLY PROVIDE FALSE,
INCOMPLETE, OR MISLEADING FACTS OR INFORMATION TO AN INSURANCE COMPANY FOR THE
PURPOSE OF DEFRAUDING OR ATTEMPTING TO DEFRAUD THE COMPANY. PENALTIES MAY
INCLUDE IMPRISONMENT, FINES, DENIAL OF INSURANCE, AND CIVIL DAMAGE. ANY
INSURANCE COMPANY OR AGENT OF AN INSURANCE COMPANY WHO KNOWINGLY PROVIDES
FALSE, INCOMPLETE, OR MISLEADING FACTS OR INFORMATION TO A POLICYHOLDER OR
CLAIMANT FOR THE PURPOSE OF DEFRAUDING OR ATTEMPTING TO DEFRAUD THE
POLICYHOLDER OR CLAIMANT WITH REGARD TO A SETTLEMENT OR AWARD PAYABLE FROM
INSURANCE PROCEEDS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE COLORADO DIVISION OF INSURANCE
WITH THE DEPARTMENT OF REGULATORY AGENCIES.
KENTUCKY, NEW JERSEY, OHIO, PENNSYLVANIA Notice to Applicants: Any person who
knowingly and with intent to defraud any insurance company or other person
files an application for insurance or statement of claim containing any
materially false information or conceals for the purpose of misleading,
information concerning any fact material thereto commits a fraudulent
insurance act, which is a crime and subjects such person to criminal and civil
penalties.
FLORIDA Notice to Applicants: Any person who knowingly, and with intent to
injure, defraud, or deceive any insurer files a statement of claim or an
application containing any false, incomplete, or misleading information is
guilty of a felony of the third degree.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13. AGENT'S REPORT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Do you have any reason to believe that the annuity applied for may replace an
existing annuity or insurance policy?
[ ] Yes [ ] No
If yes, list carrier, policy number, whether Section 1035 exchange, and attach
State Replacement Form if applicable.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Agent's Legal Name (PRINTED)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Business Address
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Agent's Business Phone E-Mail Address
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Agent's Social Security No.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Agency Name Broker-Dealer
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature of Agent
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 6(a)
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
The Fidelity Standard Life Insurance Company
*****
1. The name of the corporation is
The Fidelity Standard Life Insurance Company
2. The address of its registered office in the State of
Delaware is No. 100 West Tenth Street, in the City of
Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered
agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
3. The nature of the business or purposes to be
conducted or promoted is to transact the business of life
and health insurance, including annuities and variable
annuities and to engage in any lawful act or activity for
which corporations may be organized under the General
Corporation Law of Delaware.
4. The total number of shares of common stock which the
corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand
(1,000) and the par value of each of such shares is Two
Thousand Dollars ($2,000) amounting in the aggregate to Two
Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00).
5. The name and mailing address of each
incorporator is as follows:
NAME MAILING ADDRESS
K. L. Husfelt 100 West Tenth Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19801
B. A. Schuman 100 West Tenth Street
Wilmington, Delaware 1980l
E. L. Kinsler 100 West Tenth Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19801
<PAGE> 2
6. The corporation is to have perpetual
existence.
7. In furtherance and not in limitation of the
powers conferred by statute, the board of directors is
expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of
the corporation.
The Directors shall have power to fix the amount
to be reserved as working capital, and to authorize and
cause to be executed mortgages and liens without limit as to
the amount upon the property and franchise of this
corporation.
With the consent in writing, and pursuant to a
vote of the holders or a majority of the capital stock
issued and outstanding, the Directors shall have authority
to dispose, in any manner, of the whole property of this
corporation.
8. Elections of directors need not be by written
ballot unless the by-laws of the corporation shall so
provide.
The By-Laws shall determine whether and to what
extent the accounts and books of this corporation, or any of
them, shall be open to the inspection of the stockholders;
and no stockholder shall have any right of inspecting any
account, or book, or document or this corporation, except as
conferred by the law or the By-Laws, or by Resolution of the
stockholders.
The stockholders and Directors shall have the
power to hold their meetings and keep their books, documents
and papers of the corporation (inside the state of Delaware,
at such places as may be from time to time designated by the
By-Laws or by Resolution of' the stockholders or Directors,
except as otherwise required by the laws of Delaware.
<PAGE> 3
9. The corporation reserves the right to amend,
alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this
certificate of incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter
prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon
stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.
WE, THE UNDERSIGNED, being each of the
incorporators hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming
a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby
declaring and certifying that this is our act and deed and
the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have
hereunto set our hands this 7th day of April, 1981.
/s/ K.L. Husfelt
-----------------------------
K.L. Husfelt
/s/ B. A. Schuman
-----------------------------
B. A. Schuman
/s/ E. L. Kinsler
-----------------------------
E. L. Kinsler
<PAGE> 4
STATE OF DELAWARE
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
THE FIDELITY STANDARD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
The Fidelity Standard Life Insurance Company, a corporation
organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
FIRST: That the Board of Directors of said corporation, by written
consent dated June 13,1994, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring
advisable the following amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said
corporation:
"The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company shall be amended by adding a
new Article 10 which shall read as follows:
`10. A director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the
corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's
duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which would involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any
improper personal benefit. The foregoing sentence notwithstanding, if the
Delaware General Corporation Law hereafter is amended to authorized further
limitations of the liability of a director of a corporation, then a director of
the corporation, in addition to the circumstances in which a director is not
personally liable as set forth in the preceding sentence, shall be held free
from liability to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law as so amended. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing
provisions of this Article 10 by the stockholders of the corporation shall not
adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation
existing at the time of such repeal or modification. `"
SECOND: That in lieu of a meeting and vote of stockholders, the
stockholders have given unanimous written consent to said amendment in
accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware.
THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance
with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
FOURTH: That the capital of said corporation shall not be reduced
under or by reason of said amendment.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said The Fidelity Standard Life Insurance Company
has caused this Certificate to be signed by Robert G. Mepham, its President, and
attested by Richard C. Pearson, its Secretary, this 13th day of June 1994.
The FIDELITY STANDARD LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY
Attest
By: /s/ Richard C. Pearson By: /s/ Robert G. Mepham
------------------------------------ --------------------------
Richard C. Pearson Robert G. Mepham
Secretary President
<PAGE> 5
[A signature should be in black, but may
be an original signature, or a fascimile,
conformed, or electronically transmitted
signature. NOTE: A document which has
been telecopied twice is NOT of acceptable
quality for filing.]
CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE OF LOCATION OF REGISTERED OFFICE
AND OF REGISTERED AGENT
It is hereby certified that:
1. The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the
"corporation") is
The Fidelity Standard Life Insurance Company
2. The registered office of the corporation within the State of
Delaware is hereby changed to 32 Loockerman Square, Suite L-100, City of Dover
19904, County of Kent.
3. The registered agent of the corporation within the State of
Delaware is hereby changed to The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc., the
business office of which is identical with the registered office of the
corporation as hereby changed.
4. The Corporation has authorized the changes hereinbefore set forth
by resolution of its Board of Directors.
Signed on May 25 , 1995.
/s/ Richard C. Pearson
------------------------------------
Richard C. Pearson, Vice President
<PAGE> 6
UNANIMOUS WRITTEN CONSENT OF
THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
FIDELITY STANDARD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The undersigned, being the Executive Committee of the Board of
Directors of Fidelity Standard Life Insurance Company, (the "Company") do hereby
consent to and unanimously adopt the following resolution:
RESOLVED, that The Prentice-Hall Corporation System,
Inc., 32 Loockerman Square, Suite L-100, Dover, Delaware 19904 be
and it hereby is designated as Resident Agent of the Company in lieu
of The Corporation Trust and that the proper officer of the Company
is authorized to file a notice to that effect.
Dated this 26th day of May 1995
/s/ R. Brock Armstrong
------------------------------------
R. Brock Armstrong
/s/ Gordon Ross Cunningham
------------------------------------
Gordon Ross Cunningham
/s/ Melvin M. Hawkrigg
------------------------------------
Melvin M. Hawkrigg
/s/ Robert G. Mephan
------------------------------------
Robert G. Mephan
<PAGE> 7
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
THE FIDELITY STANDARD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(under Section 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law)
The Fidelity Standard Life Insurance Company, a corporation organized and
existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware (the "Corporation"), Does Hereby Certify:
First: That the Board of Directors of the Corporation, by written consent, dated
December 16, 1996, adopted the following resolution proposing and declaring
advisable the following amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the
Corporation:
"NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that pursuant to the provisions of
Sections 151 and 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, Article 4 of the
Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation shall be amended to read as follows:
"4. The total number of shares of common stock which the corporation
shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000) and the par
value of each of such shares is Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars
($2,500) amounting in the aggregate to Two Million Five Hundred
Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000)."
Second: That this amendment has been approved by the sole stockholder of the
Corporation by written consent without a meeting on December 16, 1996 in
accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Third: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with Sections
242 and 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
In Witness Whereof, The Fidelity Standard Life Insurance Company has caused this
Certificate to be signed by Robert G. Mepham, its President and attested by
Richard C. Pearson, its Secretary, this 23 rd day of December, 1996.
Attest: The Fidelity Standard Life
Insurance Company
/s/ Richard C. Pearson /s/ Robert G. Mepham
- ------------------------------ --------------------------------
Richard C. Pearson Robert G. Mepham
Secretary President
<PAGE> 8
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
THE FIDELITY STANDARD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
The Fidelity Standard Life Insurance Company, a corporation existing
under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
FIRST: That the Board of Directors of said corporation, adopted a
resolution proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the
Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation:
RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of The
Fidelity Standard Life Insurance Company be amended by
changing Article FIRST thereof so that, as amended, said
Article shall be and read as follows:
"FIRST: The name of the corporation is Sage Life
Assurance of America, Inc."
SECOND: That in lieu of a meeting and vote of stockholders, the
stockholders have given written consent to said amendment in accordance with the
provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware.
THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance
with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Fidelity Standard Life Insurance Company has
caused this certificate to be signed by Robert J. Kiggins, its Secretary, this
3rd day of September, 1997.
THE FIDELITY STANDARD
LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
BY: /s/ Robert J. Kiggins
------------------------------
Robert J. Kiggins, Secretary
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 6(b)
Sage Life Assurance of America, Inc.*
-------0-------
B Y - L A W S
-------0-------
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Section 1. The registered office shall be in the City of
Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.
Section 2. The corporation may also have offices at such other
places both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors
may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of
directors shall be held in the City of Philadelphia, State of Pennsylvania,
at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the board of directors, or
at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall
be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the
notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be
held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as
shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of
notice thereof.
Section 2. Annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with
the year 1981, shall be held on the first Tuesday of December if not a legal
holiday, and if a legal holiday,
- ---------------------
*Amended 8-28-97
<PAGE> 2
then on the next secular day following, at 10:00 A. M., or at such other date
and time as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and
stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a plurality
vote a board of directors, and transact such other business as may properly be
brought before the meeting.
Section 3. Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place,
date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote
at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of
the meeting.
Section 4. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the
corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of
stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the
meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each
stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.
Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose
germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least
ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the
meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the
meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.
The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting
during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is
present.
Section 5. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose
or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of
incorporation, may be called by the president and shall be called by the
president or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the board of
directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in
amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and
entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the
proposed meeting.
Section 6. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place,
date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting
is called, shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the
date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.
<PAGE> 3
Section 7. Business transacted at any special meeting of
stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.
Section 8. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and
outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by
proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the
transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the
certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or
represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to
vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to
adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at
the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned
meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be
transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally
notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the
adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of
the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to
vote at the meeting.
Section 9. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of
the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or
represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting,
unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of
the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required in which case
such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.
Section 10. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of
incorporation each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be
entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock
having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on
after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.
Section 11. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of
incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting
of stockholders of the corporation, or any
<PAGE> 4
action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders,
may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a
consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the
holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes
that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which
all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the
taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written
consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
Section 1. * The number of directors which shall constitute the
whole board shall be not less than one nor more than eleven. The board shall
initially consist of six directors. Thereafter, within the limits above
specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the
board of directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. The directors
shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided
in Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until
his successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.
Section 2. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting
from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a
majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a
sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the
next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall
qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an
election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the
time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors
then in office shall constitute less than a majority of
- ------------------------
*Amended 12-28-84 and 10-17-86
<PAGE> 5
the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the
Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders
holding at least ten percent of the total number of the shares at the time
outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an
election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships,
or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.
Section 3. The business of the corporation shall be managed by or
under the direction of its board of directors which may exercise all such powers
of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute
or by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws directed or required
to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 4. The board of directors of the corporation may hold
meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of
Delaware.
Section 5. The first meeting of each newly elected board of
directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of
the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be
necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the
meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the
stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected
board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and
place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and
place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for
special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a
written waiver signed by all of the directors.
Section 6. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be
held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be
determined by the board.
Section 7. Special meetings of the board may be called by the
president on two days' notice to each director, either personally or by mail or
by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in
like manner and on like notice on the written request of
<PAGE> 6
two directors unless the board consists of only one director; in which case
special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner
and on like notice on the written request of the sole director.
Section 8. At all meetings of the board a majority of the
directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the
act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a
quorum shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise
specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a
quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors the
directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without
notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be
present.
Section 9. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of
incorporation or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at
any meeting of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken
without a meeting, if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be,
consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the
minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
Section 10. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of
incorporation or these by-laws, members of the board of directors, or any
committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of
the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or
similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in
the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall
constitute presence in person at the meeting.
COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS
Section 11. The board of directors may, by resolution passed by
a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee
to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may
designate one or more directors as alternate
<PAGE> 7
members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at
any meeting of the committee.
In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee,
the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from
voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint
another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of
any such absent or disqualified member.
Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of
the board of directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority
of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the
corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all
papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or
authority in reference to amending the certificate of incorporation, adopting an
agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale,
lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation's property and
assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a
revocation of a dissolution, or amending the by-laws of the corporation; and,
unless the resolution or the certificate of incorporation expressly so provide,
no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to
authorize the issuance of stock. Such committee or committees shall have such
name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by
the board of directors.
Section 12. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its
meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
Section 13. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of
incorporation or these by-laws, the board of directors shall have the authority
to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses,
if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid
a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or a stated
salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the
<PAGE> 8
corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members
of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending
committee meetings.
REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
Section 14. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of
incorporation or by law, any director or the entire board of directors may be
removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled
to vote at an election of directors.
ARTICLE IV
NOTICES
Section 1. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of
the certificate of incorporation or of these by-laws, notice is required to be
given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal
notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such
director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the
corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be
given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail.
Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.
Section 2. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the
provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these
by-laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled
to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed
equivalent thereto.
<PAGE> 9
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
Section 1. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the
board of directors and shall be a president, a vice-president, a secretary and a
treasurer. The board of directors may also choose additional vice-presidents,
and one or more assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Any number of
offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation
or these by-laws otherwise provide.
Section 2. The board of directors at its first meeting after each
annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, one or more
vice-presidents, a secretary and a treasurer.
Section 3. The board of directors may appoint such other officers
and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such
terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be
determined from time to time by the board.
Section 4. The salaries of all officers and agents of the
corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.
Section 5. The officers of the corporation shall hold office
until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed
by the board of directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of
a majority of the board of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the
corporation shall be filled by the board of directors.
THE PRESIDENT
Section 6. The president shall be the chief executive officer of
the corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the board
of directors, shall have general and active management of the business of the
corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of
directors are carried into effect.
<PAGE> 10
Section 7. He shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts
requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or
permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the
signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of
directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.
THE VICE-PRESIDENTS
Section 8. In the absence of the president or in the event of his
inability or refusal to act, the vice-president (or in the event there be more
than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order designated by the
directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their
election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall
have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the
president. The vice-presidents shall perform such other duties and have such
other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.
THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY
Section 9. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board
of directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings
of the meetings of the corporation and of the board of directors in a book to be
kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees
when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of
the stockholders and special meetings of the board of directors, and shall
perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or
president, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall have custody of the
corporate seal of the corporation and he, or an assistant secretary, shall have
authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed,
it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such assistant
secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other
officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his
signature.
<PAGE> 11
Section 10. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than
one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors
(or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election)
shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his inability or
refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and
shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of
directors may from time to time prescribe.
THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS
Section 11. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate
funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and
disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys
and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in
such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors.
Section 12. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may
be ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such
disbursements, and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at
its regular meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, an account of
all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the
corporation.
Section 13. If required by the board of directors, he shall give
the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and
with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors
for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration
to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal
from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of
whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the
corporation.
Section 14. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more
than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of
directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their
election), shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of his
inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the
<PAGE> 12
treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the
board of directors may from time to time prescribe.
ARTICLE VI
CERTIFICATE OF STOCK
Section 1. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be
entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by,
the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or a
vice-president and the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or
an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned
by him in the corporation.
Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such
case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such
partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor,
and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.
Section 2. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be
facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or
whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased
to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is
issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were
such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
LOST CERTIFICATES
Section 3. The board of directors may direct a new certificate or
certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates
theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming
the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such
issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its
discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the
owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate
<PAGE> 13
or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such
manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as
it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the
corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed.
TRANSFER OF STOCK
Section 4. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer
agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or
accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to
transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to
the person entitle thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the
transaction upon its books.
FIXING RECORD DATE
Section 5. In order that the corporation may determine the
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or
any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other
distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any
other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date,
which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of
such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A
determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a
meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting: provided,
however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned
meeting.
<PAGE> 14
REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS
Section 6. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the
exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to
receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and
assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall
not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such
share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have
express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of
Delaware.
ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
DIVIDENDS
Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation,
subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be
declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant
to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital
stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.
Section 2. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside
out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as
the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a
reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for
repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other
purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the
corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the
manner in which it was created.
ANNUAL STATEMENT
Section 3. The board of directors shall present at each annual
meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote
of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of
the corporation.
<PAGE> 15
CHECKS
Section 4. All checks or demands for money and notes of the
corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or
persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.
FISCAL YEAR
Section 5. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by
resolution of the board of directors.
SEAL
Section 6. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the
name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate
Seal, Delaware". The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be
impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 7. The corporation shall indemnify its officers,
directors, employees and agents to the extent permitted by the General
Corporation Law of Delaware.
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS
Section 1. These by-laws may be altered, amended or repealed or
new by-laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the board of directors,
when such power is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of
incorporation at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the board of
directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the board of
directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new
by-laws be
<PAGE> 16
contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or
repeal by-laws is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of
incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to
adopt, amend or repeal by-laws.